.

Flow Meter

. Garage Equipment
. Compressed Air Accessories
. Compressed Air Conditioning
Compressed Air Catalog

11 Compr. Air Acc. II 10 Compr. Air Acc. I

12 Garage Equipment 9 Flow Meter 8 Drain Valves 7 Stainless Steel 6 airvision modular 5 combibloc 4 variobloc 3 standard 2 vma 1 General Information
Hoses, Valves etc. Couplings etc.
We are compressed air and 4
50
5

60
70 80
6

90
7
100

autogenous machines. 3
40

30

20
10
110

120

130
8

2 140 9
0

1 10
kg/cm2

Innovation as a tradition.

Welcome to ewo – We are glad to see that you are interested in our product line and our company
ewo as synonymous for reliable products in the sector of compressed-air-powered and autogenous
devices. A trademark for quality. Numerous applications for industrial operations, craft producers, fil-
ling stations, rescue and relief agencies, health-care operations etc. document in an exemplary fa-
shion the performance and professionalism displayed in our products. Our responsible approach to
conserving our earth's resources is evidenced in the long and trouble-free useful life of our products.
We will continue to live up to this responsibility in the future.

ewo is a family-managed company with a proud history – which is also looking optimistically to the fu-
ture. After all, we have numerous plans; we seek to further advance the ongoing process of interna-
tionalisation and keep the company on its path to constant growth. Also in this process, we do not
forget our roots our employees at our Stuttgart headquarters and you, our customers from around
the world. We owe everything to you hundreds of innovations and thousand of products emerged
from this co-operation marked by mutual trust.

This success is no matter of chance, but rather the result of continuous hard work. In research
and design, in quality assurance and customer service. That is to say, in every area where ideas
become innovations and capture world markets. For nearly 100 years. We will continue to live up
to this obligation, and would be glad to see you accompany us

This is what we believe in.

Tradition meets innovation – that is ewo. We stand for quality and reliability.
Not merely when it comes to our products also in our co-operation with cus-
tomers, partners, suppliers and employees. For many generations, we have
consciously maintained our ties to this region – and our capacity to offer lo-
cally-based services around the world.
 1 General Information
1 General Information

761 04/2015 2 Compressed Air Preparation – vma

3 Compressed Air Preparation – standard

4 Compressed Air Preparation – variobloc

5 Compressed Air Preparation – combibloc

6 Compressed Air Preparation – airvision

7 Compressed Air Preparation – Stainless Steel

8 Compressed Air Preparation – Drain Valves

9 Flow Meter

Compressed Air Accessories I

10 Couplings, Threaded Connections

Compressed Air Accessories II

11 Hoses, Valves, Mufflers, Gauges, Accessories

12 Garage Equipment
1 General Information

Representatives around the world

AUSTRALIA BULGARIA BULGARIA

Ultramax BASVULK Ltd. AIG Welding Ltd.
P.O. Box 255 Maddington 86, Tsar Osvoboditel St. Kompl. “Sveta Troitza” “Zaichar”
WESTERN AUSTRALIA 6989 2500 KYUSTENDIL Str. bl.332 ent.B, fl, ap37
1309 SOFIA
phone: +61 8 94 58 44 77 phone: +359 78 55 12 04
fax: +61 8 94 58 44 70 fax: +359 78 52 61 01 phone: +359 2 21 88 18
email: [email protected] mobile: +359 888 70 08 16 email: [email protected]
internet: www.ultramax.net.au email: [email protected]
internet: www.basvulk.com

All products Garage equipment Gas welding and cutting equipment

CANADA CHINA CHINA

Island Automation Inc. EWO Compressed Air Technology Co., Ltd. BACO Int. Trade Company
14 Industrial Rd. Helen Hu 54 Wuwei Road, DEDA
St. Marys No.3 Jinma Road, Maqun Science Park 300300 TIANJIN
ONTARIO N4X 1B5 210049 NANJING P.R.China
phone: +86 222 4 98 24 90
phone: +519 284 1885 phone: +86 (0)25 85 720 128 email: [email protected]
fax: +519 284 0765 mobile: +86 (0)15996286014 internet: www.baco.com.cn
email: [email protected] email: [email protected]
internet: www.islandautomation.ca internet: www.ewo-stuttgart.cn

All products All products All products

CHINA COSTA RICA CROATIA

Shanghai Yidao Technology co., Ltd Facility & Supply S.A. Metron Instruments
Add: 1st floor, No7 building, Esteban Rodriguez Barahona P.C. Zavrtnica
Lane 1165. Jindu Rd. Apdo 130-4300 Zavrtnica 17
SHANGHAI CHINA CR-0 Palmares-Alajuela 10000 ZAGREB
phone: +86 (21) 60738818 phone: +506 2453 - 5000 phone: +3 85 1 61 85 6 87
fax: +86 (21) 60738819 fax: +506 2453 - 2992 fax: +3 85 1 61 85 3 23
email: [email protected] email: [email protected] email: [email protected]
internet: www.shyidao.com internet: www.facility.cr

Gas welding and cutting equipment All products Compressed air equipment
Gas welding and cutting equipment

CYPRUS CZECH REPUBLIC DENMARK

T.E. Kyriacos Antoniou & Sons Ltd ewo Czech Republic JETAS A/S
31, Vasileos Pavlou Str. Jan Chlupsa Syrevej 55A
3052 LIMASSOL Kosor 3300 FREDERIKSVAERK
Korejsi 205
phone: +357 25 573 255 phone: +45 70 22 63 40
25226 PRAHA
fax: +357 25 564 767 fax: +45 70 22 73 40
email: [email protected] phone: +420 60 852 938 0 email: [email protected]
internet: www.tekantoniou.com email: [email protected] internet: www.jetas.dk
internet: www.ewo-stuttgart.com

Compressed air equipment All products All products

2 1 General Information
 1 General Information
Representatives around the world

EGYPT FINLAND FRANCE

Gama Trading & Engineering Mopla Oy ewo France
Nasr City - 23 Omarat Elobour - Salah Salem Kotkankatu 4 Fredy Künzi
CAIRO 00510 HELSINKI Pistoule 21
CH 2036 Cormondrèche
phone: +20 (2) 24 04 572 phone: +3 58 9 1 48 49 00
fax: +20 (2) 24 04 05 82 fax: +3 58 9 1 48 49 00 phone: +41 79 760 57 04
email: [email protected] email: [email protected] email: [email protected]
internet: www.mopla.fi internet: www.ewo-stuttgart.com

Compressed air equipment Garage equipment All products

GREECE GREECE ICELAND

Athens-Hydrodynamic S.A. G.H. Carayanopoulous & Sons S.A. Skulason + Johnsson HF
54-56 Athinon Ave 17, Marni Street Skutuvogi 12
10441 ATHENS 10443 ATHENS P.O. Box 4143
104 REYKJAVIK
phone: +30 1 5 22 11 55 phone: +30 1 5 22 57 49
fax: +30 1 5 22 14 85 fax: +30 1 5 23 09 39 phone: +3 54 5 68 65 44
email: [email protected] fax: +3 54 5 53 05 43
email: [email protected]

Compressed air equipment Garage equipment Compressed air equipment

INDIA INDONESIA IRAN

Spektrum Fluid Power Pvt. Ltd. PT. LIENETIC JAYA Sherhate Tolid Madare Pneumatic +
Building F3, Flat No. 9 Jln.Tanjung Duren Timur IV No. 15B Hydraulik Badran
State Bank Nagar Co-op JAKARTA BARAT 11470 139 Forsate Shirazi St - North Nawab Ave
Paud Rd, Kothrud TEHRAN 14197
phone: +62 21 9338 9060
PUNE 411038
fax: +62 21 567 1816 phone: +98 21 66 92 21 70
phone: +91 20 65 60 68 10 email: [email protected] fax: +98 21 66 92 90 40
fax: +91 20 25 38 15 32 email: [email protected]
email: [email protected] internet: www.badranpneumatic.com
internet: www.spektrum-fp.com
All products All products Compressed air equipment
(franchise)

IRELAND ITALY JAPAN

Pneumatics LTD. Società Italiana Commerciale Utensili s.p.a. Taiyo International Corporation
Old Naas Road, Bluebell SICUTOOL Shirokanedai Kowa Bldg.
DUBLIN 12 Via Cesena, 15 Shirokanedai 2-9-6, Minato-ku
20155 MILANO TOKYO 108-0071
phone: +3 53 1 4 56 81 11
fax: +3 53 1 4 56 81 08 phone: +39 02 34 57 61 phone: +81 3 57 91 25 11
email: [email protected] fax: +39 02 3 31 45 03 fax: +81 3 32 80 54 11
internet: www.pneumatics.ie email: [email protected] email: [email protected]
internet: www.sicutool.it internet: www.tic-tokyo.co.jp

Compressed air equipment All products All products

1 General Information 3
1 General Information

Representatives around the world

KOREA (South) LATVIA MALAYSIA

U-Chang International Ltd. SIA Alintek SK-TEC Automation & Engineering
Bld. # 19-25, Industrial Circulation Center Krasta iela 103 No.54-A, Taman Puchong Utama,
Sangyuk-2 Dong, Buk-Gu LV-1019 RIGA Jalan PU 7/3
DAEGU 702-012 47100 PUCHONG, SELANGOR
phone: +371 67 25 00 02
phone: +82 53 6 04 16 99 email: [email protected] phone: +603 8060 8771
fax: +82 53 6 04 12 97 internet: www.alintek.lv fax: +603 8060 8772
email: [email protected] email: [email protected]
internet: www.ucikorea.co.kr internet: www.sk-tec.com.my

All products All products All products

MEXICO NETHERLANDS PERU

Fluid Power, S.A. de C.V. Bönnekamp b.v. Ing. E. Brammertz S.R.L.
Nestor Chavez Maarnse Grindweg 12d Apardo Postal 0173 Miraflores
3951 LK MAARN Lima 18 - Perú
phone: +31 3 43 4 16 9 44 phone: +51 1 445 0181
phone: +52 722 5230 - 079 fax: +31 3 43 4 16 7 56 fax: +51 1 445 1931
+52 55 5572 - 2978 email: [email protected] email: [email protected]
email: [email protected] internet: www.bonnekamp.nl internet: www.brammertz.com
internet: www.fluidpower.com.mx

All products All products All products

POLAND POLAND QATAR

PTH Pneumatic Complex Tubes International Sp. z o.o. MECHATRONICS INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT
Osojca J.I.P Spolka jawna Hoses and Fittings for Industry P.O. Box: 39233
al. IX Wieków Kielc 16/13 ul. Bystra 15A Salwa Rd
25-516 KIELCE 61-366 POZNAN Doha Quatar
phone: +48 41 3 43 1164 phone: +48 61 6 53 02 22 phone: +974 4458 11 55
fax: +48 41 3 43 1165 fax: +48 61 6 53 02 20 fax: +974 4468 91 35
email: [email protected] email: [email protected] email: [email protected]
internet: www.pneumatic-complex.com.pl internet: www.tubes-international.com internet: www.mechatronics.ae

Compressed air equipment Garage equipment Compressed air equipment

SINGAPORE SLOVAKIA SLOVENIA

BK Pneumatics & Controls ewo Slovak Republic OMEGA AIR d.o.o. Ljubljana
No. 1 Joo Koon Cresent, 4 th Level, Jan Chlupsa Cesta Dolomitskega odreda 10
Yeow Heng Ind. Bldg. Kosor 1000 LJUBLJANA
SINGAPORE 629027 Korejsi 205
phone: +386 1 200 68 81
25226 PRAHA
phone: +65 68 61 07 57 fax: +386 1 200 68 51
fax: +65 68 61 07 56 phone: +420 60 852 938 0 email: [email protected]
email: [email protected] email: [email protected] internet: www.omega-air.si
internet: www.ewo-stuttgart.com

All products All products Compressed air equipment

4 1 General Information
 1 General Information
Representatives around the world

SOUTH AFRICA SA SPAIN SPAIN

ewo SOUTH AFRICA (PTY) LTD Delfin Traver S.L. Seicom S.L.
26 6th Avenue Edenvale, 1609 Antigua N-340 c/o Joan Banti Visa
Postnet Suite 12 Poligono Industrial Pullman C/ Modolell nº 39
Private Bag x10016 12006 CASTELLON 08021 BARCELONA
EDENVALE 1610
phone: +34 9 64 21 06 74 phone: +34 93 2 41 15 66
phone: +27 11 453-5891 fax: +34 9 64 20 42 55 fax: +34 93 4 14 61 99
fax: +27 11 453-8608 email: [email protected] email: [email protected]
email: [email protected] internet: www.delfintraver.com internet: www.seicomsl.es
internet: www.ewo-stuttgart.com
All products All products Compressed air equipment

SWEDEN TAIWAN TAIWAN

Scandor Agentur AB Autotech Industries Inc. DETER ENTERPRISE CO. LTD
Ekbacksvägen 40 Vincent Chen No. 1, Lane 90
S-182 38 DANDERYD P.O. Box 1066 Ta Ya Rd
7F, 351 His men road, Sec. 2 TAICHUNG / TAIWAN R.O.C.
phone: +46 8 755 52 00
TAINAN
mobile: +46 70 535 63 22 phone: +886 4 2 01 92 18
email: [email protected] phone: +886 6 2 20 34 22 fax: +886 4 2 01 85 54
internet: www.scandor.se email: [email protected] email: [email protected]
internet: www.deter.com.tw

All products All products All products

THAILAND UNITED ARAB EMIRATES UNITED ARAB EMIRATES

KULTHORN Group FLOWLINES Technology L.L.C. Middle East International Enterprises
237 Larn Luang Road, Pomprab P.O. Box: 47559 P.O. Box No. 484
BANGKOK 10100 DUBAI SHARJAH / U.A.E.
phone: +66 2 82 21 51 phone: +9 71 4 267 6286 phone: +9 71 6 3 35 5 33
fax: +66 2 80 14 44 email: [email protected] fax: +9 71 6 3 35 5 66
email: [email protected] internet: www.mechatronics.ae internet: http://www.memealhajeri.com
internet: www.kulthorn.com

Compressed air equipment Compressed air equipment Garage equipment

UNITED KINGDOM UNITED KINGDOM UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

Newbow Aerospace Ltd. The West Group Ltd. Island Automation Inc.
Meir Road Aston Road 14 Industrial Rd.
Park Farm North Waterlooville St. Marys
REDDITCH B98 7SY HAMPSHIRE PO7 7XJ ONTARIO N4X 1B5 (CANADA)
phone: +44 15 27 5 18 1 00 phone: +44 23 92 26 60 31 phone: +519 284 1885
fax: +44 15 27 5 18 3 00 fax: +44 23 92 24 03 23 fax: +519 284 0765
email: [email protected] email: [email protected] email: [email protected]
internet: www.newbowaerospace.com internet: www.westgroup.co.uk internet: www.islandautomation.ca

Garage equipment Compressed air equipment All products

1 General Information 5
1 General Information

Representatives around the world

VIETNAM
CAT MINH Industrial Hardware Co. Ltd.
137 Le Quang Dinh St.
Ward 14, Binh Thanh District
HO CHI MINH CITY
phone: +84 8 62 58 33 41
fax: +84 8 62 58 33 48
email: [email protected]
internet: www.catminh.com

Compressed air equipment

6 1 General Information
 1 General Information
International Sales Team

Director Sales
Oliver Reinl
Phone +49 711 7813 - 140
[email protected]

Business Development Manager International

Achim Rausch
Phone +49 711 7813 - 120
[email protected]

Sales Administration, Order and Processing

Stefan Engler
Phone +49 711 7813 - 125
[email protected]

Export & International Delivery

Phone +49 711 7813 - 122

[email protected]

Fax +49 711 7813 - 200 – +49 711 7813 - 139

Woldwide ewo Sales Offices

ewo China ewo Czech Republik and Slovakia

Helen Hu Jan Chlupsa
[email protected] [email protected]

ewo South Africa ewo Switzerland

Peter Tolmay Fredy Künzi
[email protected] [email protected]

www.ewo-stuttgart.com – [email protected]

1 General Information 7
1 General Information

Chapter guide

Chapter 2 Compressed Air Preparation – vma

A filter system for compressed air of the highest purity.
Different filter stages – preliminary filter, microfilter and activated charcoal filter. Modular
system for direct flanging. Six sizes with connecting threads from G 1/4 to G 2.

Chapter 3 Compressed Air Preparation – standard

Air preparation equipment in classical design and of proven quality.
Filters, special filters, pressure regulators, fog lubricators, filter pressure regulators and
combination maintenance units with many variations in filter fineness, drain valves, pressure
ranges or bowls. Connection to maintenance units by means of double nipples. Six sizes
with connecting threads G 1/8 to G 2, up to max. 60 bar. Air treatment equipment of the
standard series, which can not be used for maintenance units.
Filter and micro-filter 40 bar and 60 bar, small pressure regulator, pressure regulator with
brass casings, pressure regulator 60 bar, pressure line regulator, precision pressure regu-
lator, with pressure gauge in hand wheel, water pressure regulator, small lubricator.

Chapter 4 Compressed Air Preparation – variobloc

Our new, innovative modular series “variobloc” fulfils the standards of modern and high-
capacity systems at the same time with optimal handling characteristics on a high quality
level. The complete modular construction system cares for multifaceted possibilities of
combination and makes it easy to adapt the components individually and quickly to mo-
dified operating conditions. Especially industrial pneumatic applications profit by the re-
cognisable positive product characteristics. Connecting threads G 1/4 to G 1.

Chapter 5 Compressed Air Preparation – combibloc

Combination maintenance units in modular design comprising a filter, pressure-regulator
and a fog lubricator all together in a extremely space - saving construction with many va-
riations. Connecting threads G 1/4 to G 1.

Chapter 6 Compressed Air Preparation – airvision / airvision L

Air preparation equipment in economy construction with modern modular design, offering
various combinations and attractive prices.
Filters, fine filters, pressure regulators, fog lubricators and filter pressure regulators, addi-
tionally with distributors, ball valves with relieving, starting valves and magnetic valves. Con-
nection to maintenance units by flanging with insert and sealing ring. Connecting threads
G 1/8 to G 1/4.

8 1 General Information
 1 General Information
Chapter guide

Chapter 7 Compressed Air Preparation – Stainless Steel

Treatment equipment completely in stainless steel and extremely robust, high resistance
against corrosion.
Filter, filter regulator, pressure regulator, lubricator, FRL, threaded pipe and valves. Con-
nection G 1/8 to G 1 – Fittings and valves in part to G 2.

Chapter 8 Compressed Air Preparation – Drain Valves

Drain valves serve to remove compressed air condensate from filters and filter pressure
regulators on the equipment of all ewo series in all sizes. Manual drain valves are fitted on
our filters as standard equipment. Other types of drain valves (semi-automatic drain valves,
fully automatic externally fitted drain valves A or B, fully automatic internally fitted drain val-
ves, timer controlled or electronic drain valves and external drain valve at 20 bar) can be
mounted as an option.

Chapter 9 Flow Meter

Flow meter for compressed air and gases for use in compressed air balancing, compres-
sed air consumption measurement, leaking air / leak rate determination, mobile compres-
sed air measurement in front of single machines / plants, flow measurement of process
gases and nitrogen generators.

Chapter 10 Compressed Air Accessories I

Couplings, Threaded Connections
Fittings for compressed air distribution, such as couplings, hose connections, high speed
connections, rapid-action screw-fittings for plastic hoses.

Chapter 11 Compressed Air Accessories II

Hoses, Valves, Mufflers, Gauges, Accessories
Other Accessories for compressed air distribution: Directional control valves as shut-off
valves, ball valves, manual slide valves, non-return valves, blow-off valves and safety val-
ves, hoses, mufflers and gauges.

Chapter 12 Garage Equipment

Garage Equipment Series contains on the one hand devices for measuring and changing
the air pressure in the tyre, on the other hand garage devices which work with fluids, espe-
cially compressed air, as working and transport agents.
The inflators, digital and portable with air tank or as hand tyre inflators, calibratable for com-
mercial purpose and not calibratable for private use belong to the first group. The second
group consists of different blowguns with a wide variety of nozzles, further washing guns,
spray guns, painting guns and a sand blasting gun.

1 General Information 9
1 General Information

Notes

Please note general safety instructions in the relevant data sheets and manuals!

Manufacturers of machinery and equipment under EU law must prove the conformity of machinery or equipment with
the applicable EU directives. A machine or system can only be put into operation if it is determined that the machinery
or plant of the relevant EC Directive.

Pictures serve only as examples and are not binding. In general just one picture is shown for each group of products.

The Technical data are also for information only and without responsibility. Improvements in construction may be made
at any time.
Measurements are in millimetres, pressures in bar (overpressures) and flow capacities in Nl/min based on normal con-
ditions.

Connections are, as a general rule, threads according to DIN-ISO 228. The tolerance group A for male threads is not
indicated separately. Left-hand threads are identified by the internationally usual addition LH. If several different thread
connections are given for a piece of equipment, the largest original thread size is reduced for smaller connections (ex-
cept for chapter 4 and chapter 7).

Main characteristics are specified and tests carried out according to the international norms for compressed air sy-
stems. These are for:
Filters ISO 5782-1 and 2
Pressure reducers ISO 6953-1 and 2
Spray lubricators ISO 6301-1 and 2
Flow capacity ISO 6358

Supply of services (Price upon request)

Test certificate EN 10204 2.1 or 2.2
Acceptance test certificate EN 10204 3.1 or 3.2
Certificate – single equipment protocol

10 1 General Information
 Chapter 2 List of contents

vma
22vma
Compressed Air Preparation - vma

System description of the filter system vma G 1/4 – G 2 2

Single units Pre-filters (v) 3

Micro-filters (m) 4

Activated-charcoal-filters (a) 5

Combinations v-m, m-a, v-m-a 6

Maintenance service units from Pre-filters – Micro-filters 7

filter combinations G 1/4

Accessories 7

Filter-regulater unit “microair” G 1/2 for painting applications 8

2 Compressed Air Preparation – series vma 1

 System description of the filter system vma

Compressed air preparation for the most critical requirements

Cleaning of compressed air with standard filters is insufficient for many applications. For cases of this kind, the filter system V-M-A, available as single units or
combinations, offers a wide range of filters to meet all requirements, from technical-clean air working equipment via process air to odour-free air for breathing.
Housing assembled from vma modular system for direct flange mounting with sizes I and II. Two sizes of housing and 6 different sizes of filter element. Con-
necting threads from G 1/4 to G 2 in accordance with DIN-ISO 228. Housings and bowls are made of aluminium, plastic-coated or anodised, protected against
corrosion, attractive appearance, easy to clean.
2 vma

Components:
Differential gauges: Indicates the pressure drop in filters. We recommend that the filter element is changed when the pressure drop exceeds 0,6 bar (red zone).
Full exploitation of service life of filter saves money-timely replacement stops wastage of energy. Gauges can be fitted as desired to be readable from front or rear
(double scale).
Kit for bracket mounting of single units and combinations available as an accessory.
Filter elements: For every size of filter - three different elements of identical dimensions. See following pages for detailed description.
Condensate drain valves are available in different versions:
- Fully automatic drain valve: Standard for pre- and microfilter. Outboard, easily accessible for maintenance. Minimum operating pressure 4 bar.
- Manual drain valve: Fitted as standard in the form of a drain screw in the case of activated charcoal-filters, since these are not subject to condensation.

Single units
Pre-filters, Micro-filters, Activated-charcoal-filters
The structure of the v-m-a range as regards individual sizes and connecting threads is as follows: Two dif-
ferent sizes of housing are available with two or four different bowl lengths, which makes a total of 6 different
nominal sizes or element sizes. For each size, two different connection threads are available (even three for the
smallest sizes), thus making a total of 13 different versions of each single unit or combination.
The relationship between filter size and connecting thread is shown in the table below:

Housing size I II

Nominal size I1 I2 II 1 II 2 II 3 II 4

Connection thread G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1 G 1 1/4 G 1 1/2 G2

Combinations
Pre-filter - Micro-filter
Micro-filter - Activated-charcoal-filter
Pre-filter - Micro-filter - Activated-charcoal-filter
Combinations are assembled from single units in the case of sizes I and II by simple flangemounting, using
four tapered sleeves with screws and nuts.
The working sequence for flange mounting is as follows:
1. Lay the first unit on the table, with the flange face uppermost.
2. Insert the sealing ring and four nuts into the appropriate recesses.
3. Position the next unit with its flange face downwards.
4. Fit the tapered sleeves one at a time and tighten the screws lightly.
5. Fully tighten the screws, working crosswise.
Operation: As a protection of the differential gauge the unit must be charged slowly with pressure after
assembly, so that a pressure equalization persists.

Filter elements
v Pre-filter element - sintered Polyethylen, chiefly for filtering of solid matter.
m Micro-filter element - borosilicate glass microfiber, chiefly to remove aerosols.
a Activated-charcoal-filter element - for adsorption of oil vapours.
Since the flow direction with pre-filters and micro-filters or activated-charcoal-filters is different, attention must
be paid to this when changing filter elements or reassembling filters. The service life of filters up to the re-
commended time for replacement (when the pressure drop reaches 0,6 bar) is about 2000 hours of operation,
depending on the incidencef contamination. We recommend a flow rate of between 10% and 80% of the spe-
cified nominal values.

Dimensions
All three filter elements within each size have identical in-
Size I1 I2 II1 II2 II3 II4 stallation dimensions (A and B1/B2).
A 48 71
B1/B2 24/12 48/12
C 75 145 110 210 310 500

2 2 Compressed Air Preparation – vma

 Compressed air filters

Pre-filters (v)
Filter elements made out of sintered Polyethylen with high capacity.
Application: Prefilters for use with microfilters and combinations of microfilters/activated-charcoal-filters, and as after-
filters for adsorptive, absorptive and refrigerating dryers, dust filters for compressed air and other compressed gases.
Structure: 1. Polyethylencylinder
2. End caps aluminium

2 vma
Mode of operation: As the compressed air enters the housing, the increased cross-section and the resul-
ting reduction in velocity cause larger solid and liquid impurities to seperate out and drop into the bowl. All con-
tamination with a particle size of greater than 2 μm is retained on the large-area surface of the starshaped
folded filter material. The high capacity of the filter ensures a long service life.
Cleaning: Should if possible be carried out by washing the filter with a warm soap solution and blowing it out
from the inside to the outside. Cleaning should be carried out at the latest when the pressure drop reaches
0,6 bar, i.e. the pressure-gauge pointer enters the red zone.

Standard version:
With differential gauge and external automatic drain valve A Order No.
Size Thread Pre-filter compl. Element
I1 G 1/4* 429.2102 429-152
G 3/8* 429.2104 429-152
G 1/2* 429.2106 429-152
I2 G 1/2* 429.2206 429-156
G 3/4 429.2208 429-156
II 1 G 3/4* 429.2308 429-158
G 1* 429.2309 429-158
II 2 G 1* 429.2409 429-159
G 1 1/4* 429.2410 429-159
II 3 G 1 1/4* 429.2510 429-161
G 1 1/2* 429.2511 429-161
II 4 G 1 1/2* 429.2611 429-162
G2 429.2612 429-162
* Inlet and outlet reduced
Order key for all variants: for example:
429.x102 429.2102 without differential
2 – with differential gauge gauge = 429.5102
5 – without differential gauge

Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1) 16 bar
Operating temperature +5 °C up to +80 °C
Mounting position vertical
Direction of flow see arrow (from inside to outside)
Connection thread G 1/4 to G 2 (see table)
Min. operating pressure
- manually operated drain valve: from 0 bar
- external automatic drain valve A: 4 bar
Differential gauge 0 to 2 bar (0 to 29 psi)
Efficiency 99,99 % referred to 2 μm (solid impurities)
Compressed air quality ISO 8573-1, Class 2

Dimensions
Size Thread Unit dimensions [mm] Mounting Weight [g]
W A B C E F G*** J K L
I1 G 1/4*, G 3/8*, G 1/2* 83 335 83 57 41,5 410 40 48 M6 2100
I2 G 1/2*, G 3/4 83 405 83 57 41,5 550 40 48 M6 2300
II1 G 3/4*, G 1* 118 420 118 72 59 530 70 80 M8 4800
II2 G 1*, G 1 1/4* 118 520 118 72 59 730 70 80 M8 5300
II3 G 1 1/4*, G 1 1/2* 118 620 118 72 59 930 70 80 M8 5700
II4 G 1 1/2*, G 2 118 810 118 72 59 1310 70 80 M8 6400
* Inlet and outlet reduced *** Space required to change element
Rates of flow
Size Thread Rates of flow
W Q**
I1 G 1/4*, G 3/8*, G 1/2* 60 (1000)
I2 G 1/2*, G 3/4 120 (2000)
II1 G 3/4*, G 1* 180 (3000)
II2 G 1*, G 1 1/4* 320 (5333)
II3 G 1 /4*, G 1 1/2*
1
500 (8333)
II4 G 1 1/2*, G 2 800 (13333)
* Inlet and outlet reduced
** Rates of flow in Nm³/h (Nl/min)
measured at p1=6 bar and Δp= 0,05 bar. Condensate drain valves, see chapter 8

2 Compressed Air Preparation – vma 3

 Compressed air filters

Micro-filters (m)
Borosilicate glass microfiber filters. Used mainly to filter out aerosols and solid contamination with a par-
ticle size of over 0,01 μm. We recommend that a prefilter “v” is fitted upstream.
Application: Paint-spraying, sandblasting, control systems, vacuum systems, measuring instruments, fluids,
air for conveying devices, process air, aircushion bearings, air-conditioning systems.
Structure: 1. Inner support, perforated stainless steel.
2 vma

2. Pre-filtration mesh.
3. Borosilicate glass microfiber material.
4. Support fabric.
5. Outer support, perforated stainless steel.
6. Foam-material sheath.
7. End caps aluminium.
Mode of operation: Air, which should if possible be pre-cleaned (pre-filter), flows through the filter element
from the inside to the outside. Coarse particles are first removed by the pre-filtration mesh, and fine filtration
is then provided by the multi-layer borosilicate glass microfiber material. The high void content of 94 % between
the glass fibres ensures a high capacity for solid particles.
Cleaning: Is not possible. The filter elements should be replaced at the latest when the pressure drop rea-
ches 0,6 bar, i.e. the differential pressure-gauge pointer enters the red zone respectively after about 2000
hours of operation.

Standard version:
With differential gauge and external automatic drain valve A Order No.
Size Thread Micro-filters compl. Element
I1 G 1/4* 430.2102 430-2
G 3/8* 430.2104 430-2
G 1/2* 430.2106 430-2
I2 G 1/2* 430.2206 430-6
G 3/4 430.2208 430-6
II 1 G 3/4* 430.2308 430-8
G 1* 430.2309 430-8
II 2 G 1* 430.2409 430-9
G 1 1/4* 430.2410 430-9
II 3 G 1 1/4* 430.2510 430-11
G 1 1/2* 430.2511 430-11
II 4 G 1 1/2* 430.2611 430-12
G2 430.2612 430-12
* Inlet and outlet reduced
Order key for all variants:
for example:
430.x102
430.2102 without differential
2 – with differential gauge
5 – without differential gauge gauge = 430.5102

Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1) 16 bar
Operating temperature +5 °C up to +80 °
Mounting position vertical
Direction of flow see arrow (from inside to outside)
Connection thread G 1/4 to G 2 (see table)
Min. operating pressure
- manually operated drain valve: from 0 bar
- external automatic drain valve A: 4 bar
Differential gauge 0 to 2 bar (0 to 29 psi)
Efficiency 99,9999 % referred to 0,01 μm
Residual oil content 0,01 ppm
Compressed air quality ISO 8573-1, Dust / Oil, Class 1
Rates of flow
Dimensions
Size Thread Rates of flow
Size Thread Unit dimensions [mm] Mounting Weight [g]
W Q**
W A B C E F G*** J K L
I 1 G 1/4*, G 3/8*, G 1/2* 78 (1300)
I1 G 1/4*, G 3/8*, G 1/2* 83 335 83 57 41,5 410 40 48 M6 2100
I2 G 1/2*, G 3/4 120 (2000)
I2 G 1/2*, G 3/4 83 405 83 57 41,5 550 40 48 M6 2300
II1 G 3/4*, G 1* 245 (4080)
II1 G 3/4*, G 1* 118 420 118 72 59 530 70 80 M8 4800
II2 G 1*, G 11/4* 275 (4580) II2 G 1*, G 1 1/4* 118 520 118 72 59 730 70 80 M8 5300
II3 G 11/4*, G 11/2* 390 (6500) II3 G 1 1/4*, G 1 1/2* 118 620 118 72 59 930 70 80 M8 5700
II4 G 11/2*, G 2 540 (9000) II4 G 1 1/2*, G 2 118 810 118 72 59 1310 70 80 M8 6400
* Inlet and outlet reduced * Inlet and outlet reduced *** Space required to change element
** Rates of flow in Nm³/h (Nl/min)
measured at p1 = 6 bar and Δp = 0,1 bar

Condensate drain valves, see chapter 8

4 2 Compressed Air Preparation – vma

 Compressed air filters

Activated-charcoal-filters (a)
Activated-charcoal-filters for the adsorption of liquid vapours. We recommend that a micro-filter M is fitted
upstream in all cases where dried air is not used.
Application: Food industry, packing industry, beverage industry, air for breathing, pressure chambers, me-
dicinal technology, dental technology, measurement technology.
Structure: 1. Activated-charcoal layer.

2 vma
2. Filtration layer.
3. Support sheath, perforated stainless steel.
4. End caps aluminium.
Mode of operation: The pre-cleaned compressed air (from a dryer, microfilter or microfilter with prefilter) first
flows through the activated-charcoal layer. The thickness of this layer ensures a sufficient contact time for the
adsorption of liquid vapours. Any carried-over activated-charcoal particles are retained in the outer filter layer.
In order to ensure a long service life for the filter, the compressed air which enters the activated-charcoal filter
should not contain any solid or liquid contamination.
Cleaning or regeneration is not possible. The filter elements should be replaced at the latest after about 2000
hours of operation.

Versions:
Without differential gauge, with manual drain valve Order No.
Size Thread Activated-charcoal-filters Element
I1 G 1/4* 431.6102 431-2
G 3/8* 431.6104 431-2
G 1/2* 431.6106 431-2
I2 G 1/2* 431.6206 431-6
G 3/4 431.6208 431-6
II 1 G 3/4* 431.6308 431-8
G 1* 431.6309 431-8
II 2 G 1* 431.6409 431-9
G 1 1/4* 431.6410 431-9
II 3 G 1 1/4* 431.6510 431-11
G 1 1/2* 431.6511 431-11
II 4 G 1 1/2* 431.6611 431-12
G2 431.6612 431-12
* Inlet and outlet reduced

Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1) 16 bar
Operating temperature +5 °C up to +80 °C
Mounting position vertical
Direction of flow see arrow (from inside to outside)
Connection thread G 1/4 to G 2 (see table)
Residual oil content 0,005 ppm
Compressed air quality ISO 8573-1, Class 1

Dimensions
Size Thread Unit dimensions [mm] Mounting Weight [g]
W A B C E F G*** J K L
I1 G 1/4*, G 3/8*, G 1/2* 83 245 83 57 41,5 320 40 48 M6 1890
I2 G 1/2*, G 3/4 83 315 83 57 41,5 460 40 48 M6 2090
II1 G 3/4*, G 1* 118 330 118 72 59 440 70 80 M8 4590
II2 G 1*, G 1 1/4* 118 430 118 72 59 640 70 80 M8 5090
II3 G 1 1/4*, G 1 1/2* 118 530 118 72 59 840 70 80 M8 5490
II4 G 1 1/2*, G 2 118 720 118 72 59 1220 70 80 M8 6190
*** Space required to change element * Inlet and outlet reduced

Rates of flow
Size Thread Rates of flow
W Q**
I1 G 1/4*, G 3/8*, G 1/2* 30 (500)
I2 G 1/2*, G 3/4 60 (1000)
II1 G 3/4*, G 1* 90 (1500)
II2 G 1*, G 1 1/4* 160 (2667)
II3 G 1 1/4*, G 1 1/2* 250 (4167)
II4 G 1 1/2*, G 2 400 (6667)
* Inlet and outlet reduced
** Rates of flow in Nm³/h (Nl/min)
measured at p1 = 6 bar and Δp = 0,12 bar
Condensate drain valves, see chapter 8

2 Compressed Air Preparation – vma 5

 Compressed air filters

Combinations
Will be supplied as single components with connectors.
Variants: Pre-filter - Micro-filter (v-m)
Micro-filter - Activated-charcoal-filter (m-a)
Pre-filter - Micro-filter - Activated-charcoal-filter (v-m-a)
2 vma

Standard version:
With differential gauge Order No.
Size Thread v-m m-a v-m-a
I1 G 1/4* 432.2102 433.2102 434.2102
G 3/8* 432.2104 433.2104 434.2104
G 1/2* 432.2106 433.2106 434.2106
I2 G 1/2* 432.2206 433.2206 434.2206
G 3/4 432.2208 433.2208 434.2208
II 1 G 3/4* 432.2308 433.2308 434.2308
G 1* 432.2309 433.2309 434.2309
II 2 G 1* 432.2409 433.2409 434.2409
G 1 1/4* 432.2410 433.2410 434.2410
II 3 G 1 1/4* 432.2510 433.2510 434.2510
G 1 1/2* 432.2511 433.2511 434.2511
II 4 G 1 1/2* 432.2611 433.2611 434.2611
G2 432.2612 433.2612 434.2612
* Inlet and outlet reduced
Order key for additional options:
432.x102 for example:
2 – with differential gauge 432.2102 without differential
5 – without differential gauge gauge = 432.5102

Technical data
See single devices.

Rates of flow / Dimensions

Size Thread Rates of flow Installation lenght [A]
Q** vm/ma vma
I1 G 1/4*, G 3/8*, G 1/2* 30 (500) 166 249
I2 G 1/2*, G 3/4 60 (1000) 166 249
II1 G 3/4*, G 1* 90 (1500) 236 354
II2 G 1*, G 1 1/4* 160 (2667) 236 354
II3 G 1 1/4*, G 1 1/2* 250 (4167) 236 354
II4 G 1 1/2*, G 2 400 (6667) 236 354
* Inlet and outlet reduced
** Rates of flow in Nm³/h (Nl/min) measured at p1 = 6 bar and Δp = 0,1 bar

Condensate drain valves, see chapter 8

6 2 Compressed Air Preparation – vma

 Maintenance units, accessories and spare parts

Maintenance units G 1/4

The maintenance units G 1/4 consists of a combination of prefilter and microfilter, inclusive automatic drain
valves, supplemented by a pressure regulator and optional difference gauge.
Through the installation of maintenance units in the network of air (4-16 bar) is the provision of purified and re-
duced air.
The pre-filter and micro-filter clean air (solid impurity 0.01 micron and 0.01 ppm residual) channeled through the

2 vma
pressure regulator on the distribution and pressure hoses to the respective consumers (e.g. instrument sea-
ling air). Flow rate at 1 bar (Δp 0,2 bar) 200 Nl/min.

Versions Order No.

Without differential gauge with automatic drain valves, 432.017
Bracket mounting inclusive, Regulator with gauge (range 0,5 - 3 bar) adjusted at 1 bar.
With differential gauge for micro-filter, with automatic drain valves, 432.002
Bracket mounting inclusive, Regulator with gauge (range 0,5 - 3 bar) adjusted at 1 bar.

Accessories Order No.

Article Size I Size II
Connectors (Kit) 429-29 429-33
for flange connection of two units. Kit consists of one sealing ring and four tapered sleeves,
screws and nuts. Two kits are required for the flange connection of three units.
Bracket mounting (Kit) 429-25 429-27
for mounting on vertical surfaces. Consists of a mounting bracket and two screws 429-29
to secure this to the unit, at the front or rear as desired.
Special wrench (no picture) 429-70 429-92
to dismantle used containers to replace the filter cartridge.
Electronic drain valve 230 V AC 5370.200
of the new generation. Contactless measurement of accumulated condensate which is the
discharged without the loss of valuable compressed air. 429-25
Adapter set for growing at bowls (5370.200) (no picture) 5370-400
for attachment to the filter. M 14 x 1i - G 1/2 a (Dimensions, see chapter 8)

5370.200

Spare parts Order No.

Article Size I / Size II
Differential gauges ø 70 5429.10
For all filters. Two-part scale 0 to 2 bar (0 to 29 psi). Green zone 0 to 0,6 bar, red zone
0,6 to 2 bar. Complete with mounting components for flange mounting (2 screws, 2
seals).
Fully automatic external drain valve A 5370.4
Beetwen 4 and 16 bar. When a certain condensation level is reached, a float activates a
pneumatic servo valve and the drain valve is opened. Connection G 1/8. 5429.10

5370.4

2 Compressed Air Preparation – vma 7

 Filter-regulating station for paint-spraying

Filter-regulating station “microair”

Air quality according to ISO 8573.1 - Class 1
Multi-stage compressed air preparation system with high-quality filter elements (pre-filter, micro-filter and, if nee-
ded, activated carbon-filter) for optimal paint results, avoiding (rendering unnecessary) costly retouching work
and preventing operational failure. Removes contamination such as H2O, CO, CO2, hydrocarbons and dust par-
2 vma

ticles. High flow-rate (3000 Nl/min) with differential gauge as an individual indicator of the degree of contami-
nation. Provides optimal economic efficiency, service and safety.
Areas of application:
Sand blasting - Chemical industry - Synthetics industry - Production of paints and varnishes - Packaging in-
dustry - Technical specification subject to prior change.

Construction and components:

Stage one - Pre-filter
Finely sintered bronze filter, 5 μm filtration, for filtering solids and liquids, filtration efficiency 99 %, (reusable
after washing). With external automatic drain valve A.
Stage two - Pressure regulator
439.2 Independent of primary pressure with increased precision, without air consumption, regulates the desire
operating pressure from 0,5 to 10 bar. Gauge with solvent resistant glass.
Stage three - Micro-filter
Multi-layered deep-bed filter with three-dimensional filtration by borosilicate fibrous web with high-capacity
dirt-absorption. For fine filtration of solid particles in ressed air and oil-water aerosols up to a residual oil con-
tent of 0,01mg/m³.
Chemically and biologically inactive, water-resistant. Stainless steel protective case and and aluminium cover.
Filtration efficiency 99,99998 % at 0,01 μm. Tested and approved according to LPV 0.700.9900 (Fraunhofer
Instititute).
Distribution unit
For removal of air. Available with 2 ball valves or 2 couplings.

Version Pre-filter – Pressure regulator – Micro-filter Order No.

Filter regulating station with distribution block and 2 ball valves G 3/8 439.2
Filter regulating station with distribution block and 2 couplings DN 7,2 439.3
439.3 Bracket mounted.

Accessories
Stage four - Activated-charcoal-filter
The filter regulator can be extended with the extension set Activated-charcoal-filter + distribution unit.
The advantage is a breathing air quality with substantially less impurity than the ambient air.
The add-on pack can be attached to the double nipple 185.77 to 439.2 or 439.3.
Activated carbon filter: Multilayer activated carbon for the adsorption of gaseous fluids and hydrocarbons (oil
aerosols, odors). Residual oil content of 0,005 ppm. See also item description.

Article Order No.

Activated carbon filter + distributor with 2 couplings DN 7,2 with gauge 439.4
439.4 Double nipple for mounting on 439.2 or 439.3 185.77

Spare parts
Article Order No.
Pre-filter element 429-100
Micro-filter element 430-6
Activated-charcoal-filter element 431-6
Gauge ø 50, vertical, 0 - 16 bar (on the distribution block (without picture) 102
Gauge ø 63, horizontal, 0 - 16 bar (on the pressure regulator (without picture) 89

429-100 430-6 431-6

Technical data
Connection thread G 1/2
Max. operating pressure (p1) 16 bar
Operating temperature +5 °C up to +80 °C
Rates of flow 3000 Nl/min
Materials - seals NBR
- housing Al, CuZn39Pb3
- distributor, bowl aluminum plastic coated
Subject to technical changes.

8 2 Compressed Air Preparation – vma

 Chapter 3 List of contents

Compressed Air Preparation - standard

Filters small, medium 2
compact, large, max 3

3 standard
super 4

Filters - 40 bar I, II, super 5

Filters - 60 bar I, II 6

Microfilters small 7
medium, large 8
super 9

Microfilters - 40 bar I, II, super 10

Microfilters - 60 bar I, II 11

Small pressure regulators 12

Pressure regulators small, intermediate, medium 13

compact, large, max 14
super 15

Pressure regulators - 40 bar small, medium 16

High pressure regulators - 60 bar I, II 17

Pressure line regulators up to150 bar outlet pressure 18

Precision pressure regulators 19

Pressure regulators with internal gauge in setting knob 20

Water pressure regulators small, medium, large, max 21

Lubricators small, medium 22

compact, large, max 23
super 24

Small lubricators for air pressure tools small oiler 25

Filter pressure regulators small, medium 26

Two-piece maintenance units small, medium 27

Three-piece maintenance units small, medium 28

compact, large, max 29
super 30

Parts for mounting and connection Bracket sets Mounting on top of the housing 31
Attachment to the handwheel thread
Attachment at the bottom of the
cover fixing screws
Connecting parts of the basic units (without reducing)
for two-piece and three-piece maintenance units

Accessories Panel mounting, reductions 32

3 Compressed Air Preparation – standard 1

 Filters

Filters - G 1/8 – G 1/2

Compressed air filters clean the compressed working air of solid and liquid components (soil particles and
condensation) and thereby protecting the downstream components from dirt and wear. The cleansing is done
in two stages by means of cycloning (condensation) and sintering filters (solid contamination).
Port sizes G 1/8 to G 1/2.

Order No.
Connection threads
Size G 1/8* G 1/4* G 3/8 G 1/2

With plastic bowl and manually operated drain valve

small 322.21* 322.22* 322.23 -
3 standard

medium - - 322.35* 322.36

With plastic bowl and
semi-automatic drain valve
small 322.521* 322.522* 322.523 -
medium - - 322.535* 322.536
With plastic bowl and
322.23 external automatic drain valve A (max. 16 bar)
small 370.21* 370.22* 370.23 -
medium - - 370.35* 370.36
* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions added loosely, see page 32)

Order key for additional options:

for example:
322.xxx
M – metal bowl 322.21 with bowl protection
S – bowl protection = 322.21S

Order No.
Spare parts and accessories small medium
Bracket mounting for mounting on top of the housing 322-24 322-25
Bowl protection for plastic bowl, with bowl ring 322-130 322-131
Metal bowl with seals and - manually operated drain valve 324-101 324-109
- semi-automatic drain valve 324-113 324-117
- external automatic drain valve A 324-114 324-118
Plastic bowl with seals and - manually operated drain valve 322-112 322-118
- semi-automatic drain valve 322-113 322-119
- external automatic drain valve A 322-114 322-120
Bowl ring for plastic bowl and metal bowl 287-25 297-2
Sealing ring for all bowls 287-6 297-10
Filter element filter porosity 40 μm (mounted) 287-10 267-37
filter porosity 5 μm 287-13 298-9

Technical data Size small Size medium

Nominal rates of flow** 1.050 Nl/min 4.670 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) with plastic bowl / metal bowl 16 bar / 25 bar
Operating temperature with plastic bowl / metal bowl 0 °C up to +50 °C / 0 °C up to +90 °C
Effective bowl volume 25 cm³ 80 cm³
Mounting position vertical
Direction of flow arrow
Nominal width DN 6 DN 15
Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25 PN 25
Weight 390 g 950 g
Material - seals NBR
- housing zinc alloy
- filter element sintered bronze
- plastic bowl polycarbonate
** measured at p1 = 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar
Dimensions [mm]
Size small medium
G 1/8* G 1/4* G 3/8 G 3/8* G 1/2 Rates of flow
A 56 56 56 87 87 p2 [bar] small G 3/8 p2 [bar] medium G 1/2

B 57 57 50 88 80 12 12
10 10
C 19 19 19 24 24
8 8
D** 135 135 135 172 172 6 6
* inlet and outled reduced 4 4
(reductions added loosely) 2 2
** with semi-automatic
drain valve: + 10 mm 0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000
with external automatic Q [Nl/min] Q [Nl/min]
drain valve A: + 90 mm
Condensate drain valves see chapter 8
Fasteners and connecting elements see page 31

2 3 Compressed Air Preparation – standard

 Filters

Filters - G 3/4 – G 1 1/2

Compressed air filters clean the compressed working air of solid and liquid components (soil particles and
condensation) and thereby protecting the downstream components from dirt and wear. The cleansing is done
in two stages by means of cycloning (condensation) and sintering filters (solid contamination).
Port sizes G 3/4 to G 1 1/2.

Order No.
Connection threads
Size G 3/4* G1 G 1 1/4 * G 1 1/2

With plastic bowl and manually operated drain valve

compact 405.38* 405.39 - -

3 standard
large 322.48* 322.49 - -
max - - 322.410* 322.411
With plastic bowl and
semi-automatic drain valve
compact 405.538* 405.539 - -
large 322.548* 322.549 - -
322.49
max - - 322.5410* 322.5411
With plastic bowl and
external automatic drain valve A (max. 16 bar)
compact 370.38* 370.39 - -
large 370.48* 370.49 - -
max - - 370.410* 370.411
* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions added loosely, see page 32)

Order key for additional options: for example:

405.xxx 405.38 with bowl protection = 405.38S
M – metal bowl
S – bowl protection
Order No.
Spare parts and accessories compact large max
Bracket mounting for mounting on top of the housing 405-4 281-26 281-26
Bowl protection for plastic bowl, with bowl ring 322-131 281-24 281-24
Bowl ring for bowl protection - 300-31 300-31
Metal bowl with seals and
- manually operated drain valve 324-109 322-125 322-125
- semi-automatic drain valve 324-117 322-126 322-126
- external automatic drain valve A 324-118 322-127 322-127
Plastic bowl with seals and
- manually operated drain valve 322-118 322-122 322-122
- semi-automatic drain valve 322-119 322-123 322-123
- external automatic drain valve A 322-120 322-124 322-124
Bowl ring for plastic bowl and metal bowl 297-2 279-2 279-2
Sealing ring for all bowls 297-10 279-9 279-9
Filter element filter porosity 40 μm (mounted) 267-37 281-14 281-14
filter porosity 5 μm 298-9 - -

Technical data Size compact Size large Size max

Nominal rates of flow** 6.700 Nl/min 10.000 Nl/min 12.500 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) with plastic- / metal bowl 16 bar / 25 bar
Operating temperature with plastic- / metal bowl 0 °C up to +50 °C / 0 °C up to +90 °C
Effective bowl volume 80 cm³ 260 cm³ 260 cm³
Mounting position vertical
Direction of flow arrow
Nominal width DN 20 DN 20 DN 25
Nominal pressure (housing PN 25
Weight 1320 g 1870 g 2120 g
Dimensions [mm]
Material - seals NBR Size compact large max
- housing zinc alloy alu alloy aluminum G 3/4* G1 G3/4* G1 G11/4* G11/2
- filter element sintered bronze A 102 90 133 133 133 133
- plastic bowl polycarbonate
** measured at p1 = 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar B 102 90 134 120 134 120
Rates of flow C 38 38 36 36 46 46
p2 [bar] compact p2 [bar] large p2 [bar] max
D** 175 175 206 206 216 216
12 12 12
* inlet and outlet reduced
10 10 10
(reductions added loosely)
8 8 8
** - with semi-automatic
6 6 6 drain valve: +10 mm
4 4 4 - with external automatic
2 2 2 drain valve A: +90 mm
0
2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 0 0
2500 5000 7500 10000 13000 16000 18000 4000 7000 10000 12000 14000 17000 20000 Condensate drain valve see chapter 8
Q [Nl/min] Q [Nl/min] Q [Nl/min] Fasteners and connecting elements see page 31

3 Compressed Air Preparation – standard 3

 Filters

Filters - G 1 1/2 – G 2
Compressed air filters clean the compressed working air of solid and liquid components (soil particles and
condensation) and thereby protecting the downstream components from dirt and wear. The cleansing is done
in two stages by means of cycloning (condensation) and sintering filters (solid contamination).
Port sizes G 11/2 to G 2.
Order No.
Connection threads
Size G 1 1/2* G2
With plastic bowl and manually operated drain valve
super 456.211* 456.212
3 standard

With plastic bowl and semi-automatic drain valve

super 456.511* 456.512
With plastic bowl and external automatic drain valve (max. 16 bar)
super 456.611* 456.612
* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions added loosely, see page 32)
456.212
Order key for additional options:
456.xxxx for example:
M – metal bowl 456.212 with metal bowl = 456.212M
S – bowl protection

Order No.
Spare parts and accessories super
Bracket mounting for mounting on top of the housing 457-12
Bowl protection for plastic bowl 281-24
Bowl ring for bowl protection 300-31
Metal bowl with seals and - manually operated drain valve 322-125
- semi-automatic drain valve 322-126
- external automatic drain valve A 322-127
Plastic bowl with seals and - manually operated drain valve 322-122
- semi-automatic drain valve 322-123
- external automatic drain valve A 322-124
Bowl ring for plastic bowl 279-2
Sealing ring for all bowls 279-9
Filter element filter porosity 40 μm (mounted) 454-3
filter porosity 5 μm 454-11

Technical data Size super

Nominal rates of flow** 15830 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) - with plastic bowl 16 bar
- with metal bowl 25 bar
Operating temperature - with plastic bowl 0 °C up to +50 °C
- with metal bowl 0 °C up to +90 °C
Effective bowl volume 500 cm³
Mounting position vertical
Direction of flow arrow
Nominal width DN 50
Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25
Weight 5340 g
Material - seals NBR
- housing aluminum
- filter element sintered bronze
- plastic bowl polycarbonate
** measured at p1 = 6 bar and Δp = 0,5 bar

Dimensions [mm] Rates of flow

Size super p2 [bar] G2

Connection threads G 1 1/2* G2 12

A 140 140 10
8
B 133 133
6
C 42 42 4

D** 330 330 2

* inlet and outled reduced 0 5000 10000 15000 20000 25000 30000 35000
(reductions added loosely) Q [Nl/min]
** - with semi-automatic drain valve: +10 mm
- with external automatic drain valve A: +90 mm
Condensate drain valves see chapter 8
Fasteners and connecting elements see page 31

4 3 Compressed Air Preparation – standard

 Filters

Filters 40 bar - G 3/8 – G 2

Compressed air filters clean the compressed working air of solid and liquid components (soil particles and
condensation) and thereby protecting the downstream components from dirt and wear. The cleansing is done
in two stages by means of cycloning (condensation) and sintering filters (solid contamination).
40 bar compressed air filter in a compact design. Manually operated drain (Draining under pressure only pos-
sible until 25 bar!). Sintered bronze filter element. Housing made of aluminum (black anodized). Bowl of brass.
Test certificate for pressure bowl included.

Order No.
Filter porosity 40 μm Connection threads

3 standard
Size G 3/8* G 1/2 G 3/4* G1 G 1 1/2* G2
I 445.015* 445.016 - - - -
II - - 445.008* 445.009 - -
super - - - - 454.411* 454.41
* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions added loosely, see page 32)
445.016

Order No.
Spare parts and accessories Size I Size II super
Bracket mounting for mounting on top of the housing 445-39 445-28 429-27
Filter element filter porosity 40 μm (mounted) 394-16 267-37 454-3
filter porosity 5 μm 394-37 298-9 454-11
Manual drain valves for metal bowls 275-41*** 275-41*** 275-41***
*** draining under pressure only possible until 25 bar!

Technical data Size I Size II Size super

Nominal rates of flow** 2660 Nl/min 6000 Nl/min 15830 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) 40 bar (PN 40)
Operating temperature 0 °C up to +90 °C
Effective bowl volume 80 cm³ 100 cm³ 300 cm³
Mounting position vertical
Direction of flow arrow
Nominal width DN 15 DN 20 DN 50
Weight 1220 g 2000 g 5800 g
Material - seals NBR
- housing aluminum
- metal bowl brass brass aluminum
- filter element sintered bronze
** measured at p1 = 6 bar and Δp = 0,2 bar

Rates of flow Dimensions [mm]

p2 [bar] G2
Size I II super
12
10 Connection
G 3/8* G 1/2 G 3/4* G 1 G 11/2* G 2
8 threads
6 A 65 65 80 80 140 140
4
B 200 200 210 210 285 285
2
C 65 65 80 80 120 120
0 5000 10000 15000 20000 25000 30000 35000
Q [Nl/min] D 70 65 92 80 160 140
E 32 32 40 40 42,5 42,5
F 31 31 40 40 70 70
G** 250 250 285 285 350 350
* inlet and outled reduced (reductions added loosely)
** Space required to change element.

Condensate drain valve see chapter 8

Fasteners and connecting elements see page 31

3 Compressed Air Preparation – standard 5

 Filters

Filters 60 bar - G 3/8 – G 1

Compressed air filters clean the compressed working air of solid and liquid components (soil particles and
condensation) and thereby protecting the downstream components from dirt and wear. The cleansing is done
in two stages by means of cycloning (condensation) and sintering filters (solid contamination).
60 bar compressed air filter in a compact design. Manually operated drain (Draining under pressure only pos-
sible until 25 bar!). Sintered bronze filter element. Housing made of aluminum (black anodized). Bowl of brass.
Test certificate for pressure bowl included.

Order No.
Filter porosity 40 μm Connection threads
Size G 3/8* G 1/2 G 3/4* G1
I 475.015* 475.016 - -
3 standard

II - - 475.008* 475.009
* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions added loosely, see page 32)

475.009

Bestell-Nr.
Spare parts and accessories Size I Size II
Bracket mounting for mounting on top of the housing 445-39 445-28
Filter element filter porosity 40 μm (mounted) 394-16 267-37
filter porosity 5 μm 394-37 298-9
Manual drain valves for metal bowls 275-41*** 275-41***
*** draining under pressure only possible until 25 bar!

Technical data Size I Size II

Nominal rates of flow** 2660 Nl/min 6000 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) 60 bar (PN 60)
Operating temperature 0 °C up up to +90 °C
Effective bowl volume 80 cm³ 100 cm³
Mounting position vertical
Direction of flow arrow
Nominal width DN15 DN 20
Weight 1400 g 3000 g
Material - seals NBR
- housing aluminum
- metal bowl brass
- filter element sintered bronze
** measured at p1 = 6 bar and Δp = 0,2 bar

Dimensions [mm] Rates of flow

size II G 1
Size I II 65
60
Connection 55
G 3/8* G 1/2 G 3/4* G 1
threads 50
45
A 65 65 80 80 40
p2 [bar]

35
B 185 185 200 200
30
C 65 65 80 80 25
20
D 70 65 92 80 15
10
E 25 25 30 30 5

F 33 33 40 40 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000

Q [Nl/min]
G** 205 205 285 285
* inlet and outled reduced
(reductions added loosely)
** space required to change element.

Condensate drain valves see chapter 8

Fasteners and connecting elements see page 31

6 3 Compressed Air Preparation – standard

 Filters

Microfilters - G 1/8 – G 3/8

Microborosilicate air filters are suitable for use in all situations in which the required purity of the compressed
air is especially high. As the second stage after the standard filter they remove almost without residue the
smallest remaining particles of water, oil or dirt to 99,9999 % (for 0,01 μm). Residual oil content 0,01 ppm.
Flow passes from inside to outside. Replacement after 6 months.
Optional with bowl protection or metal bowl. Port size G 1/8 to G 3/8.

Order No.
Connection threads
Size G 1/8* G 1/4* G 3/8
With plastic bowl and manually operated drain valve

3 standard
small 403.21* 403.22* 403.23
With plastic bowl and semi-automatic drain valve
small 403.521* 403.522* 403.523
With plastic bowl and external automatic drain valve (max. 16 bar)
small 403.121* 403.122* 403.123 403.23
* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions added loosely, see page 32)

Order key for additional options:

for example:
403.xxx
M – metal bowl 403.21 with bowl protection = 403.21S
S – bowl protection

Order No.
Spare parts and accessories small
Bracket mounting for mounting on top of the housing 322-24
Bowl protection for plastic bow with bowl ring 322-130
Metal bowl with seals and - manually operated drain valve 324-101
- semi-automatic drain valve 324-113
- external automatic drain valve A 324-114
Plastic bowl with seals and - manually operated drain valve 403-9
- semi-automatic drain valve 403-26
- external automatic drain valve A 403-30
Bowl ring for plastic bowl and metal bowl 287-25
Sealing ring for all bowls 287-6
Microfilter element with seal, 0,01 μm (M10x1 - ø 28x68) 403-1

Technical data Size small

Nominal rates of flow** 560 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) - with plastic bowl 16 bar
- with metal bowl 25 bar
Operating temperature - with plastic bowl 0 °C up to +50 °C
- with metal bowl 0 °C up to +90 °C
Effective bowl volume max. to microfilter element
Mounting position vertical
Direction of flow arrow
Nominal width DN 6
Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25
Weight 380 g
Material - seals NBR
- housing zinc alloy
- filter element borosilicate glass microfiber
- plastic bowl polycarbonate
** measured at p1 = 6 bar and Δp = 0,2 bar

Dimensions [mm] Rates of flow

p2 [bar] G 3/8
Size small
12
Connection threads G 1/8* G 1/4* G 3/8
10
A 56 56 56 8
6
B 57 57 50
4
C 19 19 19 2

D** 135 135 135 0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750
* inlet and outled reduced (reductions added loosely) Q [Nl/min]

** - with semi-automatic drain valve: +10 mm

- with external automatic drain valve A: +90 mm
Condensate drain valve see chapter 8
Fasteners and connecting elements see page 31

3 Compressed Air Preparation – standard 7

 Filters

Microfilters - G 3/8 – G 1
Microborosilicate air filters are suitable for use in all situations in which the required purity of the compressed
air is especially high. As the second stage after the standard filter they remove almost without residue the
smallest remaining particles of water, oil or dirt to 99,9999 % (for 0,01 μm). Residual oil content 0,01 ppm.
Flow passes from inside to outside. Replacement after 6 months.
Optional with bowl protection or metal bowl. Port size G 3/8 to G 1.
Order No.
Connection threads
Size G 3/8* G 1/2 G 3/4 * G1

With plastic bowl and manually operated drain valve

3 standard

medium 403.35* 403.36 - -

large - - 403.48* 403.49
With plastic bowl and
semi-automatic drain valve
medium 403.535* 403.536 - -
403.36 large - - 403.548* 403.549
With plastic bowl and
external automatic drain valve (max. 16 bar))
medium 403.135* 403.136 - -
large - - 403.148* 403.149
* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions added loosely, see page 32)

Order key for additional options: for example:

403.xxx 403.35 with bowl protection = 403.35S
M – metal bowl
S – bowl protection
Order No.
Spare parts and accessories medium large
Bracket mounting for mounting on top of the housing 322-25 281-26
Bowl protection for plastic bow 298-8 281-24
Bowl ring for bowl protection 297-13 300-31
Metal bowl with seals and - manually operated drain valve 324-109 322-125
- semi-automatic drain valve 324-117 322-126
- external automatic drain valve A 324-118 322-127
Plastic bowl with seals and - manually operated drain valve 360-12 360-25**
- semi-automatic drain valve 403-28 403-29**
- external automatic drain valve A 403-32 403-33**
Bowl ring for plastic bowl and metal bowl 297-2 279-2
Sealing ring for all bowls 297-10 279-9
Microfilter element with seal, 0,01 μm (M 23 x 1 – ø 50 x 98) 403-3 -
0,01 μm (M 35 x 1,5 – ø 75 x 125) - 403-4
** without seal

Technical data Size medium Size large

Nominal rates of flow** 2000 Nl/min 4000 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1 - with plastic bowl 16 bar
- with metal bowl 25 bar
Operating temperature - with plastic bowl 0 °C up to +50 °C
- with metal bowl 0 °C up to +90 °C
Effective bowl volume max. to microfilter element
Mounting position vertical
Direction of flow arrow
Nominal width DN 15 DN 20
Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25 PN 25
Weight 980 g 1900 g
Material - seals NBR
Dimensions [mm] - housing zinc alloy aluminum
- filter element borosilicate glass microfiber
Size medium large - plastic bowl polycarbonate
Connection ** measured at p1 = 6 bar and Δp = 0,2 bar
G 3/8* G 1/2 G 3/4* G1
threads
A 87 87 133 133 Rates of flow
p2 [bar] medium G1/2 p2 [bar] large G1
B 88 80 134 120 12 12
10 10
C 24 24 36 36
8 8
D** 172 172 206 206 6 6
* inlet and outled reduced 4 4
(reductions added loosely) 2 2
** - with semi-automatic drain valve: +10 mm
- with external automatic drain valve A: +90 mm 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000

Condensate drain valves see chapter 8 Q [Nl/min] Q [Nl/min]

Fasteners and connecting elements see page 31

8 3 Compressed Air Preparation – standard

 Filters

Microfilters - G 1 1/2 – G 2
Microborosilicate air filters are suitable for use in all situations in which the required purity of the compressed
air is especially high. As the second stage after the standard filter they remove almost without residue the
smallest remaining particles of water, oil or dirt to 99,9999 % (for 0,01 μm). Residual oil content 0,01 ppm.
Flow passes from inside to outside. Replacement after 6 months.
Optional with bowl protection or metal bowl. Port size G1 1/2 to G2.
Order No.
Connection threads
Size G 1 1/2* G2

With plastic bowl and manually operated drain valve

3 standard
super 403.511* 403.512

With plastic bowl and semi-automatic drain valve

super 403.5511* 403.5512

With plastic bowl and external automatic drain valve (max. 16 bar)
403.512
super 403.1511* 403.1512
* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions added loosely, see page 32)

Order key for additional options:

403.xxxx for example:
M – metal bowl 403.512 with metal bowl = 403.512M
S – bowl protection
Order No.
Spare parts and accessories super
Bracket mounting for mounting on top of the housing 457-12
Bowl protection for plastic bow 281-24
Bowl ring for bowl protection 300-31
Metal bowl with seals and - manually operated drain valve 322-125
- semi-automatic drain valve 322-126
- external automatic drain valve A 322-127
Plastic bowl with seals and - manually operated drain valve 322-122
- semi-automatic drain valve 322-123
- external automatic drain valve A 322-124
Bowl ring for plastic bowl and metal bowl 279-2
Sealing ring for all bowls 279-9
Microfilter element with seal, 0,01 μm (ø 63 x 115) 454-17

Technical data Size super

Nominal rates of flow** 7000 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) - with plastic bowl 16 bar
- with metal bowl 25 bar
Operating temperature - with plastic bowl 0 °C up up to +50 °C
- with metal bowl 0 °C up up to +90 °C
Effective bowl volume max. to microfilter element
Mounting position vertical
Direction of flow arrow
Nominal width DN 50
Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25
Weight 5400 g
Material - seals NBR
- housing aluminum
- filter element borosilicate glass microfiber
- plastic bowl polycarbonate
** measured at p1 = 6 bar and Δp = 0,2 bar

Dimensions [mm]
Size super
1
Connection threads G 1 /2* G2
A 140 140
B 133 133
C 42 42
D** 330 330
* inlet and outled reduced (reductions added loosely)
** - with semi-automatic drain valve: +10 mm
- with external automatic drain valve A: +90 mm
Condensate drain valve see chapter 8
Fasteners and connecting elements see page 31

3 Compressed Air Preparation – standard 9

 Filters

Microfilters 40 bar - G 3/8 – G 2

Microborosilicate air filters are suitable for use in all situations in which the required purity of the compressed
air is especially high. As the second stage after the standard filter they remove almost without residue the
smallest remaining particles of water, oil or dirt to 99,9999 % (for 0,01 μm). Residual oil content 0,01 ppm.
Compressed air filter in a compact design. The filter element with a pore size lower than 0,01 μm are of boro-
silicate filter with supporting casing made of stainless steel (V2A) and foamed plastic cover. Flow passes from
inside to outside. Replacement after 6 months. Housing made of aluminum (black anodized). Bowl of brass.
Manually operated drain (Draining under pressure only possible until 25 bar!). Test certificate for pressure bowl
included. Port size G 3/8 to G 2.

Order No.
3 standard

Connection threads
Size G 3/8* G 1/2 G 3/4* G1 G 1 1/2* G2
I 445.115* 445.116 - - - -
II - - 445.108* 445.109 - -
super - - - - 454.511* 454.512
445.116 * inlet and outlet reduced (reductions added loosely, see page 32)

Order No.
Spare parts and accessories Size I Size II Size super
Bracket mounting for mounting on top of the housing 445-39 445-28 429-27
Microfilter element with seal, 0,01 μm 448-8 403-3 454-17
Manual drain valves for metal bowls 275-41*** 275-41*** 275-41***
*** draining under pressure only possible until 25 bar!

For maximum working life we recooend using a normal filter 60 bar as first stage!

Technical data Size I Size II Size super

Nominal rates of flow** 2000 Nl/min 3000 Nl/min 7000 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) 40 bar (PN 40)
Operating temperature 0 °C up to +90 °C
Effective bowl volume max. to microfilter element
Mounting position vertical
Direction of flow arrow
Nominal width DN 15 DN 20 DN 50
Weight 1220 g 2000 g 5800 g
Material - seals NBR
- housing aluminum
- metal bowl brass brass aluminum
- filter element borosilicate glass microfiber
** measured at p1 = 6 bar and Δp = 0,2 bar

Dimensions [mm] Rates of flow

p2 [bar] G 1/2
Size I II super 12

Connection 10
G 3/8* G 1/2 G 3/4* G1 G 11/2* G2
threads 8

A 65 65 80 80 140 140 6
4
B 200 200 210 210 285 285 2
C 65 65 80 80 120 120
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000
D 70 65 92 80 160 140 Q [Nl/min]

E 32 32 40 40 42,5 42,5
p2 [bar] G1
F 31 31 40 40 70 70 12
10
G** 250 250 285 285 350 350
8
* inlet and outled reduced (reductions added loosely)
6
** space required to change element.
4
2

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000

Q [Nl/min]

Fasteners and connecting elements see page 31

10 3 Compressed Air Preparation – standard

 Filters

Microfilters 60 bar - G 3/8 – G 1

Microborosilicate air filters are suitable for use in all situations in which the required purity of the compressed
air is especially high. As the second stage after the standard filter they remove almost without residue the
smallest remaining particles of water, oil or dirt to 99,9999 % (for 0,01 μm). Residual oil content 0,01 ppm.
Compressed air filter in a compact design. The filter element with a pore size lower than 0,01 μm are of boro-
silicate filter with supporting casing made of stainless steel (V2A) and foamed plastic cover. Flow passes from
inside to outside. Replacement after 6 months. Housing made of aluminum (black anodized). Bowl of brass.
Manually operated drain (Draining under pressure only possible until 25 bar!). Test certificate for pressure bowl
included. Port size G 3/8 to G 1.

Order No.

3 standard
Connection threads
Size G 3/8* G 1/2 G3/4* G1
I 475.115* 475.116 - -
II - - 475.108* 475.109
* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions added loosely, see page 32)
475.109

Order No
Spare parts and accessories Size I Size II
Bracket mounting for mounting on top of the housing 445-39 445-28
Microfilter element with seal, 0,01 μm 448-8 403-3
Manual drain valves for metal bowls 275-41*** 275-41***
*** draining under pressure only possible until 25 bar!

For maximum working life we recooend using a normal filter 60 bar as first stage!

Technical Data BG I BG II
Nominal rates of flow** 2000 Nl/min 3000 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) 60 bar (PN 60)
Operating temperature 0 °C up to+90 °C
Effective bowl volume max. to microfilter element
Mounting position vertical
Direction of flow arrow
Nominal width DN15 DN 20
Weight 1400 g 3000 g
Material - seals NBR
- housing aluminum
- metal bowl brass
- filter element borosilicate glass microfiber
** measured at p1 = 6 bar and Δp = 0,2 bar

Dimensions [mm] Rates of flow

p2 [bar] G1
Size I II
12

Connection 3 3
10
G /8* 1
G /2 G /4* G1
threads 8

A 65 65 80 80 6
4
B 185 185 200 200
2
C 65 65 80 80
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000
D 70 65 92 80 Q [Nl/min]

E 25 25 30 30
F 33 33 40 40
G** 205 205 285 285
* inlet and outled reduced (reductions added loosely)
** space required to change element.

Fasteners and connecting elements see page 31

3 Compressed Air Preparation – standard 11

 Pressure regulators

Small pressure regulators - G 1/4

Pressure regulators regulate the system pressure (p1) in a compressed air system to the working pressure (p2) and
keep this pressure, regardless of pressure fluctuations and air consumption, largely constant. The excess pres-
sure valve (secondary venting) allows a reduction of the secondary pressure (p2) (= exhaust) without air ex-
traction. At the same time compressed air escapes into the atmosphere when the pressure on the secondary
side exceeds the set value.
Small pressure regulator (diaphragm type) in round shape. Typically ranges p2 von 0,2-3, 0,5-6 and 10 bar.
Operation by handwheel, lockable. Gauges mounted on both sides. Panel or bracket mounting if desired.
Connecting thread G 1/4.
Note: To avoid losses should be a prefilter.
Also suitable for use with neutral and non-toxic gases!
3 standard

Standard version:
Control range 0,5-10 bar, with gauge
Connection thread Order No.
G1/4 301.223
301.223

Order key for all variants:

301.xxx
1 – 0,2 - 3 bar for example:
2 – 0,5 - 6 bar control range (p2) 301.223 – but without gauge and
3 – 0,5 - 10 bar 0,5 - 6 bar = 301.422
2 – G 1/ 4 connection thread
2 – with gauge
4 – without gauge

Spare parts and accessories Order No.

Bracket mounting for mounting top at cover 443-36
Panel mounting panel thread M 30 x 1,5 381-32
Gauge horizontal, ø 40 display range: 0 - 4 bar (for p2 to 3 bar) 709
0 - 6 bar (for p2 to 3 bar) 714
0 - 10 bar (for p2 to 6 bar) 723
0 - 16 bar (for p2 to 10 bar) 734
Seal cone complete 301-3
Diaphragm complete 301-6
Gauges see chapter 10, page 53 seq.

Technical data
Nominal rates of flow* 600 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) 16 bar bei max. +50 °C (122 °F)
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °C
Mounting position any
Direction of flow arrow
Nominal width DN 6
Dependence upon supply pressure < 3%
Reversing control hysteresis ~ 1 bar
Weight 300 g
Material - housing aluminum
- cover PA6-GF30
- handwheel POM
- Guide pin, disc PA
- cone, diaphragm NBR
* measured at p1 = 10 bar, p2 = 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar

Fasteners and connecting elements see page 31

12 3 Compressed Air Preparation – standard

 Pressure regulators

Pressure regulators - G 1/8 – G 1/2

Pressure regulators regulate the system pressure (p1) in a compressed air system to the working pressure (p2) and
keep this pressure, regardless of pressure fluctuations and air consumption, largely constant. The excess pres-
sure valve (secondary venting) allows a reduction of the secondary pressure (p2) (= exhaust) without air ex-
traction. At the same time compressed air escapes into the atmosphere when the pressure on the secondary
side exceeds the set value. Working pressure ranges from 0,5 to 3 / 6 / 10 and 16 bar. Operation by means of
a toggle or handwheel. Special models (for example, without secondary air exhaust) upon request. Gauge can
be mounted on either side. Panel or bracket mounting if desired. Port sizes G 1/8 to G 1/2.
Note: To avoid losses should be a air filter. Also suitable for use with neutral and non-toxic gases!

Standard versions:
Order No.

3 standard
Control range 0,5 - 10 bar, with toggle, with gauge Connection threads
Size G 1/8* G 1/4* G 3/8 G 1/2
small 323.313* 323.323* 323.333 -
intermediate 280.313* 280.323* 280.333 -
medium - - 280.353* 280.363
* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions added loosely, see page 32)
323.333
Order key for all variants:
323.xxx
1 – 0,5 - 3 bar for example:
2 – 0,5 - 6 bar 323.323 – but without gauge and
control range
3 – 0,5 - 10 bar 0,5 - 16 bar = 323.524
4 – 0,5 - 16 bar
1 – G 1/ 8*
2 – G 1/ 4*
3 – G 3/8 size small, intermediate connection threads
5 – G 3/8* size medium
6 – G 1/ 2
2 – handwheel with gauge
3 – toggle with gauge
4 – handwheel without gauge
5 – toggle without gauge
Order No.
Spare parts and accessories small intermediate medium
Bracket mounting for fixing on lid 323-68 280-134 280-132
Panel mounting 323-69 323-66 280-133
panel thread:
M 14 x 1 (small), M 20 x 1,5 (intermediate), M 22 x 1 (medium)
Gauge horizontal display range: 0 - 6 bar (for p2 to 3 bar) 42 213 213
ø 50 (size small) 0 - 10 bar (for p2 to 6 bar) 55 214 214
ø 63 (size intermediate, medium) 0 - 16 bar (for p2 to 10 bar) 85 215 215
0 - 25 bar (for p2 to 16 bar) 96 216 216
Seal cone complete 323-119 406-37 280-220
Diaphragm complete 323-152 280-223 280-221
Gauges see chapter 10, page 53 seq.

Technical data Size small Size intermediate Size medium

Nominal rates of flow** 1000 Nl/min 2000 Nl/min 2670 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) 25 bar (PN 25)
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °C
Mounting position any
Direction of flow arrow
Nominal width DN 6 DN 10 DN 15
Dependence upon supply pressure < 3% < 2% < 2%
Reversing control hysteresis ~ 1 bar
Weight 620 g 1150 g 1350 g
Material - diaphragm, seals NBR
- housing / spring cover zinc alloy Dimension [mm]
** measured at p1 = 8 bar, p2 = 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar Connection
Size A C D E
threads
Rates of flow p1 =p2 +2bar G1/8*, G1/4* 61 30 100 67
p2 [bar] small G 1/4 p2 [bar] intermediate G 3/8 p2 [bar] medium G 1/2 small
3
G /8 54 30 100 67
12 12 12
10 10 10 interme- G1/8*, G1/4* 77 33 127 78
8 8 8 diate G 3/8* 70 33 127 78
6 6 6
4 4 4
G 3/8* 90 34 136 85
medium
1
2 2 2 G /2 82 34 136 85
0 500 1000 1500 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 * inlet and outled reduced
(reductions added loosely)
Q [Nl/min] Q [Nl/min] Q [Nl/min]
Fasteners and connecting elements see page 31

3 Compressed Air Preparation – standard 13

 Pressure regulators

Pressure regulators - G 3/4 – G 1 1/2

Pressure regulators regulate the system pressure (p1) in a compressed air system to the working pressure (p2) and
keep this pressure, regardless of pressure fluctuations and air consumption, largely constant. The excess pres-
sure valve (secondary venting) allows a reduction of the secondary pressure (p2) (= exhaust) without air ex-
traction. At the same time compressed air escapes into the atmosphere when the pressure on the secondary
side exceeds the set value. Working pressure ranges from 0,5 - 3 / 6 / 10 / 16 and 25 bar. Operation by means
of a toggle or handwheel (size large + max for 16 and 25 bar with hexagon screw sw 19. Special models (for
example, without secondary air exhaust) upon request. Gauge can be mounted on either side. Panel or bracket
mounting if desired. Port sizes G 3/4 to G1 1/2.
Note: To avoid losses should be a air filter. Also suitable for use with neutral and non-toxic gases!

Standard versions:
3 standard

Order No.
Control range 0,5 - 10 bar, with gauge Connection threads
Size G 3/4* G1 G 1 1/4 * G 1 1/2
compact 406.283* 406.293 - -
large 280.383* 280.393 - -
406.xxx 280.xxx max - - 280.3103* 280.3113
compact large / max * inlet and outlet reduced (reductions added loosely, see page 32)

Order key for all variants:

Size compact Size large / max
406.xxx 280.xxxx
1 – 0,5 - 3 bar 1 – 0,5 - 3 bar
2 – 0,5 - 6 bar 2 – 0,5 - 6 bar
control range (p2)
3 – 0,5 - 10 bar 3 – 0,5 - 10 bar control range (p2)
4 – 0,5 - 16 bar 4 – 0,5 - 16 bar
8 – G 3/4* 5 – 0,5 - 25 bar
connection threads
9 – G1 8 – G 3/4*
2 – handwheel with gauge (to 10 bar) 9 – G1 connection threads
3 – toggle with gauge 10 – G1 1/4*
4 – handwheel without gauge (to 10 bar) 11 – G 11/2
6 – toggle without gauge 3 – toggle*** with gauge *** 16 + 25 bar with hexagon
5 – toggle*** without gauge screw
for example:
280.3113 – but without gauge and 0,5 - 25 bar = 280.5115
Order No.
Spare parts and accessories compact large max
Bracket mounting for fixing on lid / attachment to the cover fixing screws 406-17 280-239 280-239
Panel mounting panel thread M 28 x 1,5 406-18 - -
Gauge horizontal, ø 63 display range: 0 - 6 bar (for p2 to 3 bar) 213 213 213
0 - 10 bar (for p2 to 6 bar) 214 214 214
0 - 16 bar (for p2 to 10 bar) 215 215 215
0 - 25 bar (for p2 to 16 bar) 216 216 216
0 - 40 bar (für p2 bis 25 bar) - 217 217
Seal cone complete 406-32 280-218 280-235
Diaphragm complete 406-50 280-219 280-219
Gauges see chapter 10, page 53 seq.

Technical data Size compact Size large Size max

Nominal rates of flow** 5330 Nl/min 7830 Nl/min 12160 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) 25 bar (PN 25) 40 bar (PN 40) 40 bar (PN 40)
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °C
Mounting position any
Direction of flow arrow
Nominal width DN 20 DN 20 DN 25
Dependence upon supply pressure < 3% < 1,5 % < 1,5 %
Reversing control hysteresis ~ 1 bar
Weight 2050 g 3480 g 5260 g
Material - diaphragm NBR
Dimensions [mm] - seals NBR
Size compact large max - housing / spring cover zinc alloy brass brass
G 3/4*,G1 G 3/4*, G1 G11/4*,G11/2 ** measured at p1 = 8 bar, p2 = 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar
A - - 116 116 116 116
Rates of flow p1 =p2 +2bar
B 96 90 95 83 128 114 p2 [bar] compact p2 [bar] large p2 [bar] max
12 12 12
C 47 47 41 41 50 50
10 10 10
D 139 139 175 175 190 190
8 8 8
E 89 89 - - - - 6 6 6
F 77 77 80 80 80 80 4 4 4
2 2 2
G 39 39 58 58 58 58
* inlet and outled reduced 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 0 2500 5000 7500 10000 12500 15000

(reductions added loosely) Q [Nl/min] Q [Nl/min] Q [Nl/min]

Fasteners and connecting elements see page 31

14 3 Compressed Air Preparation – standard

 Pressure regulators

Pressure regulators - G 1 1/2 – G 2

Pressure regulators regulate the system pressure (p1) in a compressed air system to the working pressure (p2) and
keep this pressure, regardless of pressure fluctuations and air consumption, largely constant.
Pressure regulator (diaphragm type) with servomechanism. Port sizes G 1 1/2 to G 2. The excess pressure valve
(secondary venting) allows a reduction of the secondary pressure (p2) (= exhaust) without air extraction. Wor-
king pressure ranges from 0,5 - 6, 10, 16 and 25 bar. Two gauges (inlet and outlet pressure) can be moun-
ted on either side. Panel or bracket mounting if desired.
Note: To avoid losses should be a air filter. Also suitable for use with neutral and non-toxic gases!

Standard versions: Order No.

Control range (for p2) 0,5-10 bar, with gauge Connection threads

3 standard
Size G 1 1/2* G2
super 417.2113* 417.2123
* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions added loosely, see page 32)

Order key for all variants:

417.xxxx for example:
2 – 0,5 - 6 bar 417.2113 – but
3 – 0,5 - 10 bar without gauges and 417.2125
4 – 0,5 - 16 bar control range (p2)
0,5 - 16 bar = 417.4114
5 – 0,5 - 25 bar
11 – G 11/2* connection threads
12 – G2 Remote control on request!
2– with 2 gauges (for p1 and p2)
4– without gauges
Order No.
Spare parts and accessories size super
Bracket mounting for fixing on the housing 417-47
Gauges display range: 0 - 10 bar (for p2 to 6 bar) 214
horizontal, ø 63, 0 - 16 bar (for p2 to 10 bar) 215
0 - 25 bar (for p2 to 16 bar) 216
0 - 40 bar (for p2 to 25 bar) 217
0 - 60 bar (for p1) 218
old model new model
2 diaphragm 1 diaphragm
Spare parts kit (seals, diaphragms, sealing cone) 417-54 417-75
Seal cone complete 417-15 417-67
Diaphragm complete 417-26 417-66
Gauges see chapter 10, page 53 seq.

Technical data Size super

Nominal rates of flow** 48000 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) 40 bar (PN 40)
Control range (for p2) 0,5 to 6, 10, 16 and 25 bar
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °C
Mounting position any
Direction of flow arrow
Nominal width DN 50
Dependence upon supply pressure < 1%
Reversing control hysteresis ~ 0,5 bar
Weight 5500 g
Material - diaphragm / seals NBR
- housing aluminum alloy
** measured at p1 = 10 bar, p2 = 8 bar and Δp = 1 bar

Rates of flow p1 = p2 + 2 bar Dimensions [mm]

p2 [bar] super G 2
Size super
25
Connection
G 1 1/2* G2
20 threads
A 180 160
15
C 78 78
10 D 170 170
* inlet and outled reduced
5
(reductions added loosely)

0 10000 20000 30000 40000 50000 60000

Q [Nl/min] Fasteners and connecting elements see page 31

3 Compressed Air Preparation – standard 15

 Pressure regulators

Pressure regulators 40 bar - G 1/4 + G 1/2

Pressure regulators regulate the system pressure (p1) in a compressed air system to the working pressure (p2) and
keep this pressure, regardless of pressure fluctuations and air consumption, largely constant.
Pressure regulator (diaphragm type) with servomechanism. Port sizes G 1/4 to G 1/2. The excess pressure valve
(secondary venting) allows a reduction of the secondary pressure (p2) (= exhaust) without air extraction. Wor-
king pressure ranges from 0,5 to 3, 6, 10, 16 and 25 bar. Adjustment by means of a locknut. Gauge can be
mounted on either side. Panel or bracket mounting if desired.
Note: To avoid losses should be a air filter. Also suitable for use with neutral and non-toxic gases!

Standard versions:
Order No.
3 standard

Control range 0,5 - 10 bar, with gauge Connection threads

Size G 1/4 G 1/2
small 286.323 -
mediuml - 274.663

274.663 Order key for all variants:

286/274.xxx for example:
1 – 0,5 - 3 bar
274.663 – but without gauge and
2 – 0,5 - 6 bar
0,5 - 16 bar = 274.464
3 – 0,5 - 10 bar control range (p2)
4 – 0,5 - 16 bar
5 – 0,5 - 25 bar (not size small)
2 – G 1/4
connection threads
6 – G 1/2
3 – with gauge (for size small except 25 bar)
6 – mit with gauge (for size medium)
4 – without gauge
Order No.
Spare parts and accessories small medium
Bracket mounting for fixing on lid 286-88 274-48
Panel mounting 286-89 274-49
Panel thread M 14 x 1 (size small), M 22 x 1 (size medium)
Gauge horizontal, display range: 0 - 6 bar (for p2 to 3 bar) 714 213
ø 40 (size small) 0 - 10 bar (for p2 to 6 bar) 723 214
ø 63 (size medium) 0 - 16 bar (for p2 to 10 bar) 734 215
0 - 25 bar (for p2 to 16 bar) 745 216
0 - 40 bar (for p2 to 25 bar) - 217
Seal cone complete 286-120 274-75
Diaphragm complete control range (for p2): 0 - 3 bar 286-126 274-65
0 - 10 bar 286-126 274-66
0 - 25 bar 286-126 274-67
Gauges see chapter 10, page 53 seq.

Technical data Size small Size medium

Nominal rates of flow* 430 Nl/min 1250 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) 40 bar (PN 40) 40 bar (PN 40)
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °C -10 °C up to +90 °C
Control range (p2) 0,5 to 3, 6, 10, 16 and 25 bar 0,5 bis 3, 6, 10, 16 und 25 bar
Mounting position any any
Direction of flow arrow arrow
Nominal width DN 6 DN 12
Dependence upon supply pressure < 10 % < 4%
Reversing control hysteresis ~ 1 bar ~ 1 bar
Weight 390 g 1000 g
Material - diaphragm / seals NBR NBR
- housing / spring cover brass brass
* measured at p1 = 8 bar, p2 = 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar

Rates of flow p1 =p2 +2bar

Dimensions [mm] p2 [bar] small p2 [bar] medium

Size small medium 12 12

Connection 10 10
G 1/4 G1/2
threads 8 8
A 45 72 6 6
B 23 30 4 4
C 81 115 2 2
D 35 52
0 100 200 300 400 500 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
E M 20 x 1,5 M 28 x 1,5 Q [Nl/min] Q [Nl/min]

Fasteners and connecting elements see page 31

16 3 Compressed Air Preparation – standard

 Pressure regulators

High pressure regulators 60 bar - G 1/4 – G 1

Pressure regulators regulate the system pressure (p1) in a compressed air system to the working pressure (p2) and
keep this pressure, regardless of pressure fluctuations and air consumption, largely constant. Pressure regula-
tor (piston type). Secondary air exhaust (relieving) and almost complete independence of primary are provided.
Working pressure ranges p2 at 0,5 to 12, 20, 35 and 50 bar. Setting in size I and II with handwheel (35/50 bar with
toggle), in size III with toggle (50 bar with hexagon screw). Gauge can be mounted on either side. Panel or bracket
mounting if desired.
Note: To avoid losses should be a air filter. Also suitable for use with neutral and non-toxic gases!

Standard versions: Order No.

Control range 0,5-10 bar, with gauge connection threads

3 standard
Size G 1/4* G 3/8 G 1/2 G1
I 302.323* 302.333 - -
II - - 302.366 -
III - - - 302.393
* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions added loosely, see page 32)
302.333

Order key for all variants:

302.xxx for example:
3 – 0,5 - 12 bar 302.333 – but without gauges
4 – 1,0 - 20 bar and 2,0 - 35 bar = 302.535
control range (p2)
5 – 2,0 - 35 bar
6 – 3,0 - 50 bar
2 – G 1/4* BG I
3 – G 3/8 BG I connection threads
6 – G 1/2 BG II
9 – G 1 BG III
3 – with gauge
5 – without gauge
Order No.
Spare parts and accessories Size I + II Size II
Bracket mounting for fixing on lid / attachment to the cover fixing screws 274-48 302-19
Gauge horizontal, ø 63 display range: 0 - 16 bar (for p2 to 12 bar) 215 216
0 - 25 bar (for p2 to 20 bar) 302.393
216 217
0 - 40 bar (for p2 to 35 bar) 217 217
0 - 60 bar (for p2 to 50 bar) 218 218
Seal cone complete 406-37 302-6
Gauges see chapter 10, page 53 seq.

Technical data Size I Size II Size III

Size I
Connection threads G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G1
Nominal rates of flow (Nl/min)* 1800 2200 3500 5000
Max. operating pressure (p1) 60 bar (PN 60)
Control range (p2) 0,5 to 12, 20, 35, 16 and 50 bar
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °C
Mounting position any
Direction of flow arrow
Nominal width DN 8 DN10 DN15 DN 20
Weight 1500 g 1500g 1500g 7100 g
Material - seals NBR
- housing brass
* measured at p1 = 20 bar, p2 = 10 bar and Δp = 4 bar

Dimensions [mm]
Size II
Size I II III
Connection
G 1/4*, G 3/8 G 1/2 G1
threads
A 72 72 118
C 35 35 51
D 133 121 206
F 66 75 80
G 36 36 58
* inlet and outled reduced
(reductions added loosely)
Fasteners and connecting elements see page 31

3 Compressed Air Preparation – standard 17

 Pressure regulators

Pressure line regulators - G 1/4

Line pressure regulator for up to max. 200 bar inlet pressure (max. Operating pressure p1). Output pressure
(setting range p2) to max. 150 bar, depending on the model. Non-taxable. Connection thread G 1/4.
Suitable for compressed air, nitrogen and other inert, compressed gases.

Order No.
connection thread
Pressure range Adjustments G 1/4
50 bar handwheel 120.420
100 bar toggle 120.421
3 standard

150 bar toggle 120.422

120.421

Technical data
Nominal rates of flow 50 bar = 2500 Nl/min
100 bar = 2700 Nl/min
150 bar = 2900 Nl/min
Size port G 1/4 female thread on both sides
Gauge inlet ø 63, 0 - 200 bar
Gauge outlet ø 63, 0 - 50 bar, 100 bar, 200 bar
Max. operating pressure (p1) 200 bar (PN 200)
Control range (p2) 1 bis 50 bar, 100 bar, 150 bar
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °C
Mounting position any
Direction of flow left to right
Nominal width DN 3
Over-pressure protection blow-off valve
Adjustment toggle (50 bar - handwheel)
Weight 2200 g
Material - seals NBR
- housing, spring cover brass
Gauges see chapter 10, page 53 seq.

Dimensions [mm]

Connection thread G 1/4

A 150
B 215
C 130
D 160
E 130
G G 1/4

Fasteners and connecting elements see page 31

18 3 Compressed Air Preparation – standard

 Pressure regulators

Precision pressure regulators - G 1/4

Pressure regulators regulate the system pressure (p1) in a compressed air system to the working pressure (p2) and
keep this pressure, regardless of pressure fluctuations and air consumption, largely constant.
Pressure regulator (diaphragm type) with low operating air consumption. Secondary air exhaust (relieving)
practically without hysteresis. Working pressure ranges p2 at 0,1 to 6 bar. Gauge can be mounted on either side.
Adjustment by means of a locknut. Panel or bracket mounting if desired. Port sizes G 1/4.
Note: To avoid losses should be a air filter. Also suitable for use with neutral and non-toxic gases!

Order No.
Control range 0,1 - 6 bar connection thread
Execution Gauge G 1/4*

3 standard
with gauge 435.222*
without gauge 435.422*
* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions added loosely, see page 32)

435.222

Spare parts and accessories Order No.

Bracket mounting for fixing on lid 280-132
Bracket mounting panel thread M 22 x 1 280-133
Gauge horizontal, ø 63, display range 0 - 6 bar, fine scale (0,1bar) 257
Seal cone complete 435-16
Diaphragm complete 435-7
Gauges see chapter 10, page 53 seq.

Technical data
Nominal rates of flow** 500 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) 10 bar (PN 10)
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +60 °C
Control range (p2) 0,1 to 6 bar
Mounting position any
Direction of flow arrow
Nominal width DN 4
Dependence upon supply pressure < 3%
Reversing control hysteresis < 0,1 bar
Air consumption < 2,5 l/min
Weight 1400 g
Material - diaphragm / seals NBR
- housing / spring cover zinc alloy
** measured at 2 - 6 bar, Δp = 1 bar

Dimensions [mm]

Connection thread G 1/4*

A 82
C 34
D 132
E 41
F 80
G 85
* inlet and outled reduced
(reductions added loosely)

Fasteners and connecting elements see page 31

3 Compressed Air Preparation – standard 19

 Pressure regulators

Pressure regulators with internal gauge in setting knob

Pressure regulators regulate the system pressure (p1) in a compressed air system to the working pressure (p2) and
keep this pressure, regardless of pressure fluctuations and air consumption, largely constant. Pressure regula-
tor (diaphragm type), ideal for panel mounting. Port size G 3/8. Secondary air exhaust (relieving) and almost com-
plete independence of primary pressure. Working pressure ranges from 0,5 to 3, 6, 10 and 16 bar.
Gauge integrated in setting handwheel. Panel mounting possible if desired.
Note: To avoid losses should be a air filter.

Standard versions:
Control range 0,5 - 10 bar
3 standard

Connection thread Order No.

G3/8 367.333

367.333 Order key for all variants: for example:

367.33x 367.333 – but 0,5 - 16 bar =
1 – 0,5 - 3 bar 367.334
2 – 0,5 - 6 bar
control range (p2)
3 – 0,5 - 10 bar
4 – 0,5 - 16 bar

Spare parts and accessories Bestell-Nr.

Panel mounting panel thread M48 x 1,5 367-33
Pressure gauage display range: 0 - 6 bar (for p2 to 3 bar) 673
horizontal (M8x1)ø 40 0 - 10 bar (for p2 to 6 bar) 674
0 - 16 bar (for p2 to 10 bar and 16 bar) 675
Seal cone complete 323-119
Diaphragm complete 367-88

Technical data
Nominal rates of flow* 1000 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) 25 bar (PN 25)
Outlet pressure range (p2) 0,5 to 3, 6, 10 and 16 bar
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °C
Mounting position any
Direction of flow arrow
Nominal width DN 10
Dependence upon supply pressure < 3%
Reversing control hysteresis ~ 1 bar
Weight 985 g
Material - diaphragm/ seals NBR
- housing zinc alloy and aluminum
* measured at p1 = 8 bar, p2 = 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar

Dimensions [mm] Rates of flow p1 =p2 +2bar

p2 [bar] G 3/8
Connection thread G 3/8 12
10
A 54
8
B 60 6

C 115 4
2
D 145
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
E 48
Q [Nl/min]
F 56

Fasteners and connecting elements see page 31

20 3 Compressed Air Preparation – standard

 Pressure regulators

Water pressure regulators - G 1/4 – G 1 1/2

Pressure regulators protect water installations against line pressures that are too high. When the specifica-
tion are observed, these can also be applied in industrial and commercial sectors. Beim Einsatz werden
Druckschwankungen vermieden und der Wasserverbrauch gesenkt. The set working pressure (p2) is kept
constant at different inlet pressures. At the same flow noise can be reduced. Control range for p2 from 0,5 -
6/10/16 and 25 bar. Gauge can be mounted on both sides. Handwheel / knob/ screw with lock nut to be
locked. Panel mounting and bracked kit optional available.

Order No.
conection threads
With gauge G 1/4 G 1/2 G1 G 1 1/2

3 standard
Control range for p2 small medium large max
0,5- 6 bar 286.599 274.599 280.599 280.1599
0,5-10 bar 286.600 274.600 280.600 280.1600
0,5-16 bar 286.601 274.601 280.601 280.1601
0,5-25 bar 286.602 274.602 280.602 280.1602*

Without gauge
0,5- 6 bar 286.399 274.399 280.399 280.1399
0,5-10 bar 286.400 274.400 280.400 280.1400 280.600
0,5-16 bar 286.401 274.401 280.401 280.1401
0,5-25 bar 286.402 274.402 280.402 280.1402*
* with adjustment screw

Order No.
Spare parts and accessories small medium large max
Bracket mounting attachment to the cover fixing screws 286-88 274-48 280-239 280-239
Panel mounting 286-89 274-49 – –
Panel thread: M 20 x 1,5 (size small), M 28 x 1,5 (size medium)
Gauge horizontal, display range:
ø 40 (size small) 0 - 10 bar (for p2 to 6 bar) 723 214 214 214
ø 63 (size medium, large, 0 - 16 bar (for p2 to 10 bar) 734 215 215 215
max) 0 - 25 bar (for p2 to 16 bar) 745 216 216 216
0 - 25 bar (size small) /40 bar (for p2 to 25 bar) 745 217 217 217
Seal cone complete 286-124 274-82 280-171 280-172
Diaphragm complete 286-45 274-81 280-173 280-173
Gauges see chapter 10, page 53 seq.

Technical data small medium large max

Nominal rates of flow* 2,5 l/min 15 l/min 24 l/min 56 l/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) 40 bar (PN 40)
Operating temperature +5 °C up to +90 °C
Mounting position any
Direction of flow arrow
Nominal width DN 6 DN 12 DN 20 DN 25
Regulation handwheel handwheel toggle toggle or
adjustment screw
Reversing control hysteresis ~ 1 bar
Weight 390 g 1000 g 3480 g 5260 g
Material - diaphragm / seals NBR
- housing brass
* measured at p1 = 7 bar, p2 = 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar

Dimensions [mm]

Size small medium large max

Connection
G 1/4 G 1/ 2 G1 G 1 1/2
threads
A 45 72 116 116
B 45 72 83 114
C 23 30 41 50
D** 81 115 175 190
E 56 76 125 140
F 50 55 80 80
G 18 36 58 58

Fasteners and connecting elements see page 31

3 Compressed Air Preparation – standard 21

 Lubricators

Lubricators - G 1/8 – G 1/2

Air lubricators are used for metered enrichment of compressed air with finely atomized oil mist. A control valve
causes the proportional flow rate of added oil.
Air lubricator straight through. More area oiler with proportional characteristic. Refilling oil while under pressure
is possible. Needle valve for oil adjustment with high drop constancy for long periods of time. Plastic bowl
(polycarbonate). Available as an option with bowl protection or metal bowl. Metal Oil regulating valve available
on request. Port sizes G 1/8 to G 1/2.

Order No.
With plastic bowl connection threads
Size G 1/8* G 1/4* G 3/8 G 1/2
small 327.021* 327.022* 327.023 -
3 standard

medium - - 327.035* 327.036

* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions added loosely, see page 32)
Order key for additional options: for example:
327.0xxx 327.023 with bowl protection = 327.023S
327.023 M – metal bowl
S – bowl protection
Order No.
Spare parts and accessories small medium
Bracket mounting for mounting on top of the housing 322-24 322-25
Bowl protection for plastic bowl, with bowl ring 322-130 322-131
Metal bowl with seal 327-92 327-96
Plastic bowl with seal 327-106 327-108
Bowl ring for plastic bowl and metal bowl 287-25 297-2
Sealing ring for all bowls 287-6 297-10
Oil regulating valve plastic, kit 330-92 330-92
330-92 327-67 Oil regulating valve metall, kit 327-67 327-67

Technical data Size small Size medium

Nominal rates of flow** 1160 Nl/min 4330 Nl/min
Min. flow rate*** 47 Nl/min 117 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) - plastic bowl 16 bar
- metal bowl 25 bar
Operating temperature - plastic bowl 0 °C up to +50 °C
- metal bowl 0 °C up to +90 °C
Effective bowl volume 40 cm³ 135 cm³
Mounting position vertical
Direction of flow arrow
Nominal width DN 6 DN 15
Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25
Weight 400 g 890 g
Material - seals NBR
- housing zinc alloy
- plastic bowl polycarbonate
** measured at p1 = 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar *** oil delivery 10 droplets/min at 6 bar

Dimensions [mm] Rates of flow

p2 [bar] small G 3/8 p2 [bar] medium G 1/2
Size small medium 12 12
G 1/8* G 1/4* G 3/8 G 3/8* G 1/2 10
10
A 56 56 56 87 87 8 8

B 57 57 50 88 80 6 6

4 4
C 51 51 51 55 55
2 2
D 119 119 119 156 156
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 4500 5000 5500
* inlet and outled reduced Q [Nl/min] Q [Nl/min]
(reductions added loosely)
Recommended oil: Oil containers made of plastic (polycarbonate) are attacked by oil additives, anti-frost
or synthetic oils. We therefore recommend regular lubricating oils of approx. 22 bis 32 cSt at 40 °C (in the case
of striking tools up to 68 cSt). Metal containers should be used for other oils, especially for low-temperature
oils. Also recommended is a metal lubricator adjusting cap.

ewo Compressed air special oil

Oils see chapter 10
Container Order No.
Volume 1 litre 583
Volume 5 litre 583.1

Fasteners and connecting elements see page 31

22 3 Compressed Air Preparation – standard

 Lubricators

Lubricators - G 3/4 – G 1 1/2

Air lubricators are used for metered enrichment of compressed air with finely atomized oil mist. A control valve
causes the proportional flow rate of added oil.
Air lubricator straight through. More area oiler with proportional characteristic. Refilling oil while under pressure
is possible. Needle valve for oil adjustment with high drop constancy for long periods of time. Plastic bowl
(polycarbonate). Available as an option with bowl protection or metal bowl. Metal Oil regulating valve available
on request. Port sizes G 3/4 to G 1 1/2.
Order No.
With plastic bowl connection threads
Size G 3/4* G1 G 1/4 * G 1 1/2
compact 407.038* 407.039 - -
large 300.080* 300.090 - -

3 standard
max - - 327.410* 327.411
* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions added loosely, see page 32)
Order key for additional options:
407.0xxx for example:
M – metal bowl 407.038 with bowl protection = 327.038S
S – bowl protection 300.090
Order No.
Spare parts and accessories compact large max
Bracket mounting for mounting on top of the housing 405-4 281-26 281-26
Bowl protection for plastic bowl 322-131 281-24 281-24
Bowl ring for bowl protection 297-13 300-31 300-31
Metal bowl with seal 327-96 327-112 327-112
Plastic bowl with sea 327-108 327-111 327-111
Bowl ring for plastic bowl and metal bowl 297-2 279-2 279-2
Sealing ring for all bowls 297-10 279-9 279-9
Oil regulating valve plastic, kit - 330-92 330-92
330-92 327-67
Oil regulating valve metall, kit 327-67**** 327-67 327-67
**** mounted

Technical data Size compact Size large Size max

Nominal rates of flow** 6330 Nl/min 7330 Nl/min 7830 Nl/min
Min. flow rate*** 117 Nl/min 167 Nl/min 167 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) - plastic bowl 16 bar
- metal bowl 25 bar
Operating temperature - plastic bowl 0 °C up to +50 °C
- metal bowl 0 °C up to +90 °C
Effective bowl volume 135 cm³ 360 cm³ 360 cm³
Mounting position vertical
Direction of flow arrow
Nominal width DN 20 DN 20 DN 25
Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25
Weight 1270 g 1700 g 1970 g
Material - seals NBR
- housing zinc alloy aluminum aluminum
- plastic bowl polycarbonate
** measured at p1 = 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar *** oil delivery 10 droplets/min at 6 bar

Rates of flow Dimensions [mm]

p2 [bar] compact p2 [bar] large p2 [bar] max Size compact large max
12 12 12
G3/4* G1 G3/4* G1 G11/4* G11/2
10 10 10
8 8
A 102 90 133 133 133 133
8
6 6 6 B - - 134 120 134 120
4 4 4 C 69 69 58 58 65 65
2 2 2
D** 166 166 190 190 200 200
0 1500 3000 4500 6000 7500 9000 10500 0 1500 3000 4500 6000 7500 9000 10500 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 * inlet and outled reduced
Q [Nl/min] Q [Nl/min] Q [Nl/min] (reductions added loosely)

Recommended oil: Oil containers made of plastic (polycarbonate) are attacked by oil additives, anti-frost
or synthetic oils. We therefore recommend regular lubricating oils of approx. 22 bis 32 cSt at 40 °C (in the case
of striking tools up to 68 cSt). Metal containers should be used for other oils, especially for low-temperature
oils. Also recommended is a metal lubricator adjusting cap.

ewo Compressed air special oil

Oils see chapter 10
Container Order No.
Volume 1 litre 583
Volume 5 litre 583.1

Fasteners and connecting elements see page 31

3 Compressed Air Preparation – standard 23

 Lubricators

Lubricators - G 1 1/2 – G 2
Air lubricators are used for metered enrichment of compressed air with finely atomized oil mist. A control valve
causes the proportional flow rate of added oil.
Air lubricator straight through. More area oiler with proportional characteristic. Refilling oil while under pressure
is possible. Needle valve for oil adjustment with high drop constancy for long periods of time. Plastic bowl
(polycarbonate). Available as an option with bowl protection or metal bowl. Metal Oil regulating valve available
on request. Port sizes G 1 1/2 to G 2.

Order No.
With plastic bowl connection thread
Size G 1 1/2* G2
3 standard

super 457.011* 457.012

* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions added loosely, see page 32)

Order key for additional options:

for example:
457.0xxx 457.012 with bowl protection = 457.012S
M – metal bowl
457.012
S – bowl protection
Order No.
Spare parts and accessories super
Bracket mounting for mounting on top of the housing 457-12
Bowl protection for plastic bowl 281-24
Bowl ring for bowl protection 300-31
Metal bowl with seal 327-112
Plastic bowl with seal 327-111
Bowl ring for plastic bowl and metal bowl 279-2
Sealing ring for all bowls 279-9
Oil regulating valve plastic, kit 423-65
423-65 423-179 Oil regulating valve metall, kit 423-179

Technical data Size super

Nominal rates of flow** 14000 Nl/min
Min. flow rate*** 170 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) - plastic bowl 16 bar
- metal bowl 25 bar
Operating temperature - plastic bowl 0 °C up to +50 °C
- metal bowl 0 °C up to +90 °C
Effective bowl volume 600 cm³
Mounting position vertical
Direction of flow arrow
Nominal width DN 50
Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25
Weight 5290 g
Material - seals NBR
- housing aluminum
- plastic bowl polycarbonate
** measured at p1 = 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar *** oil delivery 10 droplets/min at 6 bar

Dimensions [mm] Rates of flow

p2 [bar] super G2
Connection
G 1 1/2* G 2 12
threads
10
A 140 140
8
B 140 140
6
C 80 80
4
D 350 350 2
* Ein- und Ausgang reduziert
(Reduktionen lose beigelegt) 0 5000 7500 10000 12500 15000 17500 20000 Q [Nl/min]

Recommended oil: Oil containers made of plastic (polycarbonate) are attacked by oil additives, anti-frost
or synthetic oils. We therefore recommend regular lubricating oils of approx. 22 bis 32 cSt at 40 °C (in the case
of striking tools up to 68 cSt). Metal containers should be used for other oils, especially for low-temperature
oils. Also recommended is a metal lubricator adjusting cap.

ewo Compressed air special oil

Oils see chapter 10
Container Order No.
Volume 1 litre 583
Volume 5 litre 583.1

Fasteners and connecting elements see page 31

24 3 Compressed Air Preparation – standard

 Small lubricators for air pressure tools

Small lubricators - G 1/4 – G 3/8

Oil mist by cyclical air stream
Air lubricator for mounting on impact air tools with fitful working rhythm such as impact wrenches, etc. The oil
mist is created during cyclically airflow. Connection thread G 3/8 and G 1/4 (G 1/4 with inner reduction). Dosable
Oil flow. Oil aspiration opposite the inlet screw. With plastic bowl.

Oil dosage: The permanently set dosage is about 0,4 cm³ per 100 working strokes. One filling lasts for
about 3000 cycles. The adjustment screw on the filler, seals with an O-ring and can be adjusted.

Connection thread Order No.

G 1/4* 317.12*

3 standard
G 3/8 317.14
* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions added loosely, see page 32)
Spare parts Order No.
Screw with seal 317-56

Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1) 10 bar (PN 10) oil suction
Operating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °C
Mounting position oil suction at lowest point! Dimension [mm]
Flow rate ca. 750 l/min at Δp=1 bar
Direction of flow any Connection thread G 1/4* G 3/8
Effective bowl volume 12 cm³ A 33 33
Nominal width DN 8 B 67 60
Mass 33 x 67 mm
Weight 87 g C 22 22
Material - seals NBR * inlet and outled reduced
- housing aluminum alloy
- oil sight glass polycarbonate

Small lubricators
Oil mist by flowing air stream
Compressed air lubricator for direct connection to compressed air tools like impact wrenches, grinder and so on.
The oil fog is created by the flowing air. Connection thread G 1/4 inside and outside. Oil dosage is preset and fixed.
Easy refill with external screw. Oil aspiration: Intake has to be at lowest position.
Oil dosage: The permanently set dosage is about 50 mm³ per 1m³ flow rate. One filling lasts about 10 h at
100 Nl/min operating. The adjustment screw on the filler, seals with an o-ring and can be adjusted.

Connection thread Order No.

G 1/4 317.10

Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1) 0,5 - 10 bar (PN 10)
Flow rate ca. 2.000 l/min to 6 bar
Operating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °C
Mounting position oil suction at lowest point!
Direction of flow any
Effective bowl volume 5,5 cm³
Mass 35 x 60 mm
Weight 120 g Dimensions [mm]
Material - seals NBR
Connection thread G 1/4
- housing cast aluminum
- oil sight glass polycarbonate A 33
B 59
C 20,5
Recommended oil: Oil containers made of plastic (polycarbonate) are attacked by oil additives, anti-frost W G 1/4
or synthetic oils. We therefore recommend regular lubricating oils of approx. 22 bis 32 cSt at 40 °C (in the case i1 13
of striking tools up to 68 cSt). Metal containers should be used for other oils, especially for low-temperature i2 10,5
oils. Also recommended is a metal lubricator adjusting cap.
SW 22

ewo Compressed air special oil

Oils see chapter 10.
Container Order No.
Volume 1 litre 583
Volume 5 litre 583.1

Fasteners and connecting elements see page 31

3 Compressed Air Preparation – standard 25

 Filter pressure regulator

Filter pressure regulators - G 1/8 – G 1/2

Compressed air filter and pressure regulator combined in one piece of equipment. Detailled description see at
seperate components. With manually drain valve. Pressure regulator diaphragm type with secondary vent (exhaust) and
extensive form of independence. Control range for p2 at 0,5 to 3 / 6 / 10 / 16 bar. Gauge can be mounted on either
side. Bracket mounting if desired. Operation by toggle or handwheel. Special models (for example, without se-
condary air exhaust) upon request. Port sizes G 1/8 to G 1/2.
Standard versions:
Control range 0,5-10 bar, with plastic bowl, Order No.
with toggle, with gauge, filter porosity 40 μm connection threads
Size G 1/8* G 1/4* G 3/8 G 1/2
small 324.313* 324.323* 324.333 -
3 standard

medium - - 324.353* 324.363

* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions added loosely, see page 32)
Order key for all variants:
324.xxxx for example
plastic bowl (without addition)
324.333 - but without gauge, 0,5 - 10 bar
324.363 M – metal bowl additional options
S – bowl protection and with metal bowl = 324.533M

1 – 0,5 - 3 bar
2 – 0,5 - 6 bar
3 – 0,5 - 10 bar control range (p2)
4 – 0,5 - 16 bar
1 – G 1/8*
2 – G 1/4*
3 – G 3/8 small connection threads
5 – G 3/8* medium
6 – G 1/2
2 – handwheel with gauge with manual drain valve
3 – toggle with gauge with manual drain valve
4 – handwheel without gauge with manual drain valve
5 – toggle without gauge with manual drain valve
Order No.
Spare parts and accessories small medium
Bracket mounting for mounting on top of the cover 286-88 274-48
Bowl protection for plastic bowl, with bowl ring 322-130 322-131
Metal bowl with seal and manually operated drain valve 324-101 324-109
Gauge horizontal, display range: 0 - 6 bar (for p2 to 3 bar) 42 213
ø 50 (size small) 0 - 10 bar (for p2 to 6 bar) 55 214
ø 63 (size medium) 0 - 16 bar (for p2 to10 bar) 85 215
0 - 25 bar (for p2 to 16 bar) 96 216
Plastic bowl with seal and manually operated drain valve 322-112 322-118
Bowl ring for plastic bowl and metal bowl 287-25 297-2
Sealing ring for all bowls 287-6 297-10
Seal cone complete 323-119 280-220
Diaphragm complete 323-152 280-221
Filter element filter porosity 40 μm (mounted) 287-10 267-37
filter porosity 5 μm 287-13 298-9
Gauges see chapter 10, page 53 seq.

Technical data Size small Size medium

Nominal rates of flow** 910 Nl/min 2660 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) - plastic bowl 16 bar
- metal bowl 25 bar
Operating temperature - plastic bowl 0 °C up to +50 °C
- metal bowl 0 °C up to +90 °C
Effective bowl volume 25 cm³ 80 cm³
Mounting position vertical, filter down
Direction of flow arrow
Nominal width DN 6 DN 15
Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25
Dependence upon supply pressure < 3% < 2%
Reversing control hysteresis ~ 1 bar
Dimensions [mm] Weight 840 g 2290 g
Material - seals NBR
Size small medium - housing/ spring cover zinc die-cast
Connection 1 - plastic bowl polycarbonate
G /8* G 1/4* G 3/8 G 3/8* G 1/2
threads - filter element sintered bronze
A 56 56 56 87 87 **measured at p1 = 8 bar, p2 = 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar
B 61 61 54 90 82 Rates of flow p1 =p2 +2bar
p2 [bar] small G 3/8 p2 [bar] medium G 1/2
C 99 99 99 134 134 12 12
D 131 131 131 172 172 10 10
8 8
E 67 67 67 87 87
6 6
* inlet and outled reduced 4 4
(reductions added loosely) 2 2
Condensate drain valves see chapter 8 0 Q [Nl/min] 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 4500 5000 5500
500 1000 1500 Q [Nl/min]
Fasteners and connecting elements see page 31

26 3 Compressed Air Preparation – standard

 Maintenance units

Two-piece maintenance units - G 1/8 – G 1/2

A maintenance unit consisting of a filter pressure regulator and lubricator with a double nipple. Can be com-
bined with additional equipment to make other variations.
Port sizes G 1/8 to G 1/2.

Control range 0,5-10 bar, Order No.

with plastic bowl and manually operated drain valve connection thread
Size G 1/8* G 1/4* G 3/8 G 1/2
small 331.21* 331.22* 331.23 -
medium - - 331.35* 331.36
* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions added loosely, see page 32)

3 standard
Order key for additional options:
331.xxx for example:
M – metal bowl 331.21 with bowl protection
S – bowl protection = 331.21S
Order No. 331.23
Spare parts and accessories small medium
Bracket mounting for mounting on top of the cover 323-68 280-132
Connecting parts (double nipple) of the basic units (without reduction) for G 3/8 185.55 185.55
G 1/2 - 185.77

Technical data Size small Size medium

Nominal rates of flow** 580 Nl/min 1830 Nl/min
Min. flow rate*** 50 Nl/min 117 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) - plastic bowl 16 bar
- metal bowl 25 bar
Operating temperature - plastic bowl 0 °C up to +50 °C
- metal bowl 0 °C up to +90 °C
Effective bowl volume - filter bowl 25 cm³ 80 cm³
- oil bowl 40 cm³ 135 cm³
Mounting position vertical
Direction of flow arrow
Nominal width DN 6 DN 15
Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25
Dependence upon supply pressure < 3% < 2%
Reversing control hysteresis ~ 1 bar
Weight 1400 g 3670 g
Material - diaphragm / seals NBR
- housing zinc alloy Dimensions [mm]
- plastic bowl polycarbonate
Size small medium
- filter element sintered bronze
connection 1
** measured at p1 = 8 bar, p2 = 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar *** oil delivery 10 droplets/min at 6 bar G /8* G 1/4* G 3/8 G 3/8* G 1/2
threads
A 124 124 124 182 182
Rates of flow p1 =p2 +2bar
medium G1/2
B 130 130 122 184 176
p2 [bar] small G 3/8 p2 [bar]
12 12 C 99 99 99 134 134
10 10 D 131 131 131 172 172
8 8 E 67 67 67 87 87
6 6 * inlet and outled reduced
4 4 (reductions added loosely)
2 2

0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
Q [Nl/min] Q [Nl/min]

Recommended oil: Oil containers made of plastic (polycarbonate) are attacked by oil additives, anti-frost
or synthetic oils. We therefore recommend regular lubricating oils of approx. 22 bis 32 cSt at 40 °C (in the case
of striking tools up to 68 cSt). Metal containers should be used for other oils, especially for low-temperature
oils. Also recommended is a metal lubricator adjusting cap.

ewo Compressed air special oil

Oils see chapter 10
Container Order No.
Volume 1 litre 583
Volume 5 litre 583.1

Filter pressure regulators see page 26 Condensate drain valves see chapter 8
Lubricators see page 22 Fasteners and connecting elements see page 31

3 Compressed Air Preparation – standard 27

 Maintenance units

Three-piece maintenance units - G 1/8 – G 1/2

A maintenance unit consisting of a filter pressure regulator and lubricator with a double nipple. Can be com-
bined with additional equipment to make other variations.
Port sizes G 1/8 to G 1/2.

Control range 0,5-10 bar, Order No.

with plastic bowl and manually operated drain valve connection threads
Size G 1/8* G 1/4* G 3/8 G 1/2
small 333.21* 333.22* 333.23 -
medium - - 334.35* 334.36
* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions added loosely, see page 32)
3 standard

Order key for additional options:

for example:
333/334.xxx
333.21 with bowl protection = 333.21S
M – metal bowl
S – bowl protection
333.23
Order No.
Spare parts and accessories small medium
Bracket mounting for mounting on top of the cover 323-68 280-132
Connecting parts (double nipple) of the basic units (without reduction) for G 3/8 185.55 185.55
G 1/2 - 185.77

Technical data Size small Size medium

Nominal rates of flow** 500 Nl/min 1830 Nl/min
Min. flow rate*** 50 Nl/min 117 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) - plastic bowl 16 bar
- metal bowl 25 bar
Operating temperature - plastic bowl 0 °C up to +50 °C
- metal bowl 0 °C up to +90 °C
Effective bowl volume - filter bowl 25 cm³ 80 cm³
- oil bowl 40 cm³ 135 cm³
Mounting position vertical
Direction of flow arrow
Nominal width DN 6 DN 15
Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25
Dependence upon supply pressure < 3% < 2%
Reversing control hysteresis ~ 1 bar
Weight 1780 g 3220 g
Dimensions [mm] Material - diaphragm / seals NBR
Size small medium - housing zinc alloy
connection 1 - plastic bowl polycarbonate
G /8* G 1/4* G 3/8 G 3/8* G 1/2
threads - filter element sintered bronze
A 196 196 196 281 281 ** measured at p1 = 8 bar, p2 = 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar *** oil delivery 10 droplets/min at 6 bar
B 197 197 197 282 274
C 51 51 51 55 55 Rates of flow p1 =p2 +2bar
p2 [bar] small G 3/8 p2 [bar] medium G 1/2
D 135 135 135 172 172
12 12
E 67 67 67 85 85
10 10
* inlet and outled reduced
8 8
(reductions added loosely)
6 6
4 4
2 2

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
Q [Nl/min] Q [Nl/min]

Recommended oil: Oil containers made of plastic (polycarbonate) are attacked by oil additives, anti-frost
or synthetic oils. We therefore recommend regular lubricating oils of approx. 22 bis 32 cSt at 40 °C (in the case
of striking tools up to 68 cSt). Metal containers should be used for other oils, especially for low-temperature
oils. Also recommended is a metal lubricator adjusting cap.

ewo Compressed air special oil

Oils see chapter 10
Container Order No.
Volume 1 litre 583
Volume 5 litre 583.1
Filters see page 2
Pressure regulators see page 13 Condensate drain valves see chapter 8
Lubricators see page 22 Fasteners and connecting elements see page 31

28 3 Compressed Air Preparation – standard

 Maintenance units

Three-piece maintenance units - G 3/4 – G 1 1/2

A maintenance unit consisting of a filter pressure regulator and lubricator with a double nipple. Can be com-
bined with additional equipment to make other variations.
Port sizes G 3/4 to G 11/2.

Control range 0,5-10 bar, Order No.

with plastic bowl and manually operated drain valve connection threads
Size G 3/4* G1 G 1 1/4* G 1 1/2
compact 415.38* 415.39 - -
large 334.48* 334.49 - -
max - - 334.410* 334.411
* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions added loosely, see page 32)

3 standard
Order key for additional options: for example:
415/334.xxx
415.38 with bowl protection = 415.38S
M – metal bowl
S – bowl protection
Order No.
334.49
Spare parts and accessories compact large max
Bracket mounting for mounting on top of the cover (required 2x) 406-17 281-26 281-26
Connecting parts (double nipple) of the basic units for G1 415-12 415-14 -
(without reduction) G 11/2 - - 280-228

Technical data Size compact Size large Size max

Nominal rates of flow** 5330 Nl/min 6000 Nl/min 6670 Nl/min
Min. flow rate*** 117 Nl/min 167 Nl/min 167 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) - plastic bowl 16 bar
- metal bowl 25 bar
Operating temperature - plastic bowl 0 °C up to +50 °C
- metal bowl 0 °C up to +90 °C
Effective bowl volume - filter bowl 80 cm³ 260 cm³ 260 cm³
- oil bowl 135 cm³ 360 cm³ 360 cm³
Mounting position vertical
Direction of flow arrow
Nominal width DN 20 DN 20 DN 25
Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25
Dependence upon supply pressure < 2% Dimensions [mm]
Reversing control hysteresis ~ 1 bar Size compact large max
Weight 5250 g 7270 g 9950 g Con-
Material - diaphragm / seals NBR NBR NBR nection G 3/4* G1 G3/4* G1 G11/4* G11/2
- housing: - filters / lubricators zinc alloy aluminum aluminum threads
- pressure regulator zinc alloy brass brass A 290 290 426 426 426 426
- filter element sintered bronze sintered bronze sintered bronze
- plastic bowl polycarbonate polycarbonate polycarbonate B 315 290 382 370 382 370
** measured at p1 = 8 bar, p2 = 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar *** oil delivery 10 droplets/min at 6 bar C 69 69 58 58 58 58
D 176 176 206 206 206 206

Rates of flow p1 =p2 +2bar

E 90 90 130 130 130 130

p2 [bar] compact G1 p2 [bar] large G1 p2 [bar] 1

max G1 /2 * inlet and outled reduced
12 12 12 (reductions added loosely)
10 10 10
8 8 8

6 6 6
4 4 4
2 2 2

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 0 1500 3000 4500 6000 7500 9000 10500 0 1500 3000 4500 6000 7500 9000 10500
Q [Nl/min] Q [Nl/min] Q [Nl/min]

Recommended oil: Oil containers made of plastic (polycarbonate) are attacked by oil additives, anti-frost
or synthetic oils. We therefore recommend regular lubricating oils of approx. 22 bis 32 cSt at 40 °C (in the case
of striking tools up to 68 cSt). Metal containers should be used for other oils, especially for low-temperature
oils. Also recommended is a metal lubricator adjusting cap.

ewo Compressed air special oil

Oils see chapter 10
Container Order No.
Volume 1 litre 583
Volume 5 litre 583.1
Filters see page 2
Condensate drain valves see chapter 8 Pressure regulators see page 13
Fasteners and connecting elements see page 31 Lubricators see page 22

3 Compressed Air Preparation – standard 29

 Maintenance units

Three-piece maintenance units - G 1 1/2 – G 2

A maintenance unit consisting of a filter pressure regulator and lubricator with a double nipple. Can be com-
bined with additional equipment to make other variations.
Port sizes G 11/2 to G 2.
Order No.
Control range 0,5-10 bar, with plastic bowl and manually operated drain valve connection threads
Size G 1 1/2* G2
super 458.211* 458.212
* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions added loosely, see page 32)

Order key for additional options:

3 standard

for example:
458.21xx 458.212 with bowl protection = 458.212S
M – metal bowl
S – bowl protection

Order No.
458.212 Spare parts and accessories super
Bracket kit for mounting on the housing (at filter + lubricator), complete with 2 brackets 458-1
Connecting parts (double nipple), connection thread G2 454-9

Technical data Size super

Nominal rates of flow** 11660 Nl/min
Min. flow rate*** 167 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) - plastic bowl 16 bar
- metal bowl 25 bar
Operating temperature - plastic bowl 0 °C up to +50 °C
- metal bowl 0 °C up to +90 °C
Effective bowl volume - filter bowl 500 cm³
- oil bowl 600 cm³
Mounting position vertical
Direction of flow arrow
Nominal width DN 50
Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25
Dependence upon supply pressure < 2%
Reversing control hysteresis ~ 1 bar
Weight 17530 g
Material - diaphragm / seals NBR
- housing: - filters / lubricators aluminum
- pressure regulator alu alloy
- filter element sintered bronze
- plastic bowö polycarbonate
** measured at p1 = 8 bar, p2 = 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar
*** oil delivery 10 droplets/min at 6 bar

Dimensions [mm] Rates of flow p1 =p2 +2bar

p2 [bar] super G2
Size super
12
connection threads G 1 1/2* G2 10

A 332 332 8
6
B 332 320
4
C 69 69 2

D 176 176 0 2500 5000 7500 10000 12500 15000 17500

* * inlet and outled reduced (reductions added loosely) Q [Nl/min]

Recommended oil: Oil containers made of plastic (polycarbonate) are attacked by oil additives, anti-frost
or synthetic oils. We therefore recommend regular lubricating oils of approx. 22 bis 32 cSt at 40 °C (in the case
of striking tools up to 68 cSt). Metal containers should be used for other oils, especially for low-temperature
oils. Also recommended is a metal lubricator adjusting cap.

ewo Compressed air special oil

Oils see chapter 10
Container Order No.
Volume 1 litre 583
Volume 5 litre 583.1
Filters see page 2
Pressure regulators see page 13 Condensate drain valves see chapter 8
Lubricators see page 22 Fasteners and connecting elements see page 31

30 3 Compressed Air Preparation – standard

 Accessories

Fasteners and connectors

Bracket sets for mounting on top of the housing
Content: mounting set and 2 cap screws.
Suitable for Size Order No.
Filters, Microfilters, Lubricators small 322-24
Filters, Microfilters, Lubricators medium 322-25
Filters, Microfilters, Lubricators compact 405-4
Filters, Microfilters, Lubricators, 3er Maintenance units* large, max 281-26
Filters, Microfilters, Lubricators super 457-12
Filters 40/60 bar, Microfilters 40/60 bar I 445-39
Filters 40/60 bar, Microfilters 40/60 bar II 445-28

3 standard
Filters 40/60 bar super 429-27
Maintenance units (3er) super 458-1
(Contents: 2 brackets and 4 screws)
Pressure regulator (secured with 4 screws) super 417-47 322-24
High pressure regulators 60 bar (secured with 4 screws) II 302-19
* 2 sets required!

Bracket mounting for fixing on lid

Content: Mounting brackets, nut and washer.
Suitable for Size Order No.
Small pressure regulator (content: Mounting brackets and nut without washer) - 443-36
Pressure regulators, 2er/3er-Maintenance units, Filter pressure regulators small 323-68
Pressure regulators intermediate 280-134
Pressure regulators, Filter pressure regulators, 2er/3er*-Maintenance units, medium 280-132
Precision pressure regulators I
Pressure regulators 3er-Maintenance units* compact 406-17
Pressure regulators 40 bar, Water pressure regulators (bracket, 2 screws, 2 nuts) small 286-88
Pressure regulators 40 bar, Water pressure regulators (bracket, 2 screws, 2 nuts) medium 274-48 443-36 323-68
High pressure regulators 60 bar I
* 2 sets required!

Bracket set for mounting on cap-screws

(2 screws to be released and to be mounted in between)
Content: mounting bracket and 2 cylindric screws.
Suitable for Size Order No.
Pressure regulators, Filter pressure regulators, Water pressure regulator large, max 280-239

280-239

Connecting parts of the basic units (without reduction)

for 2- and 3-piece maintenance units
Double nipple also see chapter 10, page 20.
Suitable for Connection threads Size Order No.
2 piece maintenance units G 3/8 small 185.55
G 1/2 medium 185.77

3 piece maintenance units G 3/8 small 185.55

G 1/2 medium 185.77
G1 compact 415-12
G1 large 415-14
G 11/2 max 280-228 185.55
G2 super 454-9

3 Compressed Air Preparation – standard 31

 Accessories

Panel fasteners, Reductions

Panel fasteners
Contents: 1-2 nuts and washers.
Suitable for Size Thread (nut) Order No.
Small pressure regulators small M30 x 1,5 381-32
Pressure regulators small M14 x 1 323-69
Pressure regulators intermediate M20 x 1,5 323-66
Pressure regulators medium M22 x 1 280-133
Pressure regulators compact M28 x 1,5 406-18
Pressure regulators 40 bar small M20 x 1,5 286-89
Pressure regulators 40 bar medium M28 x 1,5 274-49
3 standard

323-69 Precision pressure regulators I M22 x 1 280-133

Pressure regulator with internal gauge - M48 x 1,5 367-33
Water pressure regulators small M20 x 1,5 286-89
Water pressure regulators medium M28 x 1,5 274-49

Reductions
See chapter 10, page 20.
Size Size Suitable for Order No.
Male x female thread
Filters, Microfilters, Lubricators
G 3/8 x G 1/8 small Small lubricators, Filter pressure regulators 322-18
2 and 3 piece maintenance units
small, intermediate Pressure regulators
Filters, Microfilters, Lubricators
G 3/8 x G 1/4 small Filter pressure regulators 1068
1068 2 and 3 piece maintenance units
small, intermediate Pressure regulators
Filters, Microfilters, Lubricators
small Pressure regulators, Filter pressure regulators 1018
G 1/2 x G 3/8 2 and 3 piece maintenance units
I Filters 40 bar / 60 bar 443-87*
Microfilters 40 bar / 60 bar
compact, large Filters, Microfilters, Lubricators
3 piece maintenance units 1193
G 1 x G 3/4 large Microfilters
II Filters 40 bar / 60 bar 1327*
Microfilters 40 bar / 60 bar
G 11/2 x G 1 1/4 max Filters, Microfilters, Lubricators 280-241
3 piece maintenance units
super Filters, Microfilters, Lubricators 417-52
G 2 x G 1 1/2 Microfilters 40 bar, 3 piece mainten. units
super Lubricators, Filters 40 bar 417-45*
*Reduction + seal ring

32 3 Compressed Air Preparation – standard

 Chapter 4 List of contents

Compressed Air Preparation - variobloc

System description of variobloc 2–3

Filters Type 482 4

Micro-filters Type 491 5

Membrane air dryers Type 494 6

4 variobloc
Activated charcoal-filters Type 493 7

Pressure regulators Type 481 8

Precision pressure regulators Type 495 9

Batterie regulators Type 490 10

Lubricators Type 483 11

Filter pressure regulators Type 480 12

Two-piece maintenance units Type 488 13

Three-piece maintenance units Type 489 14

Portable three-piece maintenance units Type 489 15

Ball valves Type 487 16

3/2-way starting valves, electrical Type 485 17

Distributors Type 486 18

Pneumatic valves Type 484 19

Fixing- and connection elements 20

Accessories 21 – 22

4 Compressed Air Preparation – variobloc 1

 System description of variobloc

Facts – Data – Advantages

The modular system of variobloc series provides a variety of design options and makes it easy to quickly and individually
adjust individual components to changed operating conditions.
The differences are in the details: Whether ease of handling, performance, or longevity - these ewo-qualities bring you benefits.
4 variobloc

Bestellschlüssel für Varianten:

Materials used:
 Safety acc. EN 983 (Machines, equipment and
components) Housing, fastening elements zinc diecasting (Z 410)
 Modern industrial design Cap, head (regulator) PA 6-GF 30
Handwheel POM
 Robust metal housing
Cover ABS
 (Zinc die casting with 2-fold surface protection) Seals, diaphragm NBR
 Thread connection acc. DIN with sealing surface Filter insert PE sintered
Impact cartridge, cutting wheel POM
 Bayonet fixing for the plastic and metal bowl
Bowl polycarbonate
 Retrofit metal bowl protection for the plastic bowl Interlock POM
 Option semi and fully automatic drain valves Pressure spring steel galvanized
 Two combinable connection possibilities Gegendruckfeder stainless steel
Cone, diaphragm plate brass
(comfort - compact)
Oil regulating valve spec. PA
 Comfort connection with adhesive o-rings Oil regulation PU
 Integrated T-Bracket as connection module Metal bowl, bezel zinc diecasting (Z 410)
Sighting tube (at metal bowl) spec. PA
 Direct wall mounting
Bowl protection aluminum
 High stiffness / stability of the connection
The parts have a material indicator of formal, so they
 Optimal regulation characteristics through
should be disposed of easily and are well recyclable.
roll diaphragms
 Lubricator with enhanced flow rate and nebulisation

2 4 Compressed Air Preparation – variobloc

 System description of variobloc

Module fixation
with bracket angle (for regulator) or direct wall
mounting (2 screws) for all devices.

Thread connecting plate

with adhesive sealing rings (also available with bracket)
for assembly friendly installation in pipe -or hose
systems.

4 variobloc
Comfort blocking (only size I) –
faster change of components or complete sets with
Connection module (sealing rings adhesive).
Result: A shorter assembling time.

Compact connection
with optional integrated T-bracket.

Lockable handwheel
for pressure regulator, battery pressure regulator,
filter regulator and service units available.

4 Compressed Air Preparation – variobloc 3

 Filters

Filters type 482 - G 1/4 – G 1

Compressed air filters serve to remove impurities (condensation water, pipe scaling, rust particles) from the air
in the working place. The cleansing is done in two stages by means of cycloning (condensation) and PE-Fil-
ter-elements (solid contamination).
Size I with connection threads G 1/4 and G 3/8 and size II with connection threads G 1/2, G 3/4 and G 1 available.
3 different models of drain valves are possible: manually operated, semi-automatic or fully-automatic (internal
or external) drain valves.

Standard version:
With plastic bowl and manually operated drain Order No.
valve, filter porosity 40 μm Connection threads
Size G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1**
I 482.221 482.231 - - -
II - - 482.261 482.281 482.291

Order key for all variants:

482.221 482.231S 482.231M 482.xxxx for example:
plastic bowl (without addition)
482.221 – but with internal auto-
4 variobloc

S – metal bowl protection

M – metal bowl bowl type (additional option) matic drain valve and metal bowl
Cover in individual color = 482.321M
1 – 40 μm
available upon request (standard: grey)! filter porosity
2 – 5 μm
1
2 – G /4
3 – G 3/8 size I
1
6 – G /2 connection threads
8 – G 3/4 size II
9 – G 1**
2 – manually operated drain valve
3 – internal automatic drain valve
5 – semi-automatic drain valve
6 – external automatic drain valve A
Order No.
Spare parts and accessories size I size II
Metal bowl with manually operated drain valve 480-28 480-213
Plastic bowl with metal bowl protection 480-90 –
Metal bowl protection 480-25 –
Plastic bowl with manually operated drain valve 480-18 480-210
Filter element filter porosity 40 μm (mounted) 480-7 480-219
5 μm 480-45 480-220

Technical data size I size II

Connection threads G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1**
Nominal rates of flow (Nl/min)* 1800 2000 3200 3500 3500
Filter porosity 40 μm (optional: 5 μm)
Max. operating pressure (p1) 16 bar (20 bar with metal bowl / 12 bar with internal automatic drain valve)
Max. operating temperature 50 °C / 80 °C with metal bowl
Volume of condensate 25 cm³ 85 cm³
Drain valve manually operated (optional: semi-automatic, automatic)
Material - housing zinc alloy
- bowl polycarbonate (optional: metal)
Weight 310 g 840 g 840 g 1300 g
* Measured at 6 bar pre-pressure (p1) and Δp = 1 bar
** Inlet and outlet only with mounting plates set G 1 (included, see page 20)

Dimensions [mm] Rates of flow

Size I II p2 [bar] G 3/8 p2 [bar] G 3/4

Connection G1/4 , G3/8 G1/2, G3/4 G 1** 12 12

thread
10 10
A 48 70 125
8 8
B 158 202 202
6 6
C 48 70 70
4 4
E 22 26 26
2 2
F 24 35 35
H 32 44 44 0 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
J 43 62 62 Q [Nl/min] Q [Nl/min]
K 14,5 18 18
L (ø) 4,4 5,4 5,4

Drain valves see page 20 and chapter 8

Fixing- and assembly-possibilities see page 20

4 4 Compressed Air Preparation – variobloc

 Filters

Micro-filters type 491 - G 1/4 – G 1

Microborosilicate air filters are suitable for use in all situations in which the required purity of the compressed
air is especially high. As the second stage after the standard filter they remove almost without residue the
smallest remaining particles of water, oil or dirt to 99,999 % (for 0,01 μm). Size I with connection threads G 1/4
and G 3/8 and size II available with connection threads G 1/2, G 3/4 and G 1.

Standard version:
With plastic bowl and manually operated drain Order No.
valve, without clogging indicator Connection threads
Size G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1**
I 491.220 491.230 - - -
II - - 491.260 491.280 491.290

Order key for all variants: for example:

491.xxxx 491.220 – but with external auto-
plastic bowl (without addition) matic drain valve and metal bowl
S – metal bowl protection 491.230 491.230S 491.230M
bowl type (additional option) = 491.620M

4 variobloc
M – metal bowl
0 – without
1 – mechanical clogging indicator Cover in individual color
2 – electrical available upon request (standard: grey)!
2 – G 1/4
3 – G 3/8 size I
6 – G 1/2 connection threads
8 – G 3/4 size II
9 – G 1**
2 – manually operated drain valve
5 – semi-automatic drain valve
6 – external automatic drain valve A
Order No.
Spare parts and accessories size I size II
Metal bowl with manually operated drain valve 480-28 480-213
Metal bowl protection 480-25 480-216
Pressure switch for electrical output, differential pressure 0,7 bar 491-5 491-5
Plastic bowl with manually operated drain valve 491-13 491-108
Mikro-filter element with seal 491-4 491-103

Technical data size I size II

Connection threads G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1**
Nominal rates of flow (Nl/min)* 370 420 1000 1100 1100
Particle separation 99,999 %, related to 0,01 μm (prefiltration necessary at 5 μm!)
Residual oil content 0,01 mg/m³
Air quality to ISO 8573.1 Class 1 dirt, Class 1 oil
Max. operating pressure (p1) 16 bar / 20 bar with metal bowl
Max. operating temperature 50 °C / 80 °C with metal bowl
Volume of condensate 10 cm³ 30 cm³
Drain valve manually operated (opt.: semi-automatic, automatic)
Material - housing zinc alloy
- bowl polycarbonate (optional: metal)
Weight 310 g 870 g 870 g 1330 g
* Measured at 7 bar pre-pressure (p1) and Δp = 0,1 bar
** Inlet and outlet only with mounting plates set G1 (included, see page 20)

Rates of flow Dimensions [mm]

p2 [bar] G 3/8 p2 [bar] G 3/4 Size I II
7,5 7,5
Connection G1/4 , G3/8 G1/2, G3/4 G 1**
thread
7,0 7,0
A 48 70 125
6,5 6,5
B 158 202 202
6,0 6,0 C 48 70 70
5,5 5,5 E 22 26 26
5,0 5,0 F 24 35 35
4,5 4,5 H 32 44 44
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 0 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 2100
Q [Nl/min] Q [Nl/min] J 43 62 62
K 14,5 18 18
L (ø) 4,4 5,4 5,4

Drain valves see page 20 and chapter 8

Fixing- and assembly-possibilities see page 20

4 Compressed Air Preparation – variobloc 5

 Membrane Air Dryer

Membrane air dryers type 494 - G 1/4 – G 1

Membrane dryer for efficient removal of water vapor from the air. It contributes significantly to process security. The
high demands to the air quality are implemented into highest reliability by this membrane dryer of our variobloc se-
ries. Guaranteed drying, in any case reduced moisture. Low pressure loss. Maintenance-free, since there are no
wearing parts in the dryer. No electrical energy required. No environment polliting desiccant necessary. No con-
densation, as this is blown into the atmosphere with the drying flow. Easy combination with all variobloc filters.
For proper function and a long lifetime, it is absolutely necessary to pre-filter the compressed air! We
recommend our pre-filter model 482 and micro-filter model 491.
Available in several dimensions for different degrees of drying power, from 50 Nl/min up to 734 Nl/min.
Application range: Automotive, metal-processing, wood craft, body shops, all industrial usage-based drying, instrument
air drying, pneumatic controls, medical air, analyzer, air control panels, etc.

Standard version:
Drying power: 200 Nl/min (size I) or 734 Nl/min Order No.
(size II), with T-bracket Connection threads
Size G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1*
I 494.241 494.341 - - -
4 variobloc

II - - 494.641 494.841 494.941

Order key for all variants:

494.x x x
494.241
0 – without mounting bracket
1 – with T-bracket
Dimension I Dimension II
1 – 50 300
2 – 100 400
Dimension (=Nominal rates of flow* [Nl/min]**)
3 – 150 534
4 – 200 734 ** at 7 bar, inlet dew point +35 °C,
1
outlet dew point +15 °C
2 – G /4
size I
3 – G 3/8
6 – G 1/2 connection threads
8 – G 3/4 size II
9 – G 1*

Technical data size I size II

Connection threads G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1*
Operating pressure (p1) 0 - 12 bar
Operating temperature 1,5 - 60 °C
Differential pressure 200 mbar
Air quality to ISO 8573.1 Class 1 dirt, Class 1 oil
Material - membrane fiber PES
- membrane shell aluminium
- housing zinc alloy
- seals NBR
Weight (kg) Dimensions 1-4: 4,2 / 4,4 / 4,6 / 4,8 Dimensions 1-4: 5,2 / 5,4 / 5,6 / 5,8
* Inlet and outlet only with mounting plates set G 1 (included, see page 20)

Performance
Nominal rates of flow* [Nl/min] 250
200
Δp [mbar]

1 50 37 23 17
150
2 100 72 47 33
Dimensions [mm] Dimension I 100
3 150 107 72 52
Size I 4 200 142 95 68 50
Dimension 1 2 3 4 1 300 213 142 103 0
A 96 2 400 283 188 137 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
B 298 396 498 578 Dimension II Nominal rates of flow* [%]
3 534 427 283 207
C 48 4 734 568 378 273 dry
E 22 Inlet 15 3 -20 -40 Correction factors:
Size II dew point (°C)
Purge air 10 14 21 29 To calculate the correct capacity of a given filter based on
Dimension 1 2 3 4 actual operating conditions, multiply the nominal flow
consumption (%)
A 140 capacity by the appropriate correction factor.
B 406 470 559 686 Water removal (%) 69,70 86,53 98,20 99,77
CORRECTED CAPACITY = NOMINAL FLOW CAPACITY* x COP
C 70 At 7 bar and inlet dew point +35 °C.
[bar] 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
E 26 Data refers to inlet flow capacity.
COP 0,41 0,56 0,76 1 1,22 1,48 1,76 1,86 2,22

Fixing- and assembly-possibilities see page 20

6 4 Compressed Air Preparation – variobloc

 Filters

Activated charcoal-filters type 493 - G 1/4 – G 1

Activated charcoal-filters serve to remove oil vapours and other organic pollutants from pressurised air. The
active charcoal fibre (the adsorption capacity of which is sufficient for approx. 1,000 hours of operation) is po-
sitioned between two stainless-steel nettings. The air at the inflow opening should be dry and free of particles;
this is why the prior attachment of a micro-filter is categorically recommended. Caution! Some hazardous sub-
stances are either not at all or only slightly adsorbent, therefore non-removable with active charcoal! Such
substances are i.e., carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide, ammonia.

Order No.
With plastic bowl, without drain valve Connection threads
Size G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1**
I 493.02 493.03 - - -
II - - 493.06 493.08 493.09

Order key for additional options: for example:

493.xxx 493.02 with metal bowl
M – metal bowl 493.03 493.03S 493.03M
protection = 493.02 S
S – metal bowl protection

4 variobloc
Cover in individual color
available upon request (standard: grey)!

Order No.
Spare parts and accessories size I size II
Metal bowl 480-10 480-113
Metal bowl protection 480-25 480-216
Plastic bowl 493-7 491-110
Activated-charcoal filter element with seal 493-2 493-102

Technical data size I size II

Connection threads G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1**
Nominal rates of flow (Nl/min)* 800 1000 1200 1300 1300
Residual oil content 0,003 mg/m³
Air quality to ISO 8573.1 Class 1 dirt, Class 1 oil
Max. operating pressure (p1) 16 bar / 20 bar with metal bowl
Max. operating temperature 50 °C / 80 °C with metal bowl
Material - housing zinc alloy
- bowl polycarbonate
Weight 320 g 320 g 900 g 900 g 1400 g
* Measured at 7 bar pre-pressure (p1) and Δp = 0,1 bar
** Inlet and outlet only with mounting plates set G1 (included, see page 20)

Rates of flow Dimensions [mm]

p2 [bar] G 3/8 Size I II
7,5 Connection G1/4 , G3/8 G1/2, G3/4 G1*
thread
7,0
A 48 70 125
6,5
B 142 193 193
6,0 C 48 70 70
5,5 E 22 26 26
5,0 F 24 35 35
4,5
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700
H 32 44 44
Q [Nl/min] J 43 62 62
K 14,5 18 18
p2 [bar] G 3/4 L (ø) 4,4 5,4 5,4
7,5
7,0
6,5
6,0
5,5
5,0
4,5
0 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 2100
Q [Nl/min]

Fixing- and assembly-possibilities see page 20

4 Compressed Air Preparation – variobloc 7

 Pressure Regulators

Pressure regulators type 481 - G 1/4 – G 1

Pressure regulators (diaphragm type) of compact block design in two sizes. Facilities on both sides for flange
mounting of further units. Panel mounting, direct mounting or bracket mounting on housing or cover. These units
are, of course, fitted with a secondary exhaust (self-relieving) and are largely unaffected by fluctuations in primary
pressure. Three pressure ranges are available, up to 6, 10 or 16 bar; regulators are also available without pres-
sure gauges. Simple locking of setting by pressing in handwheel. Version available with keylockable handwheel.
Pressure gauge can be mounted on either side. Important: Use of filter always recommended.

Standard version: Order No.

Control range (p2) 0,5-10 bar, with gauge Connection threads
Size G 1 /4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1**
I 481.223 481.233 - - -
II - - 481.263 481.283 481.293

481.233 481.233 D 481.233 A

Order key for all variants: for example:
481.223 – but without
481.xxxx
gauge = 481.423
4 variobloc

A – lockable, with padlock

Cover in individual color D – gauge with color code, 0 -16 bar additional options
available upon request (standard: grey)! 2 – 0,5 - 6 bar
3 – 0,5 - 10 bar control range (p2)
Note: Gauge 4 – 0,5 - 16 bar
(self-sealing) added loosely
2 – G 1/4
3 – G 3/8 size I
1
6 – G /2 connection threads
8 – G 3/4 size II
9 – G 1**
2 – with gauge
4 – without gauge
Order No.
Spare parts size I size II
Gauge horizontal, scales: 0 - 10 bar (for p2 up to 6 bar) 723 55
ø 40 (size I) 0 - 16 bar (for p2 up to 10 bar) 734 85
ø 50 (size II) 0 - 25 bar (for p2 up to 16 bar) 745 96
Diaphragm complete with slip ring 480-92 480-263
Seal cone complete 481-17 480-218

Technical data size I size II

Connection threads G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/ 4 G 1**
Nominal rates of flow (Nl/min)* 2000 3200 7000 8000 8000
Max. operating pressure (p1) 25 bar
Secondary pressure (p2) max. 10 bar (opt. 6, 16 bar)
Max. operating temperature 80 °C
Material - housing zinc alloy
- seals NBR
Weight (without gauge) 390 g 950 g 950 g 1410 g
* Measured at 10 bar pre-pressure (p1), 6 bar secundary pressure (p2) and Δp = 1 bar acc. to DIN ISO 6953
** Inlet and outlet only with mounting plates set G1 (included, see page 20)

Rates of flow Dimensions [mm]

p2 [bar] G 3/8 p1 = 10 bar Size I II
10 Connection G1/4 ,G3/8 G1/2,G3/4 G1**
thread
8
A 48 70 125
6
B 98 134 134
4
C 48 70 70
2
D (ø) 28 39 39
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 E 68 98 98
F 24 35 35
Q [Nl/min]
H 26 33 33
p2 [bar] G 3/4 p1 =10 bar
I M30x1,5 M42x1,5 M42x1,5
10 J 43 62 62
8 K 14,5 18 18
6 L (ø) 4,4 5,4 5,4
4 M 84 106 106
2 N (ø) 40 50 50
V G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/ 4
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000
Q [Nl/min]

Fixing- and assembly-possibilities see page 20

8 4 Compressed Air Preparation – variobloc

 Pressure Regulators

Precision pressure regulators type 495 - G 1/4 – G1

Pressure regulator with a precise regulation for highest demands. It is suitable for all processes that require
a precise regulation of compressed air. Pressure regulators as “diaphragm type” do regulate changing line pres-
sure in the air system (inlet pressure p1) independent of pressure fluctuations and air consumption. It is mostly con-
stant at a working pressure set (secundary pressure p2). This guarantees optimal and economical operation of the
system. This type has an exceptional little air consumption of 1,5 l/min – this is almost unique. The built-in ex-
cess pressure valve (secondary venting) allows a reduction of the seondary pressure (= exhaust) without air ex-
traction. At the same time compressed air escapes into the atmosphere, as soon as the pressure on the secondary
side exceeds the set value. To avoid contamination or loss, there should be a micro-filter pre-connected.

Standard version: Order No.

Control range (p2) 0,5-10 bar, with gauge Connection threads
Size G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1**
I 495.224 495.234 - - -
II - - 495.264 495.284 495.294

Order key for all variants: for example:

495.xxxx 495.223 – but without 495.224

4 variobloc
gauge = 495.423
A – lockable, with padlock additional option
Cover in individual color
available upon request (standard: grey)!
2 – 0,1 - 3bar
3 – 0,2 - 6 bar control range (p2)
4 – 0,5 - 10 bar Note: Gauge
(self-sealing) added loosely
2 – G 1/4
3 – G 3/8 size I
6 – G 1/2 connection threads
8 – G 3/4 size II
9 – G 1**
2 – with gauge
4 – without gauge
Order No.
Spare parts size I size II
Gauge horizontal, scales: 0 - 4 bar (for p2 up to 3 bar) 401 501
ø 40 (size I) 0 - 6 bar (for p2 up to 6 bar) 402 502
ø 50 (size II) 0 - 10 bar (for p2 up to 10 bar) 403 503
Diaphragm complete with slip ring 495-101 495-201
Seal cone complete 481-17 480-218

Technical data size I size II

Connection threads G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1**
Nominal rates of flow (Nl/min)* 2000 3200 7000 8000 8000
Max. operating pressure (p1) 25 bar
Secondary pressure (p2) max. 10 bar (opt. 3, 6 bar)
Max. operating temperature -10 up up to +60 °C
Flow direction of flow see arrow
Dependence upon pre-pressure <3%
Reversing control hysteresis < 0,1 bar
Air consumption (measured at 10 bar pre-pressure (p1)) < 1,0 l/min
Material - housing zinc alloy
- seals NBR
Weight (without gauge) 390 g 950 g 950 g 1410 g
* Measured at 10 bar pre-pressure (p1), 6 bar secundary pressure (p2) and Δp = 1 bar acc. to DIN ISO 6953
** Inlet and outlet only with mounting plates set G 1 (included, see page 20)

Rates of flow Dimensions [mm]

p2 [bar] G 3/8 p1 = 10 bar Size I II
10
Connection G1/4 ,G3/8 G1/2,G3/4 G 1**
8 thread
6 A 48 70 125
4 B 98 134 134
2 C 48 70 70
D (ø) 28 39 39
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
E 68 98 98
Q [Nl/min]
F 24 35 35
H 26 33 33
p2 [bar] G 3/4 p1 =10 bar
10 I M30x1,5 M42x1,5 M42x1,5
8 J 43 62 62
6 K 14,5 18 18
4 L (ø) 4,4 5,4 5,4
2 M 84 106 106
N (ø) 40 50 50
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000
Q [Nl/min] V G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/4

4 Compressed Air Preparation – variobloc 9

 Pressure Regulators

Battery regulators type 490 - G 1/4 – G 1

These kind of regulators are equipped with a continious pressure supply. The pressure inlet can be selected
on left or right side, so it can be used for “battery mounting”. The attached regulators offer independent and
different pressure adjustments because the supply pressure is existing on both sides of the unit (connection
no. 1). The working pressure (secondary pressure), which is kept almost constantly, regardless of pressure fluc-
tuations (inlet pressure) in the system and air consumption, is available on the backside connection (connec-
tion no. 2).
The regulator (diaphragm type) is fitted with a secondary exhaust (self-relieving) to reduce the working pres-
sure without air extraction. Contamination and damage can be avoided if a filter model 482 is installed. We re-
commend to use the units G 3/8 or G 3/4 as they have the higher flow capacity.
Important: Use of filter always recommended.

Standard version: :
Order No.
Control range (p2) 0,5-10 bar, with gauge Connection threads
Size G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1**
I 490.223 490.233 - - -
490.223 490.223D II - - 490.263 490.283 490.293
4 variobloc

Order key for all variants:

490.xxxx for example:
Cover in individual color
available upon request (standard: grey)! 490.233 – but without
A – lockable, with padlock gauge = 490.433
D – gauge with color code 0 -16 bar additional options
Note: Gauge
(self-sealing) added loosely 2 – 0,5 - 6 bar
3 – 0,5 - 10 bar control range (p2)
4 – 0,5 - 16 bar
2 – G 1/4
3 – G 3/8 size I
6 – G 1/2 connection threads
8 – G 3/4 size II
9 – G 1**
2 – with gauge
4 – without gauge
Order No.
Spare parts size I size II
Gauge horizontal, scales: 0 - 10 bar (for p2 up to 6 bar) 723 55
ø 40 (size I) 0 - 16 bar (for p2 up to10 bar) 734 85
ø 50 (size II) 0 - 25 bar (for p2 up to16 bar) 745 96
Plug with female hexagon connection threads G1/4 280-127 280-127
G3/8 447-28 -
G1/2 - 424-67
Diaphragm complete with slip ring 480-92 480-263
Seal cone complete 481-17 480-218

Technical data size I size II

Connection 1 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1**
Connection 2 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 3/4
Nominal rates of flow (Nl/min)* 1.800 1.800 5.800 6.800 6.800
Max. operating pressure (p1) 25 bar
Outlet pressure (p2) max. 10 bar (opt. 6, 16 bar)
Max. operating temperature +80 °C
Material - housing zinc alloy
- seals NBR
Weight (without gauge) 390 g 390 g 950 g 950 g 1.410 g
* Measured at 10 bar pre-pressure (p1), 6 bar secundary pressure (p2) and Δp = 1 bar acc. to DIN ISO 6953
** Inlet and outlet only with mounting plates set G1 (included, see page 20)

Rates of flow Dimensions [mm]

P2 [bar] G 3/8 P1 = 10 bar Size I II
10
Connection G1/4 ,G3/8 G1/2,G3/4 G1**
8 thread
6 A 48 70 125
4 B 98 134 134
2 C 48 70 70
function D (ø) 28 39 39
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 E 68 98 98
Q [Nl/min]
F 24 35 35
I M30x1,5 M42x1,5 M42x1,5
M 84 106 106
N (ø) 40 50 50
V G 1/4 G 1/2 + G 3/4 G 3/4
Fixing- and assembly-possibilities see page 20

10 4 Compressed Air Preparation – variobloc

 Lubricator

Lubricators type 483 - G 1/4 – G 1

Lubricators add a fine oil fog to the compressed air, this effecting a constant and reliable lubrication of pneumati-
cally controlled compressed air tools, valves and cylinders etc... Refilling oil while under pressure is possible. Needle
valve for oil adjustment with high drop constancy for long periods of time. Also available with metal sight dome.

Standard version: Order No.

With plastic bowl, without drain valve Connection threads
Size G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1**
I 483.022 483.023 - - -
II - - 483.026 483.028 483.029

Order key for all variants:

for example:
483.xxxx
483.022 – but with
plastic bowl (without addition)
M – metal bowl manually operated drain
additional options valve = 483.122
S – metal bowl protection
2 – G 1/4
size I
3 – G 3/8 483.023 483.023S 483.023M

4 variobloc
6 – G 1/2 connection threads
8 – G 3/4 size II
9 – G 1** Cover in individual color
2 – [model: lubricator] available upon request (standard: grey)!
0 – without drain valve
1 – with manually operated drain valve
Order No.
Spare parts and accessories size I size II
Metal bowl without drain valve 483-10 483-113
Metal bowl with manually operated drain valve 480-28 480-213
Metal bowl protection 480-25 480-216
Plastic bowl with bowl protection 483-24 -
Plastic bowl without drain valve 483-7 483-110
Oil regulating valve, metal 483-21 423-65
Oil regulating valve, plastic 483-6 423-179
Regulation insert 483-3 -

Technical data size I size II

Connection threads G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1**
Nominal rates of flow (Nl/min)* 3400 4400 4600 7500 7500
Max. operating pressure (p1) 16 bar / 20 bar with metal bowl
Max. operating temperature 50 °C (80 °C with metal bowl and oil regulating valve)
Effective bowl volume 50 cm³ 125 cm³
Lubricator function ab 50 l/min ab 150 l/min
Sort of oil nach DIN 51524 - ISO VG 32
Material - housing zinc alloy
- bowl polycarbonate
- seals NBR
Weight 300 g 800 g 800 g 1260 g
* Measured at 6 bar pre-pressure (p1) and Δp = 1 bar acc. to DIN ISO 6953
** Inlet and outlet only with mounting plates set G1 (included, see page 20)

Rates of flow Dimensions [mm]

p2 [bar] G 3/8 p2 [bar] G /43 Size I II
12 12 Connection G1/4 ,G3/8 G1/2,G3/4 G 1**
10 10
thread
8 A 48 70 125
8
B 171 224 224
6 6
C 48 70 70
4 4
D (ø) 22 22 22
2 2
E 52 57 57
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 F 24 35 35
Q [Nl/min] Q [Nl/min]
H 32 44 44
Recommended oil: Oil containers made of plastic (polycarbonate) are attached by oil additives, anti-frost or J 43 62 62
synthetic oils. We therefore recommend normal lubricating oils of approx.. 22 bis 32 cSt at 40°C (in the case of stri- K 14,5 18 18
king tools up to 68 cSt). Metal containers should be used for other oils, especially for low-temperature oils. Also re- L (ø) 4,4 5,4 5,4
commended is a metal lubricator adjusting cap.

ewo Compressed air special oil

Oils see chapter 10.
Container Order No.
Volume 1 liter 583
Volume 5 liter 583.1
Fixing- and assembly-possibilities see page 20

4 Compressed Air Preparation – variobloc 11

 Filter pressure regulators

Filter pressure regulators type 480 - G 1/4 – G1

Filter pressure regulators unique in space-saving model the functions of a filter and a regulator in one piece of
equipment. (see single definitions).
Standard version:
Control range (p2) 0,5-10 bar, plastic bowl with manually Order No.
operated drain valve, with gauge, filter porosity 40μm Connection threads
Size G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1**
I 480.223 480.233 - - -
II - - 480.263 480.283 480.293

Order key for all variants:

480.xxxxx
V – Filter porosity 5 μm (standard: 40μm, without addition) for example:
480.223 – but without
plastic bowl (without addition)
gauge = 480.423
M – metal bowl
S – metal bowl protection
additional options
480.233 480.233 SD 480.333 MD A – lockable
D – gauge with color code 0 -16 bar
4 variobloc

2 – 0,5 - 6 bar
Cover in individual color 3 – 0,5 - 10 bar control range (p2)
available upon request (standard: grey)! 4 – 0,5 - 16 bar

Note: Gauge 2 – G 1/4

3 – G 3/8 size I
(self-sealing) added loosely
6 – G 1/2 connection threads
8 – G 3/4 size II
9 – G 1**
2 – manually operated drain valve, gauge
3 – internal automatic drain valve, gauge
4 – manually operated drain valve, without gauge
5 – semi-automatic drain valve, gauge
6 – external automatic drain valve A, gauge
7 – internal automatic drain valve, without gauge
8 – external automatic drain valve A, without gauge
9 – semi-automatic drain valve, without gauge
Order No.
Spare parts and accessories size I size II
Filter element filter porosity 40 μm (mounted) 480-7 480-219
5 μm (reduced flow rate!) 480-45 480-220
Plastic bowl with metal bowl protection 480-90 -
Metal bowl with manually operated drain valve 480-28 480-213
Metal bowl protection 480-25 480-216
Gauge horizontal, scales: 0 - 10 bar (for p2 up to 6 bar) 723 55
ø 40 (size I) 0 - 16 bar (for p2 up to 10 bar) 734 85
ø 50 (size II) 0 - 25 bar (for p2 up to 16 bar) 745 96
Plastic bowl with manually operated drain valve 480-18 480-210
Diaphragm complete with slip ring 480-92 480-263
Seal cone complete 480-48 480-218

Technical data size I size II

Connection threads G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1**
Nominal rates of flow (Nl/min)* 2000 3000 5500 6500 6500
Filter porosity 40 μm (optional: 5 μm)
Dimensions [mm] Max. operating pressure (p1) 16 bar (20 bar with metal bowl / 12 bar with internal automatic drain valve)
Size I II Secondary pressure (p2) max. 10 bar (optional: 6, 16 bar)
Connection G1/4 ,G3/8 G1/2,G3/4 G1** Max. operating temperature 50 °C / 80 °C with metal bowl
thread Volume of condensate 25 cm³ 85 cm³
A 48 70 125 Drain valve manually operated (opt.: semi-automatic, automatic)
B 203 273 273 Material - housing zinc alloy
C 48 70 70 - seals NBR
D (ø) 28 39 39 - bowl polycarbonate
E 68 98 98 Weight (g) (without gauge) 460 1150 1150 1610
* Measured at 10 bar pre-pressure (p1), 6 bar secundary pressure (p2) and Δp = 1 bar acc. to DIN ISO 6953
F 24 35 35
** Inlet and outlet only with mounting plates set G1 (included, see page 20)
H 32 44 44
I M30x1,5 M42x1,5 M42x1,5 Rates of flow
J 43 62 62 p2 [bar] G 3/8 p1 = 10bar p2 [bar] G 3/4 p1 =10bar
10 10
K 14,5 18 18
8 8
L (ø) 4,4 5,4 5,4
6 6
M 84 106 106
4 4
N (ø) 40 50 50
2 2
V G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/4
0 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
Drain valves see page 20 and chapter 8 Q [Nl/min] Q [Nl/min]
Fixing- and assembly-possibilities see page 20

12 4 Compressed Air Preparation – variobloc

 Maintenance units

Two-piece maintenance units type 488 - G 1/4 – G1

The number of possible variations which can be created by simple block-mounting of individual units to form air treat-
ment units is naturally countless. We have listed some of the most frequently used versions of a 2-piece maintenance
unit, consisting of filter regulator and lubricator. For filters there are options for the bowls and drain valves, for filter
regulators there is generally a pressure range of up to 10 bar; various reservoir options are available for the lubricators.

Standard version:
Control range (p2) 0,5-10 bar, plastic bowl with manually operated drain valve, with gauge, filter porosity
40μm, block mounting with compact connection set with Order No.
integrated T-bracket for wall mounting Connection threads
Size G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1**
I 488.221 488.231 - - -
II - - 488.261 488.281 488.291

Order key for all variants:

488.xxxxx
V – filter porosity 5 μm (standard: 40 μm, without addition)
488.230 488.230SD
plastic bowl (without addition)

4 variobloc
M – metal bowl
S – metal bowl protection
additional options Cover in individual color
A – lockable, with padlock
available upon request (standard: grey)!
D – gauge with color code 0 -16 bar
0 – compact connection set Note: Gauge
1 – compact connection set with T-bracket block mounting (self-sealing) added loosely
2 – comfort connection set (only size I)
2 – G 1/4
3 – G 3/8 size I
1
6 – G /2 connection threads
8 – G 3/4 size II
9 – G 1**
2 – manually operated drain valve, gauge
3 – internal automatic drain valve, gauge
4 – manually operated drain valve, without gauge
5 – semi-automatic drain valve, gauge
6 – external automatic drain valve A, gauge
7 – internal automatic drain valve, without gauge
8 – external automatic drain valve A, without gauge
9 – semi-automatic drain valve, without gauge
Order No.
Spare parts and accessories size I size II
Diaphragm complete with slip ring 480-92 480-263
Seal cone complete 481-17 480-218
Regulation insert 483-3 -
For more spare parts and accessories see single units.

Technical data size I size II

Connection threads G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1**
Nominal rates of flow (Nl/min)* 1500 1800 3400 5000 5000
Filter porosity 40 μm (optional: 5 μm)
Max. operating pressure (p1) 16 bar /(20 bar with metal bowl / 12 bar with internal automatic drain valve)
Secondary pressure (p2) max. 10 bar (opt. 6, 16 bar)
Max. operating temperature 50 °C / 80 °C with metal bowl and metal oil regulating valve Dimensions [mm]
Volume of condensate 25 cm³ 85 cm³ Size I II
Drain valve manually operated (opt.: semi-automatic, automatic)
Connection G1/4 ,G3/8 G1/2,G3/4 G 1**
Oil volume 50 cm³ 125 cm³ thread
Lubricator function > 50 l/min > 150 l/min A 96 140 195
Material - housing zinc alloy
B 203 273 273
- bowl polycarbonate
C 48 70 70
- seals NBR
Weight (without gauge) 720 g 2070 g 2070 g 2530 g D (ø) 28 39 39
* Measured at 10 bar pre-pressure (p1), 6 bar secundary pressure (p2) and Δp = 1 bar acc. to DIN ISO 6953 E 68 98 98
** Inlet and outlet only with mounting plates set G1 (included, see page 20) F 24 35 35
Recommended oil see page 11. H 32 44 44
I M30x1,5 M42x1,5 M42x1,5
Rates of flow J 91 132 132
p2 [bar] G 3/8 p1 =10 bar p2 [bar] G 3/4 p1 =10 bar
10 10 K 14,5 18 18
8 8 L (ø) 4,4 5,4 5,4
6 6 M 84 106 106
4 4 N (ø) 40 50 50
2 2 V G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/4

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 Drain valves see page 20 and chapter 8
Q [Nl/min] Q [Nl/min]
Fixing- and assembly-possibilities see page 20

4 Compressed Air Preparation – variobloc 13

 Maintenance units

Three-piece maintenance units type 489-G 1/4 – G1

The number of possible variations which can be created by simple block-mounting of individual units to form air treat-
ment units is naturally countless. We have listed some of the most frequently used versions of a 3-piece maintenance
unit, consisting of filter, pressure regulator and lubricator. For filters there are options for the bowls and drain val-
ves, for filter regulators there is generally a pressure range of up to 10 bar; various reservoir options are available for the
lubricators.
Standard version:
Control range (p2) 0,5-10 bar, plastic bowl with manually operated drain valve, with gauge, filter porosity
40μm, block mounting with compact connection set with Order No.
integrated T-bracket for wall mounting Connection threads
Size G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1**
489.230
I 489.221 489.231 - - -
II - - 489.261 489.281 489.291

Order key for all variants:

489.xxxxx
V – filter porosity 5 μm (standard: 40 μm, without addition)
plastic bowl (without addition)
4 variobloc

M – metal bowl
S – metal bowl protection
additional options
A – lockable, with padlock
D – gauge with color code 0 -16 bar

489.230SD 0 – compact connection set

1 – compact connection set with T-bracket block mounting
2 – comfort connection set (only size I)
Cover in individual color
2 – G 1/4
available upon request (standard: grey)!
3 – G 3/8 size I
6 – G 1/2 connection threads
Note: Gauge 8 – G 3/4 size II
(self-sealing) added loosely 9 – G 1**
2 – manually operated drain valve, gauge
3 – internal automatic drain valve, gauge
4 – manually operated drain valve, without gauge
5 – semi-automatic drain valve, gauge
6 – external automatic drain valve A, gauge
7 – internal automatic drain valve, without gauge
8 – external automatic drain valve A, without gauge
9 – semi-automatic drain valve, without gauge
Order No.
Spare parts and accessories size I size II
Diaphragm complete with slip ring 480-92 480-263
Seal cone complete 481-17 480-218
Regulation insert 483-3 -
For more spare parts and accessories see single units.

Technical data size I size II

Connection threads G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1**
Nominal rates of flow (Nl/min)* 1500 1800 3400 5000 5000
Filter porosity 40 μm (optional: 5 μm)
Max. operating pressure (p1) 16 bar ( 20 bar with metal bowl / 12 bar with internal automatic drain valve)
Secondary-pressure (p2) max. 10 bar (opt. 6, 16 bar)
Max. operating temperature 50 °C / 80 °C with metal bowl and metal oil regulating valve
Dimensions [mm] Volume of condensate 25 cm³ 85 cm³
Size I II Drain valve manually operated (opt.: semi-automatic, automatic)
Oil volume 50 cm³ 125 cm³
Connection G1/4 ,G3/8 G1/2,G3/4 G1**
thread Lubricator function > 50 l/min > 150 l/min
A 144 210 265 Material - housing zinc alloy
B 203 273 273 - bowl polycarbonate
- seals NBR
C 48 70 70
Weight (without gauge) 1220 g 2800 g 2800 g 3260 g
D (ø) 28 39 39 * Measured at 10 bar pre-pressure (p1), 6 bar secundary pressure (p2) and Δp = 1 bar acc. to DIN ISO 6953
E 68 98 98 ** Inlet and outlet only with mounting plates set G1 (included, see page 20)
F 24 35 35 Recommended oil see page 11.
H 32 44 44
Rates of flow
I M30x1,5 M42x1,5 M42x1,5 p2 [bar] G 3/4 p1 =10 bar
p2 [bar] G 3/8 p1 =10 bar
J 139 194 194 10 10
K 14,5 18 18 8 8
L (ø) 4,4 5,4 5,4 6 6
M 84 106 106 4 4
N (ø) 40 50 50 2 2
V G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/4
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000
Drain valves see page 20 and chapter 8 Q [Nl/min] Q [Nl/min]

Fixing- and assembly-possibilities see page 20

14 4 Compressed Air Preparation – variobloc

 Maintenance units

Portable maintenance units type 489 - G 1/2 – G1

To ensure optimal conditions in regard to cleaning and lubrication of pneumatic tools directly on site, this por-
table portable maintenance unit designed with components from our variobloc line (only for size II). It consists
of filter, pressure regulator and lubricator, who are mounted in a metal frame with carrying handle. Other com-
binations of maintenance units can be mounted upon request. It should be used everywhere, where air distri-
bution and location routes over 5 meters.
Application ranges:
- Truck workshops
- Machine and plant construction
- Shipbuilding and shipyards
Order No.
Connection threads
Model G 1/2 G 3/4 G1
Control range (p2) 0,5-10 bar, plastic bowl with metal bowl protection and 489.200 489.100 489.000
manually operated drain valve, with gauge, filter porosity 40 μm, block
mounting with compact connection set, mounting plates set

4 variobloc
Order No.
Spare parts size II
Diaphragm complete with slip ring 480-263 489.200
Seal cone complete 480-218
For more spare parts and accessories see single units.

Cover in individual color

available upon request (standard: grey)!

Technical data size II

Connection threads G 1/2 G 3/4 G1
Nominal rates of flow (Nl/min)* 3.400 Nl/min 5.000 Nl/min 5.000 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) 16 bar
Control range (p2) 0,5 - 10 bar
Max. operating temperature 50 °C
Filter porosity 40 μm
Drain valve manually operated (opt.: semi-automatic, automatic)
Volume of condensate 85 cm³
Oil volume 125 cm³
Lubricator function from 150 l/min
Material - housing zinc alloy
- bowl / bowl protection polycarbonate / steel
- seals NBR
- side parts painted steel
- feet rubber
* Measured at 6 bar pre-pressure (p1) and Δp = 1 bar

Rates of flow Dimensions [mm]

p2 [bar] G 3/4 und G 1 p1 =10 bar Size II
10
Connection G1/2, G3/4 G1
thread
8
A 269 264
6 B 491 491
4 C 300 300
2 D 307 307
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000
E 261 261
F 431 431
Q [Nl/min]
H 85,5 85,5
I 55,5 55,5

Fixing- and assembly-possibilities see page 20

4 Compressed Air Preparation – variobloc 15

 3/2-Way starting valves

Ball valves type 487 - G 1/4 – G 1

Ball valves with exhaust (3/2 directional control valves) for flange-mounting to variobloc maintenance units are par-
ticularly suitable for use at the start of these as main shut-off valves. Actuation by 90 ° rotation of lever, marked
clearly with switching position: Lever in transverse direction - valve closed, outlet exhausted (narrower nominal
size). Lever in lengthwise: Valve open, exhaust closed. With silencer to reduce exhaust noise. Two sizes with
connection threads from G 1/4 to G 1 available. Direct mounting or bracket mounting on the housing is possible.
Lockable in both final positions with a regular padlock ø 4,5 mm (or as additional option with padlock (2 versi-
ons) available). According to EN 983.
Version with pneumatic gear (only size II) enables the application in danger of explosion areas as remote
control. The swing construction warrants a high starting linge moment and so a high forming energy (neces-
sary after a long period of down time).

Order No.
487.3 487.3D Lockable (without padlock ø 4,5 mm) Connection threads
With padlock
(fig. without padlock!) Size G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1 /2 G 3/4 G 1**
I 487.2 487.3 - - -
II - - 487.6 487.8 487.9
4 variobloc

Order key for additional options: for example:

487.8P 487.xx 487.3 with padlock ø 8,0
Version with
pneumatic gear A – with padlock ø 4,5 mm = 487.3D
D – with padlock ø 8,0 mm
P – with pneumatic gear (only for size II)

Cover in individual color

available upon request (standard: grey)!

Spare parts and accessories Order No.

Padlock ø 4,5 mm 487-17
Padlock ø 8,0 mm 487-26

Technical data size I size II

Connection threads G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1**
Nominal rates of flow (Nl/min)* 4.300 4.400 9.000 11.000 11.000
Max. operating pressure (p1) 25 bar
Max. operating temperature 80 °C
Material - housing zinc alloy
Weight 295 g 840 g 840 g 1.300 g
Weight (with pneumatic gear) – 1.100 g 1.100 g 1.560 g
Pressure range (with pneumatic gear) – 5,6 - 7,4 bar
* Measured at 6 bar pre-pressure (p1) and Δp = 1 bar
** Inlet and outlet only with mounting plates set G1 (included, see page 20)

Dimensions [mm] Rates of flow

p2 [bar] G 3/8
Size I II 12
Connection G1/4 ,G3/8 G1/2,G3/4 G1 G1/2,G3/4 G 1** 10
thread
8
With pneumatic gear with pneum. gear
6
A 48 70 125 70 125
4
B 80 92 92 120 120
2
C 48 70 70 70 70
D 30 30 30 - - 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000
E 58 64 64 92 92 Q [Nl/min]

F 24 35 35 35 35 p2 [bar] G 3/4
H 22 28 28 28 28 12

J 43 62 62 62 62 10

K 14,5 18 18 18 18 8

L (ø) 4,4 5,4 5,4 5,4 5,4 6

M 45 45 45 - - 4
2

0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000

Q [Nl/min]

Fixing- and assembly-possibilities see page 20

16 4 Compressed Air Preparation – variobloc

 3/2-Way starting valves

3/2-Way starting valves, electrical, type 485 - G1/4 – G1

3/2-way starting valves in modular design for flange-mounting to variobloc-maintenance units. The magnetic valve at
the inlet thread o the maintenance unit is for main service valve with fast air relieve. The valve is power-free. Without
electrical power – valve closed, with manual emergency-operation. Port sizes G 1/4 up to G 1. Acc. to EN 983.

Standard version: Order No.

Rated voltage 24 V= Connection threads
Size G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1**
I 485.24 485.34 - - -
II - - 485.64 485.84 485.94

Order key for all variants:

485.xx
1 – 24 V / 50 Hz
2 – 220 V / 50 Hz
3 – 110 V / 50 Hz manual override bistable, DIN 43650
4 – 24 V / =
5 – 24 V / = manual override monostable, M 12
485.34 485.35

4 variobloc
2 – G 1/4 size I
3 – G 3/8
6 – G 1/2 connection threads
Cover in individual color
8 – G 3/4 size II
9 – G 1** available upon request (standard: grey)!
Order No.
Spare parts size I size II
Magnetic coil 24 V= 447-76
24 V / 50 Hz 447-130
220 V / 50 Hz 447-74
110 V / 50 Hz 447-75
24 V= (M 12) 447-133
Magnetic valve as shut-off valve with speed exhaust. 24 V= 485-16
Combination with a starting valve is recommended. 24 V / 50 Hz 485-17
220 V / 50 Hz 485-18
110 V / 50 Hz 485-19
24 V= (monostable) 485-20
Female connector DIN 43650 447-120

Technical data size I size II

Connection threads G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1**
Nominal rates of flow (Nl/min)* 2200 2600 3300 3800 3800
Working pressure range** 3 - 10 bar (higher pressures available upon request)
Max. operating temperature 50 °C
Protection class IP 65 to DIN 40050
Rated voltage 24 V = (opttional 24 V / 50 Hz, 110 V / 50 Hz, 220 V / 50 Hz)
Electrical thread female connector acc. to DIN 43650, form B ind. PG 9
Material housing zinc alloy
Weight 445 g 980 g 980 g 1440 g
Waste electrical and electronic equipment WEEE-Reg.-No.: DE51604370
* Measured at 6 bar pre-pressure (p1) and Δp = 1 bar
** Inlet and outlet only with mounting plates set G1 (included, see page 20)

Rates of flow Dimensions [mm]

p2 [bar] G 3/8
Size I II
12
Connection G1/4 ,G3/8 G1/2,G3/4 G1
10 thread
8 A 48 70 125
6 B 46 157 157
4 C 48 70 70
2 D (ø) 30 30 30
E 108 113 113
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
F 24 35 35
Q [Nl/min]
H 26 33 33
p2 [bar] G 3/4 J 43 62 62
12
K 14,5 18 18
10
L (ø) 4,4 5,4 5,4
8
M 22 22 22
6
N 72 82 82
4
2

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000

Q [Nl/min]
Fixing- and assembly-possibilities see page 20

4 Compressed Air Preparation – variobloc 17

 Distributors

Distributors type 486 - G 1/4 – G 1

Distributors with non-return valves are ideal for tapping off unlubricated compressed air when flange-moun-
ted upstream of the lubricator. The non-return valve prevents oil from being taken in from the lubricator or
lines. This does, however, mean that the system downstream of the non-return valve cannot readily be ex-
hausted. Two sizes with four outlets and port threads from G 1/4 to G1.

Standard version: Order No.

Without non-return valve Connection threads
Size G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1**
I 486.20 486.30 - - -
II - - 486.60 486.80 486.90

486.30 Order key for all variants:

486.x x
4 variobloc

0 – without non-return valve

1 – with non-return valve
Cover in individual color
available upon request (standard: grey)! 2 – G 1/4 size I
3 – G 3/8
6 – G 1/2 connection threads
8 – G 3/4 size II
9 – G 1**

Technical data size I size II

Connection threads G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1**
Dispatches top / down G 3/8 G 3/8 / G 1/2
front + rear G 1/4 G 1/4
Nom. rates o. flow without RV (Nl/min)* 4200 5000 9000 11000 11000
Nom. rates o. flow with RV (Nl/min)* 900 900 4000 5000 5000
Max. operating pressure (p1) 25 bar
Max. operating temperature 80 °C
Material housing zinc alloy
Weight 290 g 780 g 780 g 1240 g
* Measured at 6 bar pre-pressure (p1) and Δp = 1 bar.
** Inlet and outlet only with mounting plates set G 1 (included, see page 20)

Dimensions [mm] Rates of flow

Size I II p2 [bar] G 3/8
Connection G1/4 ,G3/8 G1/2,G3/4 G1** 12
thread
10
A 48 70 125
8
B 46 56 56
6
C 48 70 70
F 24 35 35 4

J 43 62 62 2

K 14,5 18 18 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000

L (ø) 4,4 5,4 5,4 Q [Nl/min]
U G 3/8 G 3/8 G 3/8
W G 3/8 G 1/2 G 1/2 p2 [bar] G 3/4

12
10
8
6
4
2

0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000

Q [Nl/min]

Fixing- and assembly-possibilities see page 20

18 4 Compressed Air Preparation – variobloc

 Starting valves

Pneumatic starting valves type 484 - G 1/4 – G1

Starting valves and filling valves in modular block design serve to raise the pressure gradually in pneumatic sy-
stems when they are being started, for example after emergency shut-off. When switched on, throttles re-
lease at first only a small orifice. Only when the pressure has reached about 60 % of operating pressure is the
full orifice opened. In the opposite direction (relieving) the full orifice is opened by means of a non-return valve.
In combination with ewo-equipment such as the 3/2-way valve, ball valve or solenoid valve a complete on-and-
off unit can be assembled. Connection threads from G 1/4 to G 1. Acc. to EN 983.
Only suitable for closed systems!

Order No.
Air regulator adjustable Connection threads
Size G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 1**
I 484.20 484.30 - - -
II - - 484.60 484.80 484.90
484.30

4 variobloc
Cover in individual color
available upon request (standard: grey)!

Technical data size I size II

Connection threads G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1 /2 G 3/4 G 1**
Nominal rates of flow (Nl/min)* 1200 1400 3800 4200 4200
Point of dispatch (profile completely opened) env. 0,6 x working pressure
Working pressure range 2 bis 25 bar
Max. operating temperature 50 °C
Material housing zinc alloy
Weight 295 g 730 g 730 g 1190 g
* Measured at 6 bar pre-pressure (p1) and Δp = 1 bar
** Inlet and outlet only with mounting plates set G1 (included, see page 20)

Rates of flow Dimensions [mm]

p2 [bar] G 3/8
Size I II
12 Connection G1/4 ,G3/8 G1/2,G3/4 G1**
10
thread
8
A 48 70 125
B 54 72 72
6
C 48 70 70
4
E 24 36 36
2
F 24 35 35
0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 H 30 36 36
Q [Nl/min] J 43 62 62
K 14,5 18 18
p2 [bar] G 3/4 L (ø) 4,4 5,4 5,4
12 M 53 75 75
10
8
6
4
2

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000

Q [Nl/min]

Fixing- and assembly-possibilities see page 20

4 Compressed Air Preparation – variobloc 19

 Accessory: Fixing- and Assembly-Possibilities

Middle modules for block mounting, mounting set for the piping
“Plug and Work” - this is the motto where you can choose your preferred combination from the variety for block mounting, for pi-
ping (inlet and outlet) and wall mounting.

size I Thread mounting plates set

For the piping. Self-adhesive seals. With or without T-bracket for wall mounting.
Without T-bracket
Size Connection threads Order No.
I G 1/4 480-75
G 3/8 480-37
II G 1/2 480-283
size I size II G 3/4 480-282
G1 480-271
size II
With T-bracket
Size Connection threads Order No.
I G 1/4 480-120
4 variobloc

G 3/8 480-121
II G 1/2 480-287
G 3/4 480-288
size I size II G1 480-289

Comfort connection set (middle module)

For block mounting. Individual modules can be easily removed without having to remove the entire unit. Self-ad-
hesive seals. With or without T-bracket for wall mounting.

size I Without T-bracket

Size Connection threads Order No.
I G 1/4 480-38
G 3/8

With T-bracket
Size Connection threads Order No.
I G 1/4 480-122
480-38 480-122 G 3/8

Compact connection set (middle module)

For block mounting. Sealing set included. With or without T-bracket for wall mounting.
Without T-bracket
size I
Size Connection threads Order No.
I G 1/4 480-570
G 3/8 480-360
II G 1/2 480-238
G 3/4 480-237
480-237
With T-bracket
Seal Size Connection threads Order No.
I G 1/4 480-560
G 3/8 480-350
II G 1/2 480-264
size II G 3/4 480-265
480-265 Sealing set for compact connection set
Sleeve + o-ring.
Size Connection threads Order No.
I G 1/4 480-85
G 3/8 480-11
480-85
Seal II G 1/2 480-267
G 3/4 480-268

comfort compact compact T-bracket (single)

size I size I size II
For wall mounting.
Suitable for middle module... Size Order No.
Comfort connection I 480-84
Compact connection I 480-640
II 480-270

480-84 480-640 480-270 480-84 480-640 480-270

20 4 Compressed Air Preparation – variobloc

 Accessory: Fixing- and Assembly-Possibilities

Wall fasteners
Bracket-set for mounting on cap
(handwheel thread)
Content: Bracket + nut.
Suitable for Order No.
size I 443-36
size II 443-104
Dimensions (mm)

size A B C D E F H
443-36
I 40 26,5 30 30 5,5 16 30,5
II 55 35 42,5 40 7 20 43

Nut (single)
For mounting on control panel.
Suitable for Dimensions Material Order No.
size I M 30 x 1,5 PA6 381-32

4 variobloc
size II M 42 x 1,5 Ms 443-106

381-32

Bracket-set for mounting on unit body

Content: Bracket + 2 screws.
Suitable for Order No.
size I 480-67
size II 480-252

Dimensions (mm) 480-252

Size A B C D E F G

I 50 34 15 71 5,5 16 25
II 74 50 20 88 7 19 28

Screw set (2 pieces)

For direct mounting of single units.
Suitable for Dimensions Order No.
size I 2 x M 4 x 40 480-83 480-83
size II 2 x M 5 x 60 480-266

4 Compressed Air Preparation – variobloc 21

 Accessory, spare parts

Spare parts and accessory

Filter inserts
Size Type Order No.
I PE-filter element 40 μm 480-7
PE-filter element 5 μm 480-45
Micro-filter cartridge, complete 491-4
Activated carbon filter cartridge, complete 493-2
II PE-filter element 40 μm 480-219
PE-filter element 5 μm 490-220
Micro-filter cartridge, complete 491-103
480-7 491-4 493-2 Activated carbon filter cartridge, complete 493-102

Bowl options
Order No.
Model Type size I size II
Plastic bowl With manually operated drain valve 480-18 480-210
With semi-automatic drain valve 480-78 480-255
4 variobloc

With internal automatic drain valve 480-79 480-256

With external automatic drain valve A 480-95 480-257
Without drain valve, for oiler 483-7 483-110

Metal bowl With manually operated drain valve (up to 20 bar) 480-28 480-213
With semi-automatic drain valve (up to 20 bar) 480-80 480-258
With internal automatic drain valve (up to 12 bar) 480-81 480-259
480-18 480-28 480-25 With external automatic drain valve A (up to 16 bar) 480-96 480-260
Without drain valve, for oiler (up to 20 bar) 483-10 483-113

Metal bowl protection For plastic bowl 480-25 480-216

Drain valves (selection)

Model Material Connect. Dispatch Order No.
thread
423-110 495-100 Drain bolt, plastic G 1 /8 a - 423-110
Semi-automatic drain valve ø 14 G 1/8 i 495-100
With insert for plastic and metal bowl
External automatic drain valve A (4 - 16 bar) housing + cap brass G 1 /8 a G 1/8 i 5370.3
For external mounting to e.g. a micro-filter housing polyamide 5370.4
External automatic drain valve B (1 - 12 bar) G 1 /8 a LW 5 441.11
5370.4 An internal automatic drain valve in a housing
for external mounting
Internal automatic drain valve (1 - 12 bar) ø 14 LW 5 441.1
441.11 441.1
For bowl with borehole ø 14
All drain valves see chapter 8

Padlocks
Suitable for Hanger-ø Order No.
Pressure regulator and filter pressure regulator size I and II 3,0 mm 480-430
Ball valve model 487.xA 4,5 mm 487-17
Ball valve model 487.xD 8,0 mm 487-26

487-17

Gauges (selection)
Horizontal. Brass thread, plastic panel. Class 2,5. Tmax 60 °C.
Type Suitable for Color (face) Scale Order No.
0 - 10 bar 723
ø 40 size I 0 - 16 bar 734
white on black 0 - 25 bar 745
0 - 10 bar 55
ø 50 size II 0 - 16 bar 85
723 0 - 25 bar 96

With color code, ø 40 size I black on white 0 - 16 bar 746

746
With color code, ø 50 size II (with red/green color code) 105
Alle gauges see chapter 10, page 53 seq.

22 4 Compressed Air Preparation – variobloc

 Chapter 5 List of contents

Compressed Air Preparation - combibloc

Combined maintenance unit (3 in 1) Size I and II 2+3

5 combibloc

5 Compressed Air Preparation – combibloc 1

 Combined maintenance unit

Combined maintenance unit - G 1/4 – G 1

Combined maintenance unit (3 in 1) consisting of a filter, pressure regulator and lubricator, united in one de-
vice in extremely space-saving design!
Components:
Double bowl for filter condensate and oil supply out of plastic (polycarbonate), optionally with bowl protec-
tion or metal bowl. Drain valves for condensate either as manually-operated, semi-automatic, fully-automa-
tic internal or fully-automatic external drain valve. Filter elements out of sintered bronze available with two
different pore diameters. Pressure regulator with three different pressure ranges. Adjustment can be locked
by pressing the handwheel. Version with lockable handwheel in arrested state is also available. Bracket
mounting possible. Gauge can be mounted on back or front. Filling oil under pressure is possible (use a spray
oilcan). Available in 2 sizes with connecting threads of G 1/4 to G 1.

Standard versions:
With plastic bowl and manually operated Order No.
drain valve, with gauge Connection thread size I Connection thread size II
Pressure range p2 G 1/4* G 3/8* G 1/2 G 1/2* G 3/4* G1
0,5 - 6 bar 423.222 423.232 423.242 423.262 423.282 423.292
0,5 - 10 bar 423.223 423.233 423.243 423.263 423.283 423.293
0,5 - 16 bar 423.224 423.234 423.244 423.264 423.284 423.294
423.243 * Inlet and outlet reduced

Order key for all variants:

423.xxxx
5 combibloc

plastic bowl (standard)

M – metal bowl
S – bowl protection
options
A – lockable, inc. lock
D – gauge with color identification 0 -16 bar

2 – 0,5 - 6 bar
3 – 0,5 - 10 bar pressure range (p2)
4 – 0,5 - 16 bar

2 – G 1/4*
3 – G 3/8* Size I
4 – G 1/2
connection thread
6 – G 1/2*
8 – G 3/4* Size II
9 – G1

2 – manually operated drain valve, gauge

3 – internal automatic drain valve (1 - 12 bar), gauge
5 – semi-automatic drain valve (0,5 - 25 bar), gauge
6 – external automatic drain valve A (4 - 16 bar), gauge

Order No.
Accessories Size I Size II
Bracket mounting for attachment to the housing 423-60 423-102
423-60 Bowl protection 423-107 423-108
Metal bowl with seal and manually operated drain valve 423-296 423-297
semi-automatic drain valve 423-298 423-299
external automatic drain valve A 423-300 423-301
Oil regulating valve out of plastic 423-179 423-179
metal 423-65 423-65
Reductions G 1/2 x G 3/8** 423-57 -
G 1/2 x G 1/4** 423-58 -
G 1 x G 3/4** - 423-99
423-108 423-296 G 1 x G 1/2** - 423-100
** Upon request also with NPTF-thread

Main spare parts

Plastic bowl with seal and manually operated drain valve 423-282 423-283
internal automatic drain valve 423-288 423-289
semi-automatic drain valve 423-284 423-285
external automatic drain valve A 423-290 423-291
Gauges, horizontal display range: 0 - 10 bar 55 214
ø 50: Size I 0 - 16 bar 85 215
ø 63: Size II 0 - 25 bar 96 216
Filter element filter porosity 40 μm (mounted) 394-6 394-16
5 μm (reduced flow rate!) 394-40 394-37
85 423-282 Valve complete with stem 423-342 423-79
Diaphragm complete with gliding ring 480-92 423-77

2 5 Compressed Air Preparation – combibloc

 Combined maintenance unit

Technical data
Size I Size II
Nominal rates of flow 1400 Nl/min 3400 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) - plastic bowl 16 bar (PN 16)
- metal bowl 25 bar (PN 25)

Operating pressure - plastic bowl 0 °C up to +50 °C

- metal bowl 0 °C up to +90 °C

Effective bowl volume - filter 25 cm³ 75 cm³

- lubricator 75 cm³ 150 cm³
Mounting position vertical
Direction of flow arrow
Nominal width DN 8 DN 15
Dependency upon supply pressure < 3% < 2%
Reversing control hysteresis ~ 1 bar
Weight 1255 g 2690 g
Material
- seals NBR
- housing zinc alloy
- filter element sintered bronze
- plastic bowl polycarbonate

5 combibloc
Recommended oil
Oil containers made of plastic (polycarbonate) are attacked by oil additives, anti-frost or synthetic oils. We the-
refore recommend normal lubricating oils of approx. 22 to 32 cSt at 40 °C (in the case of striking tools up to
68 cSt). Metal containers should be used for other oils, especially for low-temperature oils. Also recommen-
ded is a metal lubricator adjusting cap.

Dimensions [mm]

Size A B** C E F G J K L M
I 66 200 69 65 34,5 220 82 43 6,5 105
II 93 295 96 105 48 325 112 61 9 135
** with internal automatic drain valve: +10 mm
with semi-automatic drain valve: +10 mm
with external automatic drain valve A: + 90 mm

Rates of flow p1 = 10 bar

p2 [bar] BG I - G 1/2 p2 [bar] BG II - G 1

10 10
8 8

6 6

4 4

2 2

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
Q [Nl/min]
Q [Nl/min]

ewo Compressed air special oil

Oils see chapter 10.
Container Order No.
Volume 1 liter 583
Volume 5 liter 583.1

Drain valves, see chapter 8

5 Compressed Air Preparation – combibloc 3

 notes
5 combibloc

4 5 Compressed Air Preparation – combibloc

 Chapter 6 List of contents

Compressed Air Preparation - airvision modular

Filters 2

Micro-filters 3

Pressure regulators 4

Lubricators 5

Filter pressure regulators 6

Two-piece maintenance units 7

Three-piece maintenance units 8

Narrow distributors 9

Distributors for pressure switch

6 airvision modular
9

Wide distributors 10

Distributors with non-return valve 10

Ball valves 11

Starting valves 12

Solenoid valves 13

Compressed Air Preparation - airvision compact L

Filters 16

Pressure regulators 17

Lubricators 18

Filter pressure regulators 19

Two-piece maintenance units 20

Thr,1ee-piece maintenance units 21

6 Compressed Air Preparation – airvision 1

 Filters

Filters - G 1/8 – G 1/4

Compressed air filters in modular design for cleansing the compressed air of humidity (by means of cycloning) and
solid particles. Can be flanged on either side for additional airvision equipment.
Port sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4.

Standard versions:
With plastic bowl and manually operated drain valve, filter porosity 40 μm
Connection threads Order No.
G 1/8 445.21*
G 1/4 445.22
* inlet and outlet reduced
(reductions with o-ring added loosely)
Order key for all variants:
445.xx

1 – G 1/8
2 – G 1/4 connection threads

2 – manually operated drain valve (p1 max. 16 bar)

3 – internal automatic drain valve (p1 1 - 12 bar)
5 – semi-automatic drain valve (p1 0,5 - 16 bar)
6 – external automatic drain valve A (p1 4 - 16 bar)
7 – external automatic drain valve B (p1 1 - 12 bar)

Spare parts and accessories Order No.

Bracket mounting for mounting on housing 444-5
Plastic bowl with seal and - manually operated drain valve 443-12
- semi-automatic drain valve 443-42
- external automatic drain valve A (max. 16 bar) 443-43
6 airvision modular

- external automatic drain valve B (max. 12 bar) 443-111

Plastic bowl (long bowl) with seal and internal automatic drain valve (max. 12 bar) 419-78
Filter element filter pororsity 40 μm (mounted) 443-32
filter pororsity 5 μm 443-167
Reduction with o-ring G1/4 x G1/8 443-86

Technical data
Nominal rates of flow (measured at p1 = 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar) 1.170 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) 16 bar
Operating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °C
Effective bowl volume 10 cm³
Mounting position vertical
Direction of flow arrow
Filter porosity 40 μm
Nominal width DN 6
Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25
Weight 230 g
Material - seals NBR
- housing zinc alloy
- filter element polyethylene
- plastic bowl polycarbonate

Dimensions [mm] Rates of flow

1 p2 [bar] G 1/4
Connection threads G 1/8* G /4
12
A 40 40
10
B** 120 120
8
C 40 40
D 46 40 6
4
E 25 25
F 20 20 2

G 150 150 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500

* inlet and outlet reduced
Q [Nl/min]
(reductions with o-ring seperately included)
** with internal automatic drain valve: +40 mm
with semi automatic drain valve: +10 mm
with external automatic drain valve A: +90 mm
with external automatic drain valve B: +75 mm
Condensate drain valves see chapter 8

2 6 Compressed Air Preparation – airvision modular

 Filters

Micro-filters - G 1/8 – G 1/4

Fine filter with borosilicate glass microfiber remove almost without residue the smallest remaining particles of
water, oil or dirt to 99,999 % (for 0,01 μm). Upstream necessarily normal filter.
Port sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4.

With plastic bowl and manually operated drain valve, filter porosity 0,01 μm
Connection threads Order No.
G 1/8 453.21*
G 1/4 453.22
* inlet and outlet reduced
(reductions with o-ring added loosely)

Spare parts and accessories Order No.

Bracket mounting for mounting on housing 444-5
Plastic bowl long, with seal and manually operated drain valve 419-64
Filter element (micro-filter) with seal filter porosity 0,01μm 448-5
Reduction with o-ring G 1/4 x G 1/8 443-86

6 airvision modular
Technical data
Nominal rates of flow** 570 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) 16 bar
Operating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °C
Effective bowl volume 10 cm³
Filter mesh 0,01 μm
Residual oil content 0,01 ppm
Mounting position vertical
Direction of flow arrow
Nominal width DN 6
Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25
Weight 230 g
Material - seals NBR
- housing zinc alloy
- filter element borosilicat glass microfiber
- plastic bowl polycarbonate
** measured at p1 = 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar

Rates of flow Dimensions [mm]

p2 [bar] G 1/4 Connection
G 1/8* G 1/4
12 threads
A 40 40
10
8
B 155 155
C 40 40
6
D 46 40
4
E 25 25
2
F 20 20
0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 G 220 220
Q [Nl/min]
* inlet and outlet reduced
(reductions with o-ring seperately
included)

6 Compressed Air Preparation – airvision modular 3

 Pressure regulator

Pressure regulators - G 1/8 – G 1/4

Compressed air pressure regulators in modular design maintain constant working pressure regardless of pres-
sure fluctuations in the system or of air consumption. Flanging is possible on both sides for adding other air-
vision equipment. Secondary air exhaust (relieving) and almost complete independence of primary pressure..
Diaphragm regulator with working pressure ranges 0,5 bis 6, 10 und 16 bar. Adjustment can be locked by
pressing the handwheel. Gauge can be mounted on back or front. Port sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4.
Important: Use of filter always recommended.

Standard versions:
Control range 0,5 - 10 bar, with gauge
Connection threads Order No.
G 1/8 444.213*
G 1/4 444.223
* inlet and outlet reduced
(reductions with o-ring added loosely)
Order key for all variants:
444.xxx
2 – 0,5 - 6 bar for example:
3 – 0,5 - 10 bar control range (p2) 444.223 – but without
4 – 0,5 - 16 bar gauge = 444.423
1 – G 1/8 connection threads
2 – G 1/4
2 – with gauge
4 – without gauge

Spare parts and accessories Order No.

Bracket-set for mounting on housing (bracket and 2 screws) 444-5
Bracket-set for mounting on cap (bracket and nut) 443-36
Nut for mounting on control panel 381-32
Gauge horizontal, ø 40 (G 1/8) display range: 0 - 10 bar (for p2 to 6 bar) 670
6 airvision modular

0 - 16 bar (for p2 to 10 bar) 680

0 - 25 bar (for p2 to 16 bar) 690
Diaphragm complete with gliding ring 480-92
Valve complete with stem 443-142
Reduction with o-ring G 1/4 x G 1/8 443-86

Technical data
Nominal rates of flow** 670 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) 25 bar
Control range (p 2) 0,5 to 10 bar (optionally: 6 and 16 bar)
Operating temperature +50 °C
Mounting position any
Direction of flow arrow
Nominal width DN 6
Dependence upon supply pressure < 4%
Reversing control hysteresis ~ 1 bar
Weight 300 g
Material - diaphragm / seals NBR
- housing zinc alloy
** measured at p1 = 8 bar, p2 = 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar

Dimensions [mm] Rates of flow p1 =p2 +2bar

Connection p2 [bar] G 1/4
G 1/8* G 1/4
threads 12
A 40 40
10
B 90 90
8
C 40 40
6
D 46 40
4
E 25 25
2
F 20 20
H 105 105 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
K 22 22 Q [Nl/min]
L M 30 x 1,5 M 30 x 1,5
M 75 75
* inlet and outlet reduced
(reductions with o-ring seperately included)

4 6 Compressed Air Preparation – airvision modular

 Lubricators

Lubricators - G 1/8 – G 1/4

Compressed air lubricator in modular design add a fine oil fog to the compressed air, providing a constant and
reliable lubrication of pneumatically regulated compressed air tools, valves and cylinders etc.. Flanging is pos-
sible on both sides for adding other airvision equipment. Oil can be refilled under pressure. Needle valve for
oil adjustment with high drop constancy over long periods of time. Port sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4.

With plastic bowl, without drain valve

Connection threads Order No.
G 1/8 446.01*
G 1/4 446.02
* inlet and outlet reduced
(reductions with o-ring added loosely)

Spare parts and accessories Order No.

Bracket-set for mounting on housing (bracket and 2 screws) 444-5
Plastic bowl without drain valve, with seal 446-6
Oil regulating valve metal 423-65
Oil regulating valve plastic 423-179
Reduction with o-ring G 1/4 x G 1/8 443-86

Technical data
Nominal rates of flow** 1.670 Nl/min

6 airvision modular
Min. flow rate*** 30 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) 16 bar
Operating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °C
Effective bowl volume 25 cm³
Mounting position vertical
Direction of flow arrow
Nominal width DN 6
Nominal pressure (housing) PN 25
Weight 270 g
Material - seals NBR
- housing zinc alloy
- plastic bowl polycarbonate
** measured at p1 = 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar
*** oil delivery 10 droplets/min at 6 bar

Rates of flow Dimensions [mm]

p2 [bar] G 1/4
Connection
12 G 1/8* G 1/4
threads
10 A 46 40
8 B 140 140
6 C 40 40
4 D 46 40
2 E 50 50
0
F 20 20
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
G 170 170
Q [Nl/min]
* inlet and outlet reduced
(reductions with o-ring added loosely)

Recommended oil: Oil containers made of plastic (polycarbonate) are attacked by oil additives, anti-frost
or synthetic oils. We therefore recommend regular lubricating oils of approx. 22 bis 32 cSt at 40 °C (in the case
of striking tools up to 68 cSt). Metal containers should be used for other oils, especially for low-temperature
oils. Also recommended is a metal lubricator adjusting cap.

ewo Compressed air special oil

Oils see chapter 10
Container Order No.
Volume 1 litre 583
Volume 5 litre 583.1

6 Compressed Air Preparation – airvision modular 5

 Filter pressure regulators

Filter pressure regulators - G 1/8 – G 1/4

Filters for compressed air and pressure regulators combined in one piece of equipment in modular design to
save space. The cleansed compressed air is kept at constant pressure regardless of pressure fluctuations in
the system or of air consumption. Secondary air exhaust (relieving) and almost complete independence of pri-
mary pressure. Diaphragm regulator with working pressure ranges 0,5 to 6, 10 or 16 bar. Adjustment can be
locked by pressing the handwheel. Gauge can be mounted on back or front side. Additional airvision equip-
ment can be flanged to either side. Port sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4.
Standard versions:
Control range 0,5 - 10 bar, plasti bowl with manually operated drain valve, with gauge
Connection threads Order No.
G 1/8 443.213*
G 1/4 443.223
* inlet and outlet reduced
(reductions with o-ring added loosely)
Order key for all variants:
443.xxx
2 – 0,5 - 6 bar
3 – 0,5 - 10 bar control range (p2)
4 – 0,5 - 16 bar
1 – G 1/8
2 – G 1/4 connection threads
2 – with manually operated drain valve (p1 max. 16 bar)
3 – with internal automatic drain valve (p1 1 - 12 bar)
5 – with semi-automatic drain valve (p1 0,5 - 16 bar)
6 – with external automatic drain valve A (p1 4 - 16 bar)
7 – with external automatic drain valve B (p1 1 - 12 bar)

Spare parts and accessories Order No.

Bracket-set for mounting on housing (bracket and 2 screws) 444-5
6 airvision modular

Bracket-set for mounting on cap (bracket and nut) 443-36

Nut for mounting on control panel 381-32
Plastic bowl with seal and - manually operated drain valve 443-12
- semi-automatic drain valve 443-42
- external automatic drain valve A 443-43
- external automatic drain valve B 443-111
Plastic bowl, long with seal and - internal automatic drain valve (max.12 bar) 419-78
Filter element filter porosity 40 μm (mounted) 443-32
filter porosity 5 μm 443-167
Gauge horizontal, ø 40 display range 0 - 10 bar 670
0 - 16 bar 680
0 - 25 bar 690
Valve complete with stem 443-142
Diaphragm complete with gliding ring 480-92
Reduction with o-ring G 1/4 x G 1/8 443-86

Technical data
Nominal rates of flow (measured at p1 = 8 bar, p2 = 6 bar, Δp = 1 bar) 833 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) 16 bar
Control range (p2) 0,5 to 10 bar (optionally: 6 and 16 bar)
Operating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °C
Mounting position vertical
Direction of flow arrow
Nominal width DN 6
Nominal pressure (Gehäuse) PN 25
Dependence upon supply pressure < 4%
Reversing control hysteresis ~ 1 bar
Dimensions [mm] Weight 350 g
Material - diaphragm / seals NBR
Connection - housing zinc alloy
G 1/8* G 1/4
threads - filter element polyethylene
A 40 40 - plastic bowl polycarbonate
B** 170 170
C 40 40
Rates of flow p1 = p2 + 2 bar
D 46 40 p2 [bar] G 1/4
E 65 65 12

* inlet and outlet reduced 10

F 20 20
8
H 190 190 (reductions with o-ring added loosely)
6
K 22 22 ** with internal automatic drain valve: +40 mm
4
L M 30 x 1,5 M 30 x 1,5 with semi-automatic drain valve: +10 mm
2
with external automatic drain valve A: +90 mm
M 78 78
with external automatic drain valve B: +75 mm 0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400
Q [Nl/min]
Condensate drain valves see chapter 8

6 6 Compressed Air Preparation – airvision modular

 Maintenance units

Two-piece maintenance units - G 1/8 – G 1/4

A maintenance unit in block assembly consisting of an airvision filter pressure reducer and fog lubricator. Flan-
ging is possible on either side for additional equipment. Other variations are possible by combination with ad-
ditional equipment. Port sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4.
Standard versions:
Control range 0,5 - 10 bar, plastic bowls, with manually operated drain valve, with gauge
Connection threads Order No.
G 1/8 449.21*
G 1/4 449.22
* inlet and outlet reduced
Order key for all variants: (reductions with o-ring added loosely)
449.xx
1 – G 1 /8
2 – G 1 /4 connection threads

2 – with manually operated drain valve (p1 max. 16 bar)

5 – with semi-automatic drain valve (p1 0,5 - 16 bar)
6 – with external automatic drain valve A (p1 4 - 16 bar)
7 – with external automatic drain valve B (p1 1 - 12 bar)

Accessories Order No.

Flange connection kit with seal 447-1
Bracket-set for mounting on housing (bracket and 2 screws) 444-5
Bracket-set for mounting on cap (bracket and nut) 443-36
Reduction with o-ring G1/4 x G1/8 443-86
Other accessories for Filter pressure regulators see page 6, Lubricators see page 5.

Technical data

6 airvision modular
Nominal rates of flow** 570 Nl/min
Min. flow rate (oil delivery 10 droplets/min at 6 bar) 30 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) 16 bar
Control range (p2) 0,5 to 10 bar
Operating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °C
Effective bowl volume - filter bowl 10 cm³
- lubricator bowl 25 cm³
Mounting position vertical
Direction of flow arrow
Nominal width DN 6
Dependence upon supply pressure < 4%
Reversing control hysteresis ~ 1 bar
Weight 650 g
Material - diaphragm / seals NBR
- housing zinc alloy
- filter element polyethylene
- plastic bowl polycarbonate
** measured at p1 = 8 bar, p2 = 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar

Rates of flow p =p +2bar 1 2 Dimensions [mm]

p2 [bar] G 1/4 Connection ***with internal automatic
12
G 1/8* G 1/4 drain valve: +40 mm
threads
10 A 80 80 with semi-automatic
8 B*** 160 160 drain valve: +10 mm
6 C 44 44 with external automatic
4 D 86 80 drain valve A: +90 mm
2 E 65 65 with external automatic
G 190 190 drain valve B: +75 mm
0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 M 78 78
Q [Nl/min] * inlet and outlet reduced
(reductions with o-ring added loosely)
Recommended oil: Oil containers made of plastic (polycarbonate) are attacked by oil additives, anti-frost
or synthetic oils. We therefore recommend regular lubricating oils of approx. 22 bis 32 cSt at 40 °C (in the case
of striking tools up to 68 cSt). Metal containers should be used for other oils, especially for low-temperature
oils. Also recommended is a metal lubricator adjusting cap.

ewo Compressed air special oil

Oils see chapter 10
Container Order No.
Volume 1 litre 583
Volume 5 litre 583.1
Condensate drain valves see chapter 8

6 Compressed Air Preparation – airvision modular 7

 Maintenance units

Three-piece maintenance units - G 1/8 – G 1/4

A maintenance unit in block assembly consisting of an airvision filter, pressure regulator and fog lubricator. Flan-
ging is possible on either side for additional equipment. Other variations are possible by combination with ad-
ditional equipment. Port sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4.
Standard versions:
Control range 0,5 - 10 bar, plastic bowls, with manually operated drain valve, with gauge
Connection threads Order No.
G 1/8 450.21*
G 1/4 450.22
* inlet and outlet reduced
(reductions with o-ring added loosely)
Order key for all variants:
450.xx
1 – G 1/8
2 – G 1/4 connection threads

2 – with manually operated drain valve (p1 max. 16 bar)

5 – with semi-automatic drain valve (p1 0,5 - 16 bar)
6 – with external automatic drain valve A (p1 4 - 16 bar)
7 – with external automatic drain valve B (p1 1 - 12 bar)
Accessories Order No.
Flange connection kit with seal 447-1
Bracket-set for mounting on housing (bracket and 2 screws) 444-5
Bracket-set for mounting on cap (bracket and nut) 443-36
Reduction with o-ring G 1/4 x G 1/8 443-86
Other access: for filters see page 2, pressure regulators see page 4, lubricators see page 5

Technical data
Nominal rates of flow** 570 Nl/min
6 airvision modular

Min. flow rate (oil delivery 10 droplets/min at 6 bar) 30 Nl/min

Max. operating pressure (p1) 16 bar
Control range (p2) 0,5 to 10 bar
Operating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °C
Effective bowl volume - filter bowl 10 cm³
- lubricator bowl 25 cm³
Mounting position vertical
Direction of flow arrow
Nominal width DN 6
Dependence upon supply pressure < 4%
Reversing control hysteresis ~ 1 bar
Weight 800 g
Material - diaphragm / seals NBR
- housing zinc alloy
- filter element polyethylene
- plastic bowl polycarbonate
** measured at p1 = 8 bar, p2 = 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar

Dimensions [mm] Rates of flow p1 =p2 +2bar

Connection ****with internal automatic p2 [bar] G 1/4
G 1/8* G 1/4 drain valve: +40 mm
threads 12
A 120 120 with semi-automatic
10
B*** 160 160 drain valve: +10 mm
8
C 44 44 with external automatic
6
D 126 120 drain valve A: +90 mm
4
E 65 65 with external automatic
drain valve B: +75 mm 2
G 190 190
M 78 78 0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500
* inlet and outlet reduced Q [Nl/min]
(reductions with o-ring added loosely)

Recommended oil: Oil containers made of plastic (polycarbonate) are attacked by oil additives, anti-frost
or synthetic oils. We therefore recommend regular lubricating oils of approx. 22 bis 32 cSt at 40 °C (in the case
of striking tools up to 68 cSt). Metal containers should be used for other oils, especially for low-temperature
oils. Also recommended is a metal lubricator adjusting cap.

ewo Compressed air special oil

Oils see chapter 10
Container Order No.
Volume 1 litre 583
Volume 5 litre 583.1

Condensate drain valves see chapter 8

8 6 Compressed Air Preparation – airvision modular

 Narrow distributors

Narrow distributors - G 1/8 – G 1/4

Distributors in modular design are suitable for flanging at any position onto airvision maintenance units. They
have two outlets (above and below), which are plugged upon delivery. Port sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4.

Connection threads Order No.

G 1/8 447.01*
G 1/4 447.02
* inlet and outlet reduced
(reductions with o-ring added loosely)

Accessories Order No.

Flange connection kit with seal 447-1
Reduction with o-ring G 1/4 x G 1/8 443-86

Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1) 25 bar
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +80 °C
Mounting position any
Direction of flow any
Nominal width DN 6
Weight 130 g
Material (housing) aluminum

Dimensions [mm]
Connection
G 1/8* G 1/4
threads
A 26 26
B 40 40
C 40 40
D 32 26

6 airvision modular
U G1/4 G1/4
* inlet and outlet reduced
(reductions with o-ring added loosely)

Distributors for pressure switch - G 1/8 – G 1/4

Distributors for pressure switches in modular design are suitable for flanging at any position onto airvision
maintenance units. They have one outlet (below), which is plugged upon delivery, and a connection possibi-
lity for pressure switches made by IMI Norgren or Bosch (see below). Port sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4.

Connection threads Order No.

G 1/8 447.11*
G 1/4 447.12
* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions with o-ring added loosely)

Accessories Order No.

Flange connection kit with seal 447-1
Reduction with o-ring G 1/4 x G 1/8 443-86

Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1) 25 bar
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +80 °C
Mounting position any
Direction of flow any
Nominal width DN 6
Weight 135 g
Material (housing) aluminum

Recommended pressure switch Dimensions [mm]

(NOT available in the ewo product range!) Order No. Connection
G /8*1 G 1/4
Models from Bosch Rexroth Models Bosch Rexroth threads
(Please order directly there!) 0,2 - 3 bar 0821 100 011 A 30 30
0,5 - 8 bar 0821 100 012 B 40 40
1,0 -16 bar 0821 100 013
C 40 40
D 36 30
Order No.
Models from IMI Norgren Models IMI Norgren U G1/4 G1/4
(Please order directly there!) 0,2 - 3 bar 0881 200 * inlet and outlet reduced
0,5 - 8 bar 0881 300
(reductions with o-ring added
1,0 -16 bar 0881 400
loosely)

6 Compressed Air Preparation – airvision modular 9

 Distributors

Wide distributors - G 1/8 – G 1/4

Distributors in modular design are suitable for flanging at any position onto airvision maintenance units. They
have four outlets, which are plugged upon delivery. Port sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4.

Connection threads Order No.

G 1/8 447.21*
G 1/4 447.22
* inlet and outlet reduced
(reductions with o-ring added loosely)

Accessories Order No.

Flange connection kit with seals 447-1
Reduction with o-ring G 1/4 x G 1/8 443-86

Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1) 25 bar
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +80 °C
Mounting position any
Direction of flow any
Nominal width DN 6
Weight 185 g
Material (housing) aluminum

Dimensions [mm]

Connection threads G 1/8* G 1/4

A 40 40
6 airvision modular

B 40 40
C 40 40
D 46 40
U G1/4 G1/8
* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions with o-ring added loosely)

Distributors with non-return valve - G 1/8 – G 1/4

Distributors with a non-return valve in modular design are mounted before the airvision fog lubricator. Removal
of unlubricated air is possible through four outlets which are plugged upon delivery. Port sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4.

Connection threads Order No.

G 1/8 447.31*
G 1/4 447.32
* inlet and outlet reduced
(reductions with o-ring added loosely)

Accessories Order No.

Flange connection kit with seals 447-1
Reduction with o-ring G 1/4 x G 1/8 443-86

Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1) 25 bar
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +80 °C
Mounting position any
Direction of flow arrow
Nominal width DN 6
Weight 205 g
Material (housing) aluminum

Dimensions [mm]

Connection threads G 1/8* G 1/4

A 40 40
B 40 40
C 40 40
D 46 40
U G1/4 G1/8
* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions with o-ring added loosely)

10 6 Compressed Air Preparation – airvision modular

 Ball valves

Ball valves with vent - G 1/8 – G 1/4

Ball valves (3/2-way valves) in modular design with relieving for flanging onto airvision maintenance units are
especially suitable as a main shut-off valve at inlet. Operation by means of a toggle that turns 90 degrees to
switch positions that correspond to the functions: crosswise = closed, relieving open; parallel = open. Toggle
available in lockable model. Relieving with sintered muffler. Port sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4.

Toggle not lockable

Connection threads Order No.
G 1/8 447.41*
G 1/4 447.42
* inlet and outlet reduced
(reductions with o-ring added loosely)

Accessories Order No.

Flange connection kit with seals 447-1
Reduction with o-ring G 1/4 x G 1/8 443-86

Order key for additional options:

447.4x x

A – Lockable toggle with padlock

6 airvision modular
Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1) 25 bar
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +80 °C
Mounting position any
Direction of flow arrow
Nominal width - inside diameter DN 6
- exhaust DN 2
Weight 130 g
Material - seals NBR
- housing aluminum

Dimensions [mm]

Connection threads G 1/8* G 1/4

A 40 40
B 66 66
C 40 40
D 46 40
E 46 46
* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions with o-ring added loosely)

6 Compressed Air Preparation – airvision modular 11

 Starting valves

Starting valves - G 1/8 – G 1/4

Starting valves or filling valves in modular design serve to raise the pressure gradually in pneumatic systems
when they are being started, for example after emergency shut-off. When switched on, throttles release at first
only a small orifice. Only when the pressure has reached about 50% of operating pressure is the full orifice ope-
ned. In the opposite direction (relieving) the full orifice is opened by means of a non-return valve. In combina-
tion with airvision equipment such as the 3/2-way valve or solenoid valve a complete on-and-off unit can be
assembled. Port sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4.
Only suitable for closed systems!

Connection threads Order No.

G 1/8 447.51*
G 1/4 447.52
* inlet and outlet reduced
(reductions with o-ring added loosely)

Accessories Order No.

Flange connection kit with seals 447-1
Reduction with o-ring G 1/4 x G 1/8 443-86
6 airvision modular

Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1) 25 bar
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +80 °C
Mounting position any
Direction of flow arrow
Nominal width DN 6
Switch over point adjustable 2 to 6 bar
Throttle adjustable 0 to DN 3
Weight 350 g
Material - seals NBR
- housing aluminum

Dimensions [mm]

Connection threads G 1/8* G 1/4

A 44 44
B 90 90
C 40 40
D 50 44
E 44 44
F 46 46
* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions with o-ring added loosely)

12 6 Compressed Air Preparation – airvision modular

 Solenoid valves

Solenoid valves - G 1/8 – G 1/4

Solenoid valves (3/2-way valves) in modular design can be used as an alternative to the manually operated ball
valve for various voltages as shut-off valves in compressed air systems. The electric connection is made by
means of a couplet socket with Pg 9. Protective system IP 65 according to DIN 40050. The valve is closed
when currentless. Port sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4.

Standard version:
With exhaust. Connector 220 V, 50 HZ
Connection threads Order No.
G 1/8 447.612*
G 1/4 447.622
* inlet and outlet reduced
(reductions with o-ring added loosely
Order key for all variants:
447.6xx
1 – 24 V, 50 Hz
2 – 220 V, 50 Hz
3 – 110 V, 50 Hz
4 – 24 V =
1 – G 1/8
2 – G 1/4 connection threads

Accessories Order No.

Flange connection kit with seals 447-1
Reduction with o-ring G 1/4 x G 1/8 443-86

6 airvision modular
Technical data
Nominal rates of flow** 1.200 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) 10 bar
Min. operating pressure (p1) 3 bar
Operating temperature 0 °C up to +80 °C
Mounting positio any
Direction of flow arrow
Solenoid - voltage available (tolerance ±10 %) 24 V ~
110 V ~
220 V ~
24 V =
- rel. swith-on time 100 %
- type of protection and DIN 40050 IP 65
Weight 400 g
Material - seals NBR
- housing aluminum
Waste electrical and electronic equipment WEEE-Reg.-No.: DE51604370
** measured at p1 = 8 bar, p2 = 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar

Dimensions [mm]

Connection threads G 1/8* G 1/4

A 40 40
B 145 145
C 40 40
D 46 40
E 105 105
F 40 40
G 25 25
* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions with o-ring added loosely)

6 Compressed Air Preparation – airvision modular 13

 notes
6 airvision modular

14 6 Compressed Air Preparation – airvision modular

Chapter 6 List of contents

Compressed Air Preparation - airvision compact L

Filters 16

Pressure regulators 17

Lubricators 18

Filter pressure regulators 19

Two-piece maintenance units 20

Three-piece maintenance units 21

6 airvision compact L

6 Compressed Air Preparation – airvision compact L 15

 Filters

Filters - G 1/8 – G 1/4

Compressed air filter in modular design. Flanging for more devices is possible. Containers made of plastic
(polycarbonate) with a manual drain valve for condensate. Two-stage separation (cyclone) and filter insert
made of plastic (polyethylene) with a pore size of 40 μm. Port sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4.

With plastic bowl and manually operated drain valve, filter porosity 40 μm
Connection threads Order No.
G 1/8 460.21*
G 1/4 460.22
* inlet and outlet reduced
(reductions with o-ring added loosely)

Spare parts and accessories Order No.

Plastic bowl with seal and manually operated drain valve 443-12
Filter element filter pororsity 40 μm (mounted) 443-32
filter pororsity 5 μm (option) 443 167
Reduction with o-ring G 1/4 x G 1/8 443-86
6 airvision compact L

Technical data
Nominal rates of flow** 800 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) 16 bar
Operating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °C
Effective bowl volume 12 cm³
Mounting position vertical
Direction of flow arrow
Filter porosity 40 μm
Nominal width DN 6
Weight 200 g
Material - seals NBR
- housing zinc alloy
- filter element polyethylene
- plastic bowl polycarbonate
** measured at p1 = 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar

Dimensions [mm] Rates of flow

p2 [bar] G 1/4
Connection
threads G 1/8* G 1/4 12
A 46 40 10
8
B 106 106
6
C 40 40
4
E 11 11 2

F 20 20 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200

G 150 150 Q [Nl/min]

* inlet and outlet reduced

(reductions with o-ring seperately included)

16 6 Compressed Air Preparation – airvision compact L

 Pressure regulator

Pressure regulators - G 1/8 – G 1/4

Compressed air pressure regulators in modular design maintain constant working pressure regardless of pres-
sure fluctuations in the system or of air consumption. Flanging is possible. Control range 0,5 to 10 bar.
Secondary air exhaust (relieving) and almost complete independence of primary pressure. Gauge can be
mounted on back or front. Adjustment can be locked by pressing the handwheel. Panel or bracket set possi-
ble. Important: Use of filter always recommended.

Standard versions:
Control range 0,5 - 10 bar, with gauge
Connection threads Order No.
G 1/8 461.213*
G 1/4 461.223
* inlet and outlet reduced
(reductions with o-ring added loosely)
Order key for all variants:
461.xxx
2 – 0,5 - 6 bar
for example:
3 – 0,5 - 10 bar control range (p2)
4 – 0,5 - 16 bar 444.223 – but without
1 – G 1/8 gauge = 444.423
2 – G 1/4 connection threads

2 – with gauge
4 – without gauge

Spare parts and accessories Order No.

Bracket-set for mounting on cap (bracket and nut) 443-36
Nut for mounting on control panel 381-32

6 airvision compact L
Gauge horizontal ø 40 (G 1/8), display range 0 - 16 bar 680
Valve complete with stem 443-142
Diaphragm complete with gliding ring 480-92
Reduction with o-ring G 1/4 x G 1/8 443-86

Technical data
Nominal rates of flow** 600 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) 16 bar
Control range (p2) 0,5 - 10 bar
Operating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °C
Mounting position any
Direction of flow arrow
Nominal width DN 6
Dependence upon supply pressure < 10 %
Reversing control hysteresis ~ 0,6 bar
Weight 230 g
Material - seals NBR
- housing zinc alloy
** measured at p1 = 8 bar, p2 = 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar

Rates of flow p1 =p2 +2bar Dimensions [mm]

p2 [bar] G 1/4 Connection
threads G 1/8* G 1/4
12
10 A 46 40
8 B 90 90
6
C 40 40
E 25 25
4
F 20 20
2
K 23 23
0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 L M 30 x 1,5 M 30 x 1,5
Q [Nl/min] M 75 75
N ø 40 ø 40

* inlet and outlet reduced

(reductions with o-ring added loosely)

6 Compressed Air Preparation – airvision compact L 17

 Lubricators

Lubricators - G 1/8 – G 1/4

Compressed air lubricator in modular design add a fine oil fog to the compressed air, pro-viding a constant
and reliable lubrication of pneumatically regulated compressed air tools, valves and cylinders etc.. Flanging is
possible on both sides for adding other airvision `L´ equipment.Oil can be refilled under pressure. Needle valve
for oil adjustment with high drop constancy over long periods of time. Port sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4.

With plastic bowl, without drain valve

Connection threads Order No.
G 1/8 462.01*
G 1/4 462.02
* inlet and outlet reduced
(reductions with o-ring added loosely)

Spare parts and accessories Order No.

Plastic bowl without drain valve, with seal 446-6
Oil regulating valve plastic 423-179
Reduction with o-ring G 1/4 x G 1/8 443-86

Technical data
Nominal rates of flow** 800 Nl/min
Min. flow rate*** 30 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) 16 bar
6 airvision compact L

Operating temperature 0°C up to +50 °C

Mounting position vertical
Direction of flow arrow
Effective bowl volume 25 cm³
Nominal width DN 6
Weight 230 g
Material - seals NBR
- housing zinc alloy
- plastic bowl polycarbonate
** measured at p1 = 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar
*** oil delivery 10 droplets/min at 6 bar

Dimensions [mm] Rates of flow

Connection p2 [bar] G 1/4
threads G 1/8* G 1/4
12
A 46 40 10

B 138 138 8
6
C 40 40
4
E 50 50 2
F 20 20
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
G 170 170 Q [Nl/min]
* inlet and outlet reduced
(reductions with o-ring added loosely)

Recommended oil: Oil containers made of plastic (polycarbonate) are attacked by oil additives, anti-frost
or synthetic oils. We therefore recommend regular lubricating oils of approx. 22 bis 32 cSt at 40 °C (in the case
of striking tools up to 68 cSt). Metal containers should be used for other oils, especially for low-temperature
oils. Also recommended is a metal lubricator adjusting cap.

ewo Compressed air special oil

Oils see chapter 10
Container Order No.
Volume 1 litre 583
Volume 5 litre 583.1

18 6 Compressed Air Preparation – airvision compact L

 Filter pressure regulators

Filter pressure regulators - G 1/8 – G 1/4

Filters for compressed air and pressure regulators combined in one piece of equipment in modular design to
save space. The cleansed compressed air is kept at constant pressure regardless of pressure fluctuations in
the system or of air consumption. Secondary air exhaust (relieving) and almost complete independence of pri-
mary pressure. Diaphragm regulator with working pressure ranges 0,5 and 10 bar. Adjustment can be locked
by pressing the handwheel. Gauge can be mounted on back or front side. Port sizes G 1/8 to G 1/4.
Standard versions:
Control range 0,5 - 10 bar, plastic bowl with manually operated drain valve, gauge
Connection threads Order No.
G 1/8 463.213*
G 1/4 463.223
* inlet and outlet reduced
Order key for all variants: (reductions with o-ring added loosely)
463.xxx
2 – 0,5 - 6 bar
3 – 0,5 - 10 bar control range (p2)
4 – 0,5 - 16 bar
1 – G 1/8
2 – G 1/4 connection threads
2 – with manually operated drain valve (p1 max. 16 bar)
3 – with internal automatic drain valve (p1 1 - 12 bar)
5 – with semi-automatic drain valve (p1 0,5 - 16 bar)
6 – with external automatic drain valve A (p1 4 - 16 bar)
7 – with external automatic drain valve B (p1 1 - 12 bar)

Spare parts and accessories Order No.

Bracket-set for mounting on cap (bracket and nut) 443-36
Nut for mounting on control panel 381-32
Plastic bowl with seal and - manually operated drain valve 443-12

6 airvision compact L
- semi-automtic drain valve 443-42
- external automatic drain valve A 443-43
- external automatic drain valve B 443-111
Plastic bowl, long with seal and - internal automatic drain valve(max.12 bar) 419-78
Filter element filter porosity 40 μm (mounted) 443-32
filter porosity 5 μm 443-167
Gauge horizontal, ø 40 display range 0 - 10 bar 670
0 - 16 bar 680
0 - 25 bar 690
Valve complete with stem 443-142
Diaphragm complete with gliding ring 480-92

Technical data
Nominal rates of flow** 750 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) 16 bar
Control range (p2) 0,5 - 10 bar
Operating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °C
Mounting position vertical
Direction of flow arrow
Filter porosity 40 μm
Nominal width DN 6
Effective bowl volume 12 cm³
Dependence upon supply pressure < 10 %
Reversing control hysteresis ~ 0,6 bar
Weight 350 g
Material - seals / housing NBR / zinc alloy
- filter element polyethylene
- plastic bowl polycarbonate
**measured at p1 = 8 bar, p2 = 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar
Rates of flow p1 = p2 + 2 bar Dimensions [mm]
p2 [bar] G 1/4
Connection threads G 1/8* G 1/4
12
A 46 40
10
B 162 162
8
C 40 40
6
E 65 65
4
F 20 20
2
G 190 190
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 K 23 23
Q [Nl/min]
L M 30 x 1,5 M 30 x 1,5
M 75 75
N ø 40 ø 40
* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions with o-ring added loosely)

6 Compressed Air Preparation – airvision compact L 19

 Maintenance units

Two-piece maintenance units - G 1/8 – G 1/4

A maintenance unit in block assembly consisting of an airvision filter pressure reducer and a fog lubricator.
Port sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4.

Control range 0,5 - 10 bar, plastic bowls, with manually operated drain valve, with gauge
Connection threads Order No.
G 1/8 464.21*
G 1/4 464.22
* inlet and outlet reduced
(reductions with o-ring added loosely)

Spare parts and accessories Order No.

Flange connection kit with seal 464-1
Bracket-set for mounting on cap (bracket and nut) 443-36
Reduction with o-ring G 1/4 x G 1/8 443-86

Technical data
Nominal rates of flow** 470 Nl/min
Min. flow rate*** 30 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) 16 bar
Control range (p2) 0,5 - 10 bar
Operating temperature 0 °C up to + 50 °C
Mounting position vertical
Direction of flow arrow
6 airvision compact L

Nominal width DN 6
Filter porosity 40 μm
Effective bowl volume - filter bowl 10 cm³
- lubricator bowl 25 cm³
Dependence upon supply pressure < 10 %
Reversing control hysteresis ~ 0,6 bar
Weight 600 g
Material - seals NBR
- housing zinc alloy
- filter element polyethylene
- plastic bowl polycarbonate
** measured at p1 = 8 bar, p2 = 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar *** oil delivery 10 droplets/min at 6 bar

Dimensions [mm] Rates of flow p1 = p2 + 2 bar

p2 [bar] G 1/4
Connection threads G 1/8* 1
G /4
12
A 86 80
10
B 162 162 8

C 40 40 6
4
E 65 65
2
G 190 190
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700
M 75 75 Q [Nl/min]

N ø 40 ø 40
* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions with o-ring added loosely)

Recommended oil: Oil containers made of plastic (polycarbonate) are attacked by oil additives, anti-frost
or synthetic oils. We therefore recommend regular lubricating oils of approx. 22 bis 32 cSt at 40 °C (in the case
of striking tools up to 68 cSt). Metal containers should be used for other oils, especially for low-temperature
oils. Also recommended is a metal lubricator adjusting cap.

ewo Compressed air special oil

Oils see chapter 10
Container Order No.
Volume 1 litre 583
Volume 5 litre 583.1
Lubricators see page 18
Filter pressure regulator see page 19

20 6 Compressed Air Preparation – airvision compact L

 Maintenance units

Three-piece maintenance units - G 1/8 – G 1/4

A maintenance unit in block assembly consisting of an airvision filter, pressure regulator and a fog-lubricator.
Flanging is possible on either side for additional equipment. Port sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4.

Control range 0,5 - 10 bar, plastic bowls, with manually operated drain valve, with gauge
Connection threads Order No.
G 1/8 465.21*
G 1/4 465.22
* inlet and outlet reduced
(reductions with o-ring added loosely)

Spare parts and accessories Order No.

Flange connection kit with seal 464-1
Bracket-set for mounting on cap (bracket and nut) 443-36
Reduction with o-ring G 1/4 x G 1/8 443-86

Technical data
Nominal rates of flow** 470 Nl/min
Min. flow rate*** 30 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) 16 bar
Control range (p2) 0,5 - 10 bar
Operating temperature 0 °C up to + 50 °C
Mounting position vertical
Direction of flow arrow
Nominal width DN 6

6 airvision compact L
Filter porosity 40 μm
Effective bowl volume - filter bowl 10 cm³
- lubricator bowl 25 cm³
Dependence upon supply pressure < 5%
Reversing control hysteresis ~ 0,1 bar
Weight 700 g
Material - seals NBR
- housing zinc alloy
- filter element polyethylene
- plastic bowl polycarbonate
** measured at p1 = 8 bar, p2 = 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar *** oil delivery 10 droplets/min at 6 bar

Rates of flow p1 = p2 + 2bar Dimensions [mm]

p2 [bar] G 1/4
Connection threads G 1/8* G 1/4
12
A 126 120
10
8 B 162 162
6
C 40 40
4
2
E 65 65
G 190 190
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700
Q [Nl/min] M 75 75
N ø 40 ø 40
* inlet and outlet reduced (reductions with o-ring added loosely)

Recommended oil: Oil containers made of plastic (polycarbonate) are attacked by oil additives, anti-frost
or synthetic oils. We therefore recommend regular lubricating oils of approx. 22 bis 32 cSt at 40 °C (in the case
of striking tools up to 68 cSt). Metal containers should be used for other oils, especially for low-temperature
oils. Also recommended is a metal lubricator adjusting cap.

ewo Compressed air special oil

Oils see chapter 10
Container Order No.
Volume 1 litre 583
Volume 5 litre 583.1
Filter see page 16
Pressure regulator see page 17
Lubricator see page 18

6 Compressed Air Preparation – airvision compact L 21

 notes
6 airvision compact L

22 6 Compressed Air Preparation – airvision compact L

 Chapter 7 List of contents

Compressed Air Preparation - Stainless Steel

Filters Type 692 2

Filter pressure regulators Type 690 3

Pressure regulators Type 691 4

Couplings Safety coupling DN 7,2 5

Threaded connections Threaded fittings 6–9

Valves Ball valves 10

7 Stainless steel

7 Compressed Air Preparation – Stainless Steel 1

 Filters

Filters type 692 - G 1/4 – G 1

Compressed air filters serve to remove solid and liquid impurities (condensation water, pipe scaling, rust particles) from
the air in the working place. They protect the following components from dirt and abrasion. This filter has been
developed specially for high-demanding applications. Filter with bowl without sight glass, completely made of
stainless steel, therefore extremely robust. Suitable for compressed air, non-toxic gases and liquids.
Application area: Chemical industry, mineral oil processing, apparatus engineering.
Standard version: Order No.
With manual drain valve, filter porosity 50 μm Connection thread
Size G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1
I 692.221 692.231 - - -
II - - 692.261 692.281 -
III - - - - 692.291
Order key for all variants: for example:
692.x x x 692.221= with manual drain valve,
1 50 μm G 1/4 with 50 μm
2 25 μm filter porosity
3 5 μm
692.021
2 G 1/4 size I
3 G 3/8 size I
6 G 1/2 size II
8 G 3/4 size II
9 G1 size III
0 without drain valve
2 manual drain valve
Accessories
Mounting bracket Order No.
Suitable for size I 690-30
Suitable for size II 690-35
Suitable for size III 690-39

Technical data Size

I II III
Connection thread G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1
Nominal rates of flow (Nl/min)* 2100 3600 3600
Media compressed air, non-toxic gases, liquids
Filter porosity 5, 25 oder 50 μm
Max. pre-pressure (p1) 60 bar
7 Stainless steel

Temperature ranges with NBR sealings -20 °C - +80 °C

with EPDM sealings (optionally) -45 °C - +80 °C
with silicone sealings (optionally) -60 °C - +200 °C
Drain of condensate manually operated drain valve
Bowl capacity 0,11 l
Materials - Body stainless steel No. 1.4404 (AISI 316L)
- Bowl stainless steel No. 1.4404 (AISI 316L)
- Inner parts stainless steel No. 1.4404 (AISI 316L)
- Sealings NBR (for EPDM and silicone please indicate when ordering)
Weight (kg) 1,6 2,3 3,3
* measured at 10 bar, pre-pressure (p1) and Δp = 1 bar

Rates of flow [Nl/min]

Size I (G 1/4) Size II (G 1/2)

Dimensions [mm]
Size I II III
Connection G 1/4 , G 1/2, G 3/4,
thread G 3/8 G 3/4 G1 Mounting bracket Dimensions [mm]
Suitable for size I
A 112 111 145 Suitable for size II Suitable for size III

B 62 68 114
C 97 114 123
1 3 1 3
D G /4, G /8 G /2, G /4 G 1
E 62 68 88
F 20 22 36
H 28 32 34

2 7 Compressed Air Preparation – Stainless Steel

 Filter pressure regulators

Filter pressure regulators type 690 - G 1/4 – G 1

Filter and pressure regulator united in a space-saving model. This filter pressure regulator has been develo-
ped specially for high-demanding applications. Filter with bowl without sight glass, completely made of stain-
less steel, therefore extremely robust. Suitable for compressed air, non-toxic gases and liquids. Operating
pressure from 0 to 15 bar.
Application area: Chemical industry, mineral oil processing, apparatus engineering.

Standard version: Order No.

With manual drain valve, control range 0,5 – 8 bar Connection thread
Size G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1
I 690.423 690.433 - - -
II - - 690.463 690.483 -
III - - - - 690.493

Order key for all variants:

for example:
690.x x x 690.231= with manual drain valve
1 0,2 - 3 bar on bowl, G 3/8 with 690.423
3 0,5 - 8 bar control range (p2)
gauge, 0,2-3 bar
4 1,0 - 15 bar
2 G 1/4 size I
3 G 3/8 size I
6 G 1/2 size II
8 G 3/4 size II
9 G1 size III

2 Manual drain valve on the bowl, with gauge

4 Manual drain valve on the bowl, without gauge

Accessories
Gauge, ø 50, G 1/4 female thread Scale Order No.
0- 2,5 bar 140
0 - 6,0 bar 141
0 - 10,0bar 142
0 - 16,0 bar 143
0 - 25,0 bar 144
0 - 40,0 bar 145
Mounting bracket, suitable for size I, dimensions see page 2 690-30
140
Mounting bracket, suitable for size II, dimensions see page 2 690-35
Mounting bracket, suitable for size III,dimensions see page 2 690-39

7 Stainless steel
Technical data Size
I II III
Connection thread (optional NPT) G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1
Nominal rates of flow (Nl/min)* 4500 5500 5500
Regulating system Diaphragm
Adjustment by screw (hexagon socket screw with locknut)
Media compressed air, non-toxic gases, liquids
Relieving function reversible (secondary venting) (optionally: non-reversible,
without secondary venting, please indicate when ordering)
Filter porosity 5, 25 or 50 μm
Max. pre-pressure (p1) 60 bar
Temperature ranges with NBR sealings -20 °C - +80 °C
with EPDM sealings (optionally) -45 °C - +80 °C
with silicone sealings (optionally) -60 °C - +200 °C
Bowl capacity 0,11
Drain of condensate manually operated drain valve
Material - Body / bowl / inner parts / filter element Stainless steel No. 1.4404 (AISI 316L)
- Sealings / diaphragm NBR (for EPDM and silicone please indicate when ordering) Dimensions [mm]
Weight (kg) 1,6 2,3 4,2
Size I II III
* measured at 10 bar pre-pressure (p1), 6,3 bar secondary pressure (p2) and Δp = 1 bar
Connection G 1/4 , G 1/2, G 3/4,
thread G 3/8 G 3/4 G1
A 223 242 267
Rates of flow [Nl/min] B 62 68 114
Size I (G 1/4) Size II (G 1/2)
C 97 114 123
D G 1/4, G 3/8 G 1/2, G 3/4 G1
E 62 68 88
F 97 114 123
G 20 22 57
H 28 32 33
I 87 103 96

7 Compressed Air Preparation – Stainless Steel 3

 Pressure regulators

Pressure regulator type 691 - G 1/4 – G 1

The system pressure in a compressed air system varies according to the compressor size. Pressure regulators are
reducing this fluctuating line pressure (pressure p1) to the desired working pressure (outlet pressure p2) and main-
tain it largely constant. This pressure regulator has been developed specially for high-demanding applications.
Operating pressure from 0 to 15 bar. The pressure gauge can be mountet on both sides Note: To prevent the
system from dirt or breakdown, a filter should be installed at first step.
Application area: Chemical industry, mineral oil processing, apparatus engineering.

Standard version: Order No.

Without gauge, control range 0,5 – 8 bar Connection thread
Size G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1
I 691.423 691.433 - - -
II - - 691.463 691.483 -
III - - - - 691.493
Order key for all variants:
for example:
691.x x x 691.231= G 3/8 with gauge,
0 0,1 - 1,5 bar
691.423 1 0,2 - 3,0 bar 0,2-3 bar
3 0,5 - 8,0 bar control range (p2)
4 1,0 - 15,0 bar

2 G 1/4 size I
3 G 3/8 size I
6 G 1/2 size II
8 G 3/4 size II
9 G1 size III

2 with gauge
4 without gauge
Accessories
Gauge, ø 50, G 1/4 female Scale Order No.
0- 2,5 bar 140
0 - 6,0 bar 141
0 - 10,0 bar 142
0 - 16,0 bar 143
0 - 25,0 bar 144
0 - 40,0 bar 145
140 Mounting bracket, suitable for size I, dimensions see page 2 690-30
Mounting bracket, suitable for size II, dimensions see page 2 690-35
7 Stainless steel

Mounting bracket, suitable for size III, dimensions see page 2 690-39

Technical data Size

I II III
Connection thread (optional NPT) G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1
Nominal rates of flow (Nl/min)* 5000 6000 6000
Regulating system Diaphragm
Regulating range 0,3-3 / 0,5-8 / 0,5-17,2 bar or 4,4-44 / 7,2-116 / 7,2-250 psi
Adjustmen by screw (hexagon socket screw with locknut)
Media compressed air, non-toxic gases, liquids
Relieving function reversible (secondary venting) (optionally: non-reversible,
without secondary venting, please indicate when ordering)
Filter porosity 5, 25 or 50 μm
Max. pre-pressure (p1) 60 bar
Temperature ranges with NBR sealings -20 °C - +80 °C
with EPDM sealings (optionally) -45 °C - +80 °C
with silicone sealings (optionally) -60 °C - +200 °C
Dimensions [mm]
Bowl capacity 0,11
size I II III Drain of condensate manually operated drain valve
Connection G 1/4 , G 1/2, G 3/4, G Materials - Body / bowl / inner parts / filter element stainless steel No. 1.4404 (AISI 316L)
thread G 3/8 G 3/4 1 - Sealings / diaphragm NBR (for EPDM and silicone please indicate when ordering)
A 168 171 204 Weight (kg) 1,6 2,3 3,5
* measured at 10 bar pre-pressure (p1) 6,3 bar and Δp = 1 bar
B 62 68 114
C 41 43 59
Rates of flow [Nl/min]
D G 1/4, G 3/8 G 1/2, G 3/4 G1
Size I (G 1/4) Size II (G 1/2) Size III (G 1)
E 62 68 88
F 42 43 59
G 20 22 57
H 28 32 33
I 32 32 32

4 7 Compressed Air Preparation – Stainless Steel

 Safety Couplings

DN 7,4 Safety coupling with push-button,

swivel connector
This safety coupling (silicone-free) according ISO 4414 with a push-button avoids the so-called whip effect when the plug is decou-
pled. With the materials used, this high-quality coupling is characterized by stability and compactness. Safety Couplings with rotata-
ble connector (swivel joint) allow for fixed-mounted clutches that the push-button operation can be placed on the ergonomically
favorable position. Axis of rotation = 360°.

Handling:
Step 1: By a single actuation of the push button, the coupling is vented, the plug
is further secured in the sleeve.
Step 2: When the push button is pressed a second time, the connector is unlocked
and can be removed safely.

Connection thread Dimensions (mm) Order No.

W L i SW

Coupling
With male thread
G 1/4 70,5 6,5 21 413.201 413.221
G 3/8 70,0 7 21 413.221
G 1/2 72,5 8,5 25 413.241

With female thread

G 1/4 71,5 9 21 413.202
413.222
G 3/8 75,5 10 21 413.222
G 1/2 77,5 11 24 413.242

With hose connection

LW 6 88,5 25 21 413.223
413.224
LW 9 88,5 25 21 413.224
413.225

7 Stainless steel
LW 13 88,5 25 21

Connection thread Dimensions (mm) Order No.

W L SW

Plug
With male thread
413-054
G 1/4 33 17 413-053
G 3/8 33 19 413-054

With female thread

G 1/4 33 17 413-055 413-056
G 3/8 33 19 413-056

Technical data
Remark
Nominal rates of flow* 1.800 Nl/min (measured at 6 bar pre-pressure (p1) and Δp = 1 bar
Max. operating pressure (p1) 10 bar All DN 7,4 plugs are
Fluid and operating temperature -20 °C up to +150 °C compatible with all
Mounting position any (coupling preferably before plug in the direction of flow) DN 7,4, DN 7,2 and DN 7,8
Direction of flow any couplings.
Material - Housing inlet stainless steel 1.4404
- Button and valve stainless steel
- internal parts stainless steel
- Thread stainless steel
- Sealing material FKM

7 Compressed Air Preparation – Stainless Steel 5

 Threaded Connections

Threaded fittings
Material: Stainless steel 316L, material no. 1.4571
Internal thread: Cylindrical according to DIN ISO 228
External thread: Conical according to ISO 7-1

Hose spout with thread

Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.
thread NW D L
1
/8 6 6,0 36,7 650.00
1
/4 8 6,0 42,6 650.01
1
/4 8 9,0 41,3 654.53
3
/8 10 9,0 43,0 650.02
3
/8 10 11,0 42,7 654.55
3
/8 10 13,0 46,5 654.57
1
/2 15 11,0 47,6 650.03
1
/2 15 12,9 51,5 654.59
1
/2 15 14,0 54,6 654.60
3
/4 20 20,0 59,5 650.04
1 25 19,0 69,3 650.05
1 25 25,4 64,0 654.62
1 1/4 32 32,0 66,3 650.06
1 1/2 40 38,0 78,0 650.07
2 50 51,0 87,0 650.08

Double nipple with hexagon nut (male)

Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.
thread NW L SW
1
/8 6 29 12 650.09
1
/4 8 32 17 650.10
3
/8 10 36 12 650.11
1
/2 15 42 26 650.12
3
/4 20 46 32 650.13
1 25 52 38 650.14
1 1/4 32 56 46 650.15
7 Stainless steel

Reducer with hexagon nut (male)

Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.
thread NW L SW
1
/4 x 1/8 8x 6 15 16 650.36
3
/8 x 1/8 10 x 6 17 18 650.37
3
/8 x 1/4 10 x 8 17 18 650.38
1
/2 x 1/8 15 x 6 21 26 650.39
1
/2 x 1/4 15 x 8 21 26 650.40
1
/2 x 3/8 15 x 10 21 26 650.41
3
/4 x 1/4 20 x 8 24 30 650.42
3
/4 x 3/8 20 x 10 24 30 650.43
3
/4 x 1/2 20 x 15 24 30 650.44
1 x 1/4 25 x 8 27 35 650.45
1 x 3/8 25 x 10 27 35 650.46
1 x 1/2 25 x 15 27 35 650.47
1 x 3/4 25 x 20 27 35 650.48
1 1/4 x 3/8 32 x 10 30 45 650.49
1 1/4 x 1/2 32 x 15 30 45 650.50
1 1/4 x 3/4 32 x 20 30 45 650.51
1 1/4 x 1 32 x 25 30 45 650.52
1 1/2 x 1/2 40 x 15 38 52 650.53
1 1/2 x 3/4 40 x 20 38 52 650.54
1 1/2 x 1 40 x 25 38 52 650.55
1 1/2 x 1 1/4 40 x 32 38 52 650.56
2 x 1/2 50 x 25 36 63 650.59
2 x 3/4 50 x 15 36 63 650.57
2x1 50 x 20 36 63 650.58
2 x 1 1/4 50 x 32 36 63 650.60
2 x 1 1/2 50 x 40 36 63 650.61

6 7 Compressed Air Preparation – Stainless Steel

 Threaded Connections

Threaded fittings
Material: Stainless steel 316L, material no. 1.4571
Internal thread: Cylindrical according to DIN ISO 228
External thread: Conical according to ISO 7-1

Reducing nipple with hexagon nut (male)

Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.
thread NW L SW
1
/ 4 x 1 /8 8x 6 34 18 650.20
3
/ 8 x 1 /8 10 x 6 36 21 650.21
3
/ 8 x 1 /4 10 x 8 34 21 650.22
1
/ 2 x 1 /8 15 x 6 34 25 650.23
1
/ 2 x 1 /4 15 x 8 34 25 650.24
1
/ 2 x 3 /8 15 x 10 41 25 650.25
3
/ 4 x 1 /4 20 x 8 37 31 650.26
3
/ 4 x 3 /8 20 x 10 38 31 650.27
3
/ 4 x 1 /2 20 x 15 45 31 650.28
1 x 1/4 25 x 8 39 35 650.29
1 x 3/8 25 x 10 44 35 650.30
1 x 1/2 25 x 15 44 35 650.31
1 x 3/4 25 x 20 50 35 650.32
1 1/4 x 1/2 32 x 15 48 46 650.33
1 1/4 x 3/4 32 x 20 52 46 650.34
1 1/4 x 1 32 x 25 54 46 650.35
1 1/2 x 1/2 40 x 15 49 50 654.10
1 1/2 x 3/4 40 x 20 53 50 654.11
1 1/2 x 1 40 x 25 53 50 654.12
1 1/2 x 1 1/4 40 x 32 59 50 654.13
2 x 1/2 50 x 15 57 63 654.14
2 x 3/4 50 x 20 57 63 654.15
2x1 50 x 25 57 63 654.16
2 x 1 1/4 50 x 32 57 63 654.17
2 x 1 1/2 50 x 40 64 63 654.18

Hexagon cap with female thread and hexagon (male)

7 Stainless steel
Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.
thread NW L SW
1
/8 6 13 15 650.69
1
/4 8 17 18 650.70
3
/8 10 19 21 650.71
1
/2 15 20 27 650.72
3
/4 20 24 30 650.73
1 25 25 38 650.74

Hexagon plug
Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.
thread NW L SW
1
/8 6 21 12 650.80
1
/4 8 21 16 650.81
3
/8 10 22 20 650.82
1
/2 15 28 24 650.83
3
/4 20 30 30 650.84
1 25 32 38 650.85

Hexagon nut
Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.
thread NW L SW
1 651.11
/8 6 6 23
1 651.12
/4 8 8 23
3 651.13
/8 10 7 27
1 651.14
/2 15 8 32
3 651.15
/4 20 10 35
1 25 10 46 651.16
1 1/4 32 11 55 651.17

7 Compressed Air Preparation – Stainless Steel 7

 Threaded Connections

Threaded fittings
Material: Stainless steel 316L, material no. 1.4571
Internal thread: Cylindrical according to DIN ISO 228
External thread: Conical according to ISO 7-1

Reducing socket with female thread

Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.
thread NW L SW
1
/4 x 1/8 8x 6 26 - 651.22
3
/8 x 1/8 10 x 6 30 - 651.23
3
/8 x 1/4 10 x 8 30 - 651.24
1
/2 x 1/8 15 x 6 34 - 651.25
1
/2 x 1/4 15 x 8 34 - 651.26
1
/2 x 3/8 15 x 10 34 - 651.27
3
/4 x 1/4 20 x 8 37 - 651.28
3
/4 x 3/8 20 x 10 37 - 651.29
3
/4 x 1/2 20 x 15 37 - 651.30
1 x 1/4 25 x 8 43 - 651.31
1 x 3/8 25 x 10 43 - 651.32
1 x 1/2 25 x 15 43 - 651.33
1 x 3/4 25 x 20 43 - 651.34
1 1/4 x 1/2 32 x 15 48 - 651.35
1 1/4 x 3/4 32 x 20 48 - 651.36
1 1/4 x 1 32 x 25 53 - 651.37
1 1/2 x 1/2 40 x 15 53 - 651.38
1 1/2 x 3/4 40 x 20 53 - 651.39
1 1/2 x 1 40 x 25 53 - 651.40
1 1/2 x 1 1/4 40 x 32 53 - 651.41

Elbow 90° with female thread

Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.
thread NW L SW
1 651.55
/8 6 8 15
1 651.56
/4 8 14 18
3 651.57
/8 10 20 22
1 651.58
/2 15 26 27
7 Stainless steel

3 651.59
/4 20 32 35
1 25 38 42 651.60

Cross with female thread

Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.
thread NW L SW
1
/4 8 38 18 651.66
3
/8 10 46 21 651.67
1
/2 15 54 27 651.68
3
/4 20 64 33 651.69
1 25 76 42 651.70

Elbow 45° with female thread

Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.
thread NW L SW
1
/8 6 23 13 651.76
1
/4 8 32 21 651.77
3
/8 10 39 22 651.78
1
/2 15 45 28 651.79
3
/4 20 46 34 651.80
1 25 57 41 651.81

Street elbow with female/male thread

Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.
thread NW L SW
1
/8 6 18 - 651.87
1
/4 8 27 - 651.88
3
/8 10 27 - 651.89
1
/2 15 28 - 651.90
3
/4 20 33 - 651.91
1 25 37 - 651.92

8 7 Compressed Air Preparation – Stainless Steel

 Threaded Connections

Threaded fittings
Material: Stainless steel 316L, material no. 1.4571
Internal thread: Cylindrical according to DIN ISO 228
External thread: Conical according to ISO 7-1

Equal tee
Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.
thread NW L D
1
/8 6 14 14 651.98
1
/4 8 19 19 651.99
3
/8 10 22 22 652.00
1
/2 15 28 28 652.01
3
/4 20 35 35 652.02
1 25 42 42 652.03

Welding nipples
Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.
thread NW L D
1 652.18
/8 6 30 10
1 652.19
/4 8 30 13
3 652.20
/8 10 30 17
1 652.21
/2 15 35 21
3 652.22
/4 20 40 27
1 25 40 34 652.23
1 1/4 32 50 42 652.24
1 1/2 40 50 48 652.25
2 50 50 60 652.26

Barrel nipples
Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.
thread NW L D
1 652.40
/8 6 40 10

7 Stainless steel
1 652.41
/4 8 40 13
3 652.42
/8 10 40 17
1 652.43
/2 15 60 21
3 652.44
/4 20 60 27
1 25 60 34 652.45
1 1/4 32 80 42 652.46
1 1/2 40 80 48 652.47
2 50 100 60 652.48

Sockets
Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.
thread NW L D
1
/8 6 17 14 652.62
1
/4 8 25 17 652.63
3
/8 10 26 21 652.64
1
/2 15 34 26 652.65
3
/4 20 36 32 652.66
1 25 43 39 652.67
1 1/4 32 48 48 652.68
1 1/2 40 48 54 652.69
2 50 56 66 652.70

More threaded fittings made of brass see chapter 10, page 20 seq.

7 Compressed Air Preparation – Stainless Steel 9

 Valves

Ball valves
Stainless steel ball valves are used in applications where aggressive liquid or gaseous media needs in a pipe or hose system, the line
can be shut off. High general resistance to water and slightly polluted wastewater, food and organic acids.

Ball valve, one-piece

Reduced bore.
Max. operating pressure (p1):
G 1/4 - G 11/4 70 bar *
G 11/2 - G 2 50 bar *
* Pressure declarations are valid if liquid / gas temperature
corresponds to room temperature

AnschlussDimensions [mm] Gewicht Order No.

F C D E A [kg]
G 1/4 39 35 66 5 0,070 660.14
G 3/8 44 36 74 7 0,102 660.15
G 1/2 57 41 89 9 0,166 660.16
G 3/4 59 44 89 13 0,247 660.17
G1 71 51 105 16 0,412 660.18
G 1 1/4 78 56 105 20 0,627 660.19
G 1 1/2 83 64 130 24 0,838 660.20
G2 100 71 130 32 1,384 660.21

Ball valve, two-piece

Full bore.
Max. operating pressure (p1):
G 1/4 - G 1 95 bar *
G 11/4 - G 2 70 bar *
* Pressure declarations are valid if liquid / gas temperature
corresponds to room temperature
AnschlussDimensions [mm] Gewicht Order No.
F C D E A [kg]
G 1/ 4 49 51 95 12 0,250 660.22
G 3/8 49 51 95 13 0,260 660.23
G 1/2 57 53 95 15 0,450 660.24
7 Stainless steel

G 3/4 65 59 110 20 0,580 660.25

G1 78 73 135 25 1,000 660.26
G 1 1/4 91 78 135 32 1,450 660.27
G 1 1/2 105 91 165 38 2,150 660.28
G2 127 99 165 51 3,000 660.29

Ball valve, three-piece

Full bore.
Max. operating pressure (p1):
G 1/4 - G 1 95 bar *
* Pressure declarations are valid if liquid / gas temperature
corresponds to room temperature
Anschluss Dimensions [mm] Gewicht Order No.
F C D E A [kg]
1
/4 59 51 95 12 0,326 660.43
3
/8 59 51 95 13 0,306 660.44
1
/2 64 55 95 15 0,450 660.45
3
/4 75 59 110 20 0,646 660.46
1 86 73 135 25 0,948 660.47
11/4 100 80 140 32 1,530 660.48

Technical data
Connection thread: thread acc. to DIN 259 / 2999
Media: compressed air, fluids (please note material resistance)
Operating temperature: -20 °C bis +160 °C (pressure dependent)
Mounting position: any
Direction of flow: any
Material: - ball valve stainless steel No. 1.4408
- ball seat PTFE 15%
- seals PTFE
- lever protection PVC

More ball valves see chapter 11, page 8 seq.

10 7 Compressed Air Preparation – Stainless Steel

 Chapter 8 List of contents

Compressed Air Preparation - Drain Valves

Standardausführung:
Manual drain valves 2

Semi-automatic drain valves 2

Automatic drain valves Internal automatic drain valves 3

External automatic drain valves 3

Timer controlled external automatic drain valves 4

Electronic external automatic drain valves 4

External automatic drain valves – 20 bar 5

8 Drain Valves

8 Compressed Air Preparation – Drain Valves 1

 Manual drain valves, Semi-automatic drain valves

Manual drain valves

Manually operated drain valves are integrated as standard equipment in all filter bowls or filter-pressure-
regulator bowls. On plastic bowls or metal bowls with sight glass a plastic drain screw is used. A metal drain
screw is used on metal bowls without sight glass, but if desired it can be optionally screwed into any other bowl
with female port thread in place of the plastic drain screw.

423-207 275-41
Versions Suitable for Connection Order No.
Drain plug (plastic) with bowl insert Plastic- and metal bowl ø 14 423-207
with sight glass
Valve insert (metal) without bowl insert Metal bowl G 1/ 8 275-41
without sight glass

423-110 Spare parts Order No.

Drain plug (plastic) G 1/ 8 423-110

Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1) 25 bar
Operating temperature 0 °C up to +90 °C
Mounting position at lowest point of bowl
Nominal size for condensate DN 3
Manual operation through meaningful rotation: clockwise - closed / counter clockwise - opened
Tightening the nut max. 1,3 Nm

Remark:
To change the drainscrew (423-110) unscrew and pull firmly downwards.

Semi-automatic drain valve

Semi-automatic drain valves are open when there is no pressure (up to approx. 0,5 bar). At higher pressures
they are opened manually. They are thus used in all situations where at least during the night the compressed
air system is shut off and relieved. The manual operation is carried by pushing up the shell. A drainage tube
for condensate can be installed if necessary.
8 Drain Valves

Suitable for Connection Order No.

Plastic and metal bowls ø 14 495-100

495-100

Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1) 25 bar
Operating temperature 0 °C up to +90 °C
Closing pressure (valve open at lower pressure) ~ 0,5 bar
Closing pressure flow (air) 6 m³/h (100 l/min)
(= airflow required for reaching closing pressure)
Mounting position at lowest point of bowl
Nominal size for condensate DN 3,5
Condensate drain G1/8 internal thread
Manual operation push shell (knurled) upwards
(above 10 bar more force necessary)
Drain hose flexible
Tightening the nut max. 1,3 Nm

2 8 Compressed Air Preparation – Drain Valves

 Automatic drain valves

Internal automatic drain valve

Fully automatic built-in drain valves (ø24 mm) are suitable for installation in all plastic bowls with ø 14 mm hole
and an WZ 19 adaptor. The operating pressure range of the valves runs from approx. 1,5 to 12 bar. At pres-
sures below 1,5 bar the valve is open. Between 1,5 and 12 bar when a certain condensation level is reached,
a float activates a pneumatic servo valve and the drain valve is opened. Emergency manual operation is
effected by pushing up the red ring.

Connection Order No.

ø 14 441.1

Accessories Order No.

Quiet disk for airvision bowls size I 419-80
Quiet disk for airvision and variobloc bowls size II 419-81

Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1) 12 bar
Critical range 10 to 12 bar
Operating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °C
Min. operating pressure (opened at lower pressure) ~ 1 bar
Closing pressure flow (air) 7,5 m³/h (125 l/min)
(= airflow required for reaching closing pressure)
Mounting position vertically facing downwards
Nominal size for condensate DN 4
Manual emergency operation push red disk upwards
Darin hose 5 mm flexible
Tightening the nut max. 1,3 Nm

Remark:
Mounting on pressure tanks or water pockets without significant pressure variation not recommended
because proper function cannot always be guaranteed (water doesn´t flow into the valve).

External automatic drain valve

Fully automatic drain valves can be fitted on all filters or filter pressure regulators in the ewo-programme instead
of manually operated or semi-automatic ones. On bowls with G 1/8 female thread the installation is possible at
any time. The working pressure range runs from about 4 bar to 16 bar. At pressures below 4 bar the valve is
closed and the automatic function turned off. Between 4 and 16 bar when a certain condensation level is rea-
ched, a float activates a pneumatic servo valve and the drain valve is opened. After brief draining the valve clo-
ses again. Emergency manual operation is carried out by pressing in a horizontally protruding pin.

8 Drain Valves
Model Versions Connection Order No.
External automatic drain valve A housing and hood brass G 1/ 8 5370.3
housing PA, hood brass G 1/ 8 5370.4
External automatic drain valve B float gauge in sight G 1/ 8 441.11

Remark:
5370.4 441.11
Mounting on pressure tanks or water pockets without significant pressure variation not recommended
because proper function cannot always be guaranteed (water doesn´t flow into the valve).

Technical data
Drain valve A Drain valve B
Max. operating pressure (p1) 16 bar 12 bar
Operating temperature 0 °C up to +90 °C 0 °C up to +50 °C
Min. operating pressure ~ 4 bar ~ 1 bar
at lower pressure closed open
Mounting position vertically facing downwards vertically facing downwards
Nominal size for condensate DN 4 DN 4
Manual emergency operation press pin in push red disk upwards
(above 6 bar harder to press)
Condensate drain G 1/4 - female thread 5 mm flexible

8 Compressed Air Preparation – Drain Valves 3

 Automatic drain valves, electronic

External timer controlled drain valve

Timer controlled external-automatic drain valve (solenoid). The condensate drain adjusted frequency control-
led or individually timed. No moving parts. Reliable operating without clogging and unsensible to outside con-
ditions. Test button, warning LED light for condense disposal phase.

Connection Order No.

230 V AC 5370.100

Technical data
Min. / max. operating pressure (p1) 0 - 16 bar
Min. / max. operating temperature 1,5 °C up to 65 °C
Input connection G 1/ 2
Output connection G 1/ 4
Output pipe diameter 6 - 8 mm
Capacity at 10 bar 0,2 - 114 l/h
Opening time 0,5 - 6 sek.
Interval time 0,5 - 30 min.
Electrical connection
voltage AC 230 V +/-10 %
frequency 50 - 60 Hz
power 18 W
protection IP 54
cable 3 x 0,75 mm²
Weight 560 g

External electronic drain valve

Electronic drain valve of the new generation is used for the automatic discharge of accumulated condensate
from compressed air systems. The basic principle is contactless measurement of accumulated condensate
which is the discharged without the loss of valuable compressed air.
Condensate flow constantly flushes debris out of the valve. Thats why uninterrupted operating is guaranteed.
Incorrect plunger position is first sign of debris blocking the valve. By detecting incorrect position, blocked
8 Drain Valves

plunger release procedure is started. This procedure assures safety and reliable plunger operating. No staff
intervention is needed. This procedure starts automatically.
The housing is made of aluminum with plastic cover, which protects electronics inside the device from outside
harmful conditions.
Robust aluminum housing eloxated, integrated filter mesh, compact design, two-way connections, contact-
less measuring, direct acting self cleaning valve (patented), blocked plunger release procedure, operating dia-
gnostic monitoring, test button, warning LED light for drain operating and alarm.

Connection Order No.

230 V AC 5370.200

Technical data
Min. / max. operating pressure (p1) 0 - 16 bar
Min. / max. operating temperature 1,5 °C up to 65 °C
Inlet connection G 1/2i (top)
Alternative: inlet connection G 1/2 (backside down and vent up)
Outlet connection G 1/8
Drain capacity at 7 bar 15 l/h
Volume 0,15 l
Electrical connection - voltage AC 230 V +/-10 %
- frequency 50 - 60 Hz
- power 24 VA
- protection IP 54
- cable 3 x 0,75 mm²
Material - housing aluminum anodized
- cover plastic
Weight 900 g

4 8 Compressed Air Preparation – Drain Valves

 Automatic drain valves

External automatic drain valve – 20 bar

The external automatic drain valve is used larger amounts of condensate (up to 300 l/h) must be automatically
discharged from filters, pressure vessels and cyclone seperators. It ensures reliable operating up to 20 bar.
When the condensate exceeds the discharge level, the float rises, opens the discharge aperture and dischar-
ges condensate from the system. No power supply required.
A manual drain plug is available.
To optimize performance, we recommend the installation of the inlet nipple, especially when they are incurred
higher flowrates!

Version Order No.

Up to 20 bar operating pressure 5370.300

Accessories Order No.

Inlet nipple 5370-301

Technical data
Min. / max. operating pressure (p1) 0 - 20 bar
Min. / max. operating temperature 1,5 °C up to 65 °C
Input connection G 1/2
Output connection G 1/2
Capacity to 300 l/h
Material - housing aluminum alloy
- o-ring resistant to conventional compressor oils
Weight 680 g

Adapter kit for external drain valves

8 Drain Valves
For installation into the ewo condensate bowl.
This G 1/2 connection is needed for mounting the external drain valve to the ewo condensate bowls (except
all metal bowls of our standard line.
Suitable for Order No.
Drain valve with G 1/2 female 5370-400
Drain valve with G 1/2 male Sleeve 185.113 is necessary. 5370-400
Don´t forget to order! + 185.113

8 Compressed Air Preparation – Drain Valves 5

 notes
8 Drain Valves

6 8 Compressed Air Preparation – Drain Valves

 Chapter 9 List of Contents

Flow Meter
Flow meter for compressed air and gases model 840 2

Model 840 - Functions and advantages 3

9 Flow meter

9 Flow Meter 1
 Flow meter for compressed air and gases

Flow meter model 840

The flow meter type 840 works according to the approved calorimetric measuring principle: In this process a
heated sensor is cooled down by the gas circulating around it. The flowdependent cooling-down is used as a
measuring effect while the degree of cooling-down is directly depending on the passing air resp. gas mass.
Therefore, an additional pressure and temperature compensation is not necessary.
Due to its compact design it is possible to monitor all compressed air systems from the compressor to the
smallest compressed air tool (1/4 inch to 2 inch) with the flow meter type 840. This device is designed for
compressed air and nitrogen. For other gases like oxygen, carbon dioxide, argon, nitrous oxide more types
are available on request.
The installation can be done easily and quickly. A special advantage is the removable measuring device: The
measuring device can be demounted quickly and easily for calibration or cleaning purposes without removing
the complete measuring section.

Order key:
840.x x x
measuring range (compressed air) for example: 840.123 =
20 - R 1/4 0,8 - 90 l/min 16 bar, R 1, 0,5 - 290 m³/h
21 - R 1/2 0,2 - 90 m³/h
22 - R 3/4 0,3 - 170 m³/h
23 - R1 0,5 - 290 m³/h
26 - R 1 1/4 0,7 - 480 m³/h
28 - R 1 1/2 1,0 - 550 m³/h
29 - R2 2,0 - 900 m³/h

1 - up to 16 bar
4 - up to 40 bar

Application range
 Compressed air balancing, compressed air consumption measurement
 Leakage air / leak rate determination
 Mobile compressed air measurement in front of single machines/plants
 Flow measurement of process gases like e. g. nitrogen, CO2, oxygen, argon, nitrous oxide
 Flow measurement at nitrogen generators

Accessories Order No.

Closing cap for mearuring section, aluminium 840-210
Mains unit 100-240 VAC / 24 VDC, 0,35 A, cable 2 m 840-212

Technical data
Connection thread measuring section* R 1/4, R 1/2, R 3/4, R 1, R 1 1/4, R 1 1/2, R 2
Parameters
- with compressed air m³/h, l/min (DIN 1945, ISO 1217 - 1000 mbar, 20 °C)
- with gases Nm³/h, Nl/min (DIN 1343 - 1013,25 mbar, 0 °C)
Adjustable via keypad m³/h, m³/min, l/min, l/s, ft/min, cfm, m/s, kg/h, kg/min
Measuring principle calorimetric measuring
Sensor 2 x silicon chip
Measuring medium air, nitrogen
9 Flow meter

gas types upon request: argon, CO2, oxygen, nitrous oxide

Measuring range see table
Accuracy ±1,5 % of measurement value, ±0,05 % of end value
upon request: special calibration via 5 point-ISO-calibration certificate
Compressed air counter up to 1.999.999.999 m³, resettable to "zero" via keypad
Operating temperature -30 up to +80 °C
Max. operating pressure p1 up to 16 bar (as option up to 40 bar)
Analogue output 4 - 20 mA for m³/h or l/min
Pulse output 1 pulse per m³ resp. per liter, galvanically separated
PC connection SDI interface
Power supply 24 V DC smoothed ±15 %
Burden <500 Ohm
Material
- housing polycarbonate
- measuring section stainless steel 1.4301 (16 bar)
stainless steel 1.4404 (40 bar)
Waste electrical and electronic equipment WEEE reg. No. DE51604370
* DIN EN 10226 (ISO 7-1)

2 9 Flow Meter
 Flow meter for compressed air and gases

Model 840 - Functions and advantages

Application-technological features:
Your advantages at a glance

4 - 20 mA Analogue output for actual consumption Complete display head twistable by 180°
e. g. in case of reversed direction of flow
Pulse output for total consumption (counter
reading), galvanically separated Display:
 Shows 2 values: Actual consumption in m³/h,

l/min,...and Total consumption (counter reading)

Easy and affordable installation in m³, l e. g. in case of overhead installation
 Display (numbers) can be turned upside

down, e. g. in case of overhead installation

Measuring device removable
Dismounting of the whole measuring sec-
tion is not necessary, no bypass required. Gas types adjustable via software (nitrogen,
oxygen, CO2, nitrous oxide, argon)

Negligibly small loss of pressure

At the touch of a button:
Reset of counter reading and
selection of units (m³/h, m³/min,
High measuring accuracy due l/min, l/s, kg/h, kg/min, kg/s, cfm)
to defined measuring section (inlet
and outlet section), also in the lower
measuring range (ideal for leakage
measurement)

Calorimetric measuring principle,

no additional pressure and temperature
measurement necessary, no mechanically
moved parts

9 Flow meter

Dimensions [mm]
Connection Outer pipe dia. Inner pipe dia. Measuring range L L1 H H1 A
R 1/4 DN 8 Ø 13,7 Ø 8,5 194 137 174,7 165,7 15
R 1/2 DN 15 Ø 21,3 Ø 16,1 300 210 176,4 165,7 20
R 3/4 DN 20 Ø 26,9 Ø 21,7 475 275 179,2 165,7 20
R1 DN 25 Ø 33,7 Ø 27,3 475 275 182,6 165,7 25
R 1 1/4 DN 32 Ø 42,4 Ø 36,8 475 275 186,9 165,7 25
R 1 1/2 DN 40 Ø 48,3 Ø 41,8 475* 275 189,9 165,7 25
R2 DN 50 Ø 60,3 Ø 53,1 475* 275 195,9 165,7 30
*Attention: Shortened inlet section! Please observe the recommended minimum inlet section (length = 10 x inner diameter) on site.

9 Flow Meter 3
 Notes
9 Flow meter

4 9 Flow Meter
 Chapter 10 List of contents

Compressed Air Accessories I

Couplings, Threaded connections
Couplings DN 2,7 Micro-couplings and plugs 2
DN 5 Mini couplings and plugs 3
DN 5,5 Couplings with ORION profil 4
DN 5,5 Multi-couplings and plugs 5
DN 5,5 Safety couplings with push-button, rotatable, ARO profile 6
DN 7,2 Standard couplings and plugs, brass 7
DN 7,2 Standard couplings and plugs, brass, both sides shut-off 8
DN 7,2 Backflow dampers, ball swivel connectors, two and three way distributors 9
DN 7,2 Standard couplings, steel, steel plugs with euro profile 10
DN 7,4 Safety couplings with push-button; with push-button and swivel connector 11
DN 7,4 Safety couplings with push-button, swivel connector, stainless steel 12
DN 7,8 Safety couplings 13
DN 7,8 High flow couplings; high flow couplings with NPT thread 14
DN 10 Couplings and plugs 15
DN 12 Garage couplings and plugs 16
GEKA couplings 17
Threaded connections Threaded fittings 18 – 21
Hose connections (brass) 22 – 23
High speed connections 24 – 28
Rapid-action screw-fittings for plastic hose 29 – 30

10 Compr. Air Acc. I

Couplings etc.

10 Compressed Air Accessories I – Couplings, Threaded Connections 1

 Couplings

DN 2,7 Micro-couplings and plugs

One side sealing one-handed quick release with extremely small dimensions and high pass at low pressure drop. Brass nickel-plated.

Connection Dimensions (mm) Order No.

W L L2 SW

Couplings
With male thread
M5 26 5 9 310.001
G 1/8 28 7 11 310.101
310.101

With female thread

M5 25 5 9 310.002
G 1/8 28 7 12 310.102

310.102

With hose connection

LW 3 35 13 - 310.105
LW 4 35 13 - 310.103
310.105

With rapid-action screw-fitting

4x3 34 7 9 310.084
5x3 34 7 9 310.094
6x4 34 7 9 310.104
310.084

Plugs
With male thread
M5 18 5 7 310-010
G 1/8 20 7 11 310-020
310-020

With female thread

M5 17 5 7 310-021
G 1/8 18 7 12 310-030

310-030
With hose connection
LW 3 24 13 - 310-048
LW 4 24 13 - 310-049

310-048 With rapid-action screw-fitting

4x3 7 25 7 310.184
5x3 7 25 7 310.194
6x4 5,8 24 - 310.204

310.184
Acc. I
etc.
Acc.
Couplingsetc.
Air.Air
Couplings
Compr.
10Comp.

Technical data
Nominal rates of flow* 210 Nl/min
10

Max. operating pressure (p1) 16 bar (PN 35)

Remark (at pressures above 35 bar connecting and disconnecting not possible)
All DN 2,7 plugs are Min. operating pressure (p1) 1 bar
compatible with all Operating temperature -20 °C up to +100 °C
DN 2,7 couplings. Mounting position any (coupling preferably before plug in the direction of flow)
Direction of flow any
Compatible with: Material - housing / cover brass nickel-plated
Rectus 20KA - seals NBR
- springs V2A
* Measured at 6 bar pre-pressure (p1) and Δp = 1 bar

2 10 Compressed Air Accessories I – Couplings, Threaded Connections

 Couplings

DN 5 Mini couplings and plugs

One-hand-operation, rapid-action coupling with ball lock. Shut-off valve in the coupling, automatically unlocked when coupled. Without non-
return valve in the plug. Brass nickel-plated.

Connection Dimensions (mm) Order No.

W L i SW

Couplings
With male thread
G 1/8 36 7 14 320.101
G 1/4 38 9 17 320.111 320.111

With female thread

G 1/8 37 6 14 320.102
G 1/4 38 8 17 320.112
320.102

With hose connection

LW 4 47 17 14 320.103
LW 6 47 17 14 320.113 320.103

With rapid-action screw-fitting

6 x 4 M 10 x 1 43 7 14 320.104
8 x 6 M 12 x 1 43 7 14 320.114
320.104

Plugs
With male thread
G 1/8 28 6 14 320-020
G 1/4 28 8 17 320-021
310-021

With female thread

G 1/8 25 6 14 320-030
G 1/4 26 8 17 320-031
320-031

With hose connection

LW 4 33 18 - 320-049
LW 6 33 18 - 320-050

320-050

With rapid-action screw-fitting

6 x 4 M 10 x 1 33 7 14 320.204
8 x 6 M 12 x 1 33 7 14 320.214
Undetachable seal rings see page 30.
10 Compr. Air Acc. I

320.214
Couplings etc.

Technical data
Nominal rates of flow* 500 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) 16 bar (PN 35) Remark
(at pressures above 35 bar connecting and disconnecting not possible)
All DN 5 plugs are
Min. operating pressure (p1) 1 bar
compatible with all
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °C
DN 5 couplings.
Mounting position any (coupling preferably before plug in the direction of flow)
Compatible with:
Direction of flow any
Rectus 21KA
Material - housing / cover brass nickel-plated/ brass bright (discontinued model)
- seals NBR
- springs V2A
* Measured at 6 bar pre-pressure (p1) and Δp = 1 bar

10 Compressed Air Accessories I – Couplings, Threaded Connections 3

 Couplings

DN 5,5 Couplings with ORION profile

Industrial coupling with high flow performance. Especially suitable for use with gaseous media in the industry. Brass nickel-plated.

Connection Dimensions (mm) Order No.

W L SW

Couplings
With male thread
G 1/4 46,5 22 314.001
314.021 G 3/8 47,5 22 314.021

With female thread

G 1/4 44,5 22 314.002
G 3/8 47,5 22 314.022
314.022

With hose connection

LW 7 57,6 21 314.023
LW 9 57,6 22 314.026
314.023 LW 10 57,6 24 314.027

Plugs
Suitable plugs see right page (312-xxx).

Remark
All plugs of the 312-xxx series are compatible with all DN 5,5 couplings.

Technical data
Nominal rates of flow* 820 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) 15 bar (PN 35)
(at pressures above 35 bar connecting and disconnecting not possible)
Min. operating pressure (p1) 1 bar
Recommended operating pressure (p2) 10 bar
Operating temperature -20 °C up to +80 °C
Mounting position any (coupling preferably before plug in the direction of flow)
Direction of flow any
Material - housing / cover brass nickel-plated
10 Compr. Air Acc. I

- seals NBR
Couplings etc.

- springs, circlip stainless steel 1.4301

- balls steel
* Measured at 6 bar pre-pressure (p1) and Δp = 1 bar

4 10 Compressed Air Accessories I – Couplings, Threaded Connections

 Couplings

DN 5,5 Multi couplings and plugs

Industrial coupling with high flow performance. Especially suitable for use with gaseous media in the industry. Brass nickel-plated.

Connection Dimensions (mm) Order No.

W L SW

Couplings
With male thread
G 1/4 55 19 312.001
G 3/8 55 19 312.021
G 1/2 55 19 312.041 312.021

With female thread

G 1/4 53 19 312.002
G 3/8 58 19 312.022
G 1/2 58 24 312.042
312.042
With hose connection
LW 6 67 19 312.023
LW 8 67 19 312.026
LW 9 67 19 312.024
LW 10 67 19 312.027
LW 13 67 19 312.025
312.026
With rapid-action screw-fitting
8x6 57 19 312.114
10 x 8 62 19 312.124
With rapid-action screw-fitting + Knickschutz
8x6 130 19 312.164
10 x 8 135 19 312.174 312.114

Plugs
With male thread
G 1/4 38 17 312-053
G 3/8 38 19 312-054
312-054
G 1/2 40 24 312-057

With female thread

G 1/4 38 17 312-055
G 3/8 38 19 312-056
G 1/2 40 24 312-058
312-056
With hose connection
LW 6 51 - 312-050
LW 8 51 - 312-075
LW 10 51 - 312-076
LW 13 51 - 312-052
312-050
10 Compr. Air Acc. I
Couplings etc.

Technical data Remark

Nominal rates of flow* 700 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) 16 bar (PN 35) All plugs of the 312-xxx
(at pressures above 35 bar connecting and disconnecting not possible) series are compatible with
Min. operating pressure (p1) 1 bar all DN 5,5 couplings.
Operating temperature -20 °C up to +100 °C Compatible with:
Mounting position any (coupling preferably before plug in the direction of flow) ARO 210
Direction of flow any CEJN 300
Material - housing / cover brass nickel-plated ewo 308
- seals NBR JWL 522 + JWL 532
- springs, circlip stainless steel 1.4310 ORION 44510
- balls stainless steel 1.4034 PARKER 50
* Measured at 6 bar pre-pressure (p1) and Δp = 1 bar RECTUS 14, 22 + 26

10 Compressed Air Accessories I – Couplings, Threaded Connections 5

 Couplings

DN 5,5 Safety couplings with push-button,

rotatable, with ARO profile
This safety coupling according ISO 4414 with a push-button avoids the so-called whip effect when the plug is decoupled. With the
materials used, this high-quality coupling is characterized by stability and compactness. Couplings with a rotatable connection allow
to bring the push-button into the desired position, when the coupling itself is permanently installed. The coupling is free of silicone!
Handling:
Step 1: By a single actuation of the push-button, the coupling is vented, the plug
is further secured in the sleeve.
Step 2: When the push-button is pressed a second time, the connector is unlocked
and can be removed safely.

Connection Dimensions (mm) Order No.

W L SW

Couplings
With male thread
G 1/4 76 20 414.201
G 3/8 76 20 414.221
414.221 G 1/2 81 20 414.241

With female thread

G 1/4 75 20 414.202
G 3/8 77 20 414.222
414.222 G 1/2 79 20 414.242

With hose connection

LW 6 88,5 21 414.223
414.223 LW 9 88,5 21 414.224
LW 13 88,5 21 414.225

Plugs
Suitable plugs see page 5 (312-xxx).

Remark
All plugs of the 312-xxx series are compatible with all DN 5,5 couplings.
10 Compr. Air Acc. I

Technical data
Couplings etc.

Nominal rates of flow* 1.000 Nl/min

Max. operating pressure (p1) 10 bar
Operating temperature -20 °C up to +150 °C
Mounting position any (coupling preferably before plug in the direction of flow)
Direction of flow any
Material - housing entry brass nickel-plated
- housing middle aluminium eloxiert
- housing outlet steel galvanized
- seals NBR
- springs stainless steel 1.4310
- balls stainless steel 1.4034
- plug brass nickel-plated
* Measured at 6 bar pre-pressure (p1) and Δp = 1 bar

6 10 Compressed Air Accessories I – Couplings, Threaded Connections

 Couplings

DN 7,2 Standard couplings and plugs

One-hand-operation, rapid-action coupling with needle lock and non return valve. Shut-off valve in the coupling, automatically
unlocked when coupled. Plug is without non-return valve. Brass. Optional available in nickel plated brass.

Connection Dimensions (mm) Order No.

W L i SW

Couplings
With male thread
G 1/8 41 9 21 308.028*
G 1/4 41 9 21 308.001*
G 3/8 41 9 21 308.021* 308.021
G 1/2 42,5 10,5 21 308.041*
G 1/2 45 10,5 24 308.081*
M 14 x 1,5 41 9 21 308.814
M 16 x 1,5 41 9 21 308.816
M 18 x 1,5 41 9 21 308.818
With female thread
G 1/8 41 8 21 308.029
G 1/4 41 8 21 308.002
G 3/8 41 9 21 308.022 308.022
G 1/2 43 10 24 308.042
M 14 x 1,5 43 9 21 308.824
M 16 x 1,5 43 9 21 308.826
M 18 x 1,5 43 9 21 308.828
With hose connection
LW 6 57 25 21 308.023
LW 8 57 25 21 308.026
LW 9 57 25 21 308.024
LW 10 57 25 21 308.027
LW 13 57 25 21 308.025 308.023
* As additional option as self-sealing type (with seal-ring or with coated thread)
available! Order key: Order No. with addition D, i. e. 308.028D
Undetachable seal ring see page 30
Plugs
With male thread
G 1/8 31 7 14 308-061*
G 1/4 33 9 17 308-053*
308-053
G 3/8 33 9 19 308-054*
G 1/2 35 10 24 308-057*
With female thread
G 1/8 30 6 14 308-062
G 1/4 33 9 17 308-055
G 3/8 33 9 19 308-056 308-055
G 1/2 33 9 24 308-058
With hose connection
LW 4 45 25 - 308-074
LW 6 45 25 - 308-050
LW 8 45 25 - 308-075
LW 9 45 25 - 308-051 308-050
LW 10 45 25 - 308-076
LW 13 45 25 - 308-052
With rapid-action screw-fitting
6 x 4 mm 38 13 14 308.700
10 Compr. Air Acc. I
Couplings etc.

8 x 6 mm 38 13 14 308.720 308.700
10 x 8 mm 42 17 17 308.740

Technical data
Nominal rates of flow acc. to ISO 6358 1.500 Nl/min (p1 = 6 bar, Δp = 1 bar) Remark
Flow medium compressed air pre-filtered with 40 μm
Max. operating pressure (p1) 16 bar All plugs of the 308 series
Temperature range -10 °C up to +90 °C are compatibel with all
Mounting position any DN 7,2 and DN 7,8
Direction of flow preferably coupling before plug couplings.
Material - coupling / plug brass
- seals NBR
- springs spring steel
- rolls stainless steel
Packaging units with 5 / 10 / 50 pieces

10 Compressed Air Accessories I – Couplings, Threaded Connections 7

 Couplings

DN 7,2 Standard couplings and plugs –

both sides shut-off
Both sides shut-off one-hand coupling with roll locking mechanism. Non-return valve in the coupling and in the plug, unlocked when
coupled. After disconnect the connection stops the flow in both the coupling and the plug. The medium remains in both connecting
lines in the system, the pressure is not reduced and remains constant. Brass.

Connection Dimensions (mm) Order No.

W L i SW

Couplings
With male thread
G 1/8 41 9 21 308.211
G 1/4 41 9 21 308.212
308.212 G 3/8 41 9 21 308.213
G 1/2 42,5 10,5 21 308.214
M 14 x 1,5 41 9 21 308.215
M 16 x 1,5 41 9 21 308.216
M 18 x 1,5 41 9 21 308.217

With female thread

G 1/8 41 8 21 308.301
G 1/4 41 8 21 308.302
G 3/8 41 8 21 308.303
308.302 G 1/2 43 10 24 308.304
M 14 x 1,5 43 9 21 308.305
M 16 x 1,5 43 9 21 308.306
M 18 x 1,5 43 9 21 308.307

With hose connection

LW 6 57 25 21 308.401
LW 8 57 25 21 308.402
LW 9 57 25 21 308.403
LW 10 57 25 21 308.404
308.402 LW 13 57 25 21 308.405

Plugs
With male thread
G 1/8 43 9 21 308.501
G 1/4 43 9 21 308.502
308.502 G 3/8 43 9 21 308.503
G 1/2 44,5 10,5 21 308.504
M 14 x 1,5 43 9 21 308.505
M 16 x 1,5 43 9 21 308.506
M 18 x 1,5 43 9 21 308.507
With female thread
G 1/8 43 8 21 308.601
G 1/4 43 8 21 308.602
G 3/8 44 8 21 308.603
308.602 G 1/2 45 10 24 308.604
M 14 x 1,5 45 9 21 308.605
M 16 x 1,5 45 9 21 308.606
M 18 x 1,5 45 9 21 308.607
With hose connection
LW 6 59 25 21 308.701
10 Compr. Air Acc. I

LW 8 59 25 21 308.702
Couplings etc.

LW 9 59 25 21 308.703
LW 10 59 25 21 308.704
308.701 LW 13 59 25 21 308.705

Technical data
Remark Nominal rates of flow ISO 6358 675 Nl/min (p1 = 6 bar, Δp = 1 bar)
Flow medium compressed air pre-filtered with 40 μm
Max. operating pressure (p1) 16 bar
All plugs of the 308 series
Temperature range -10 °C up to +90 °C
are compatibel with all
Mounting position any
DN 7,2 and DN 7,8
Direction of flow preferably coupling before plug
couplings.
Material - coupling / plug brass
- seals NBR
- springs spring steel
- rolls stainless steel

8 10 Compressed Air Accessories I – Couplings, Threaded Connections

 Couplings

DN 7,2 Backflow dampers

Backflow dampers avoid the so-called whipflash effect by gentle ventilation when disconnecting. Brass.

Connection W Order No.

LW 6 308.810
LW 8 308.820
LW 9 308.830
LW 10 308.840
LW 13 308.850 308.830

DN 7,2 Ball swivel connectors

Reliably prevents kinking, crushing and rotational loads. With a 360 ° rotation axis and the pivot connection 30 °,
the efficiency and flexibility of installation to increase particularly in pneumatic tools.
This swivel connectors are suitable for percussive tools such as pneumatic wrenches or pneumatic nailer.

Connection Dimensions Order No.

W Length (mm)
With male thread
G 1/4 54,7 308-453
G 3/8 54,7 308-454 308-453
G 1/2 56,7 308-457

With female thread

G 1/4 54,7 308-455
G 3/8 54,7 308-456
G 1/2 56,7 308-458 308-455

Technical data
Nominal rates of flow ISO 6358 1.000 Nl/min (p1 = 6 bar, Δp = 1 bar) Remark
Max. operating pressure (p1) 25 bar
Operating pressure (p1) 10 bar All DN 7,2 plugs are
Fluid and ambient temperature -20 °C up to +80 °C compatible with all
Mounting position any DN 7,2 and DN 7,8
Direction of flow preferably coupling before plug couplings
Material steel nickel plated

DN 7,2 Rapid-action coupling – distributors

One-hand-operation, rapid-action coupling with needle lock and non return valve. Shut-off valve in the coupling, automatically
unlocked when coupled. Plug is without non-return valve. Made of brass. Brass distributor with steel couplings for use in situations
subject to heavy wear.
Connection Order No.
W Brass Steel
couplings couplings

Two way distributors with male thread

G 1/4 128.006 -
G 3/8 128.007 -
G 1/2 128.008 - 128.007

Two way distributors with female thread

G 1/4 128.003 -
G 3/8 128.004 128.104
G 1/2 128.005 -
128.004
10 Compr. Air Acc. I
Couplings etc.

Three way distributors with male thread 128.057

G 1/4 128.056 -
G 3/8 128.057 -
G 1/2 128.058 -
Three way distributors with female thread
G 1/4 128.053 - 128.054
G 3/8 128.054 128.154
G 1/2 128.505 128.155

10 Compressed Air Accessories I – Couplings, Threaded Connections 9

 Couplings

DN 7,2 Standard couplings and plugs – steel

One-hand-operation, rapid-action coupling with needle lock and non return valve. Shut-off valve in the coupling, automatically
unlocked when coupled. Plug is without non-return valve. Steel couplings for use in situations subject to heavy wear.

Connection Dimensions (mm) Order No.

W L SW

Couplings
With male thread
308.121 G 1/8 41 21 308.128
G 1/4 41 21 308.101
G 3/8 41 21 308.121
G 1/2 41 21 308.141
With female thread
G 1/8 41 21 308.129
G 1/4 41 21 308.102
308.122
G 3/8 41 21 308.122
G 1/2 43 24 308.142
With hose connection
LW 6 57 21 308.123
LW 8 57 21 308.126
LW 9 57 21 308.124
308.123 LW 10 57 21 308.127
LW 13 57 21 308.125

Plugs with Euro profile

Steel coupling plugs are characterized by longer shelf-life compared to brass coup-
ling connections. Recommended for use with safety couplings and clutches high flow
types 476 / 455 / 411. (see following pages).

With male thread

G 1/4 33 17 308-153
G 3/8 33 19 308-154
308-154 G 1/2 33 24 308-157

With female thread

G 1/4 33 17 308-155
G 3/8 33 19 308-156
G 1/2 33 24 308-158
308-156

With hose connection

LW 4 45 - 308-174
LW 6 45 - 308-150
LW 8 45 - 308-175
LW 9 45 - 308-151
308-150 LW 10 45 - 308-176
LW 13 45 - 308-152
10 Compr. Air Acc. I
Couplings etc.

Technical data
Remark Nominal rates of flow ISO 6358 1.300 Nl/min (p1 = 6 bar, Δp = 1 bar)
Flow medium compressed air pre-filtered with 40 μm
All DN 7,2 plugs are Max. operating pressure (p1) 16 bar
compatible with all Temperature range -10 °C up to +90 °C
DN 7,2, DN 7,4 and DN 7,8 Mounting position any
couplings. Direction of flow preferably coupling before plug
Material - coupling steel
- plug steel galvanized
- seals NBR
- springs spring steel
- rolls stainless steel

10 10 Compressed Air Accessories I – Couplings, Threaded Connections

 Couplings

DN 7,4 Safety couplings with push button

This safety coupling according ISO 4414 with a push-button avoids the so-called whip effect when the plug is decoupled. With the materi-
als used, this high-quality coupling is characterized by stability and compactness. Coupling also available as model with swivel connector.

Handling:
Step 1: By a single actuation of the push button, the coupling is vented, the plug
is further secured in the sleeve.
Step 2: When the push button is pressed a second time, the connector is unlocked
and can be removed safely.

Connection Dimensions (mm) Order No.

W L i SW

With male thread

G 1/4 68,5 8 20 411.001
G 3/8 69,5 9 20 411.021
G 1/2 69,5 10 24 411.041
411.021
With female thread
G 1/4 68 10 20 411.002
G 3/8 72,5 11 20 411.022
G 1/2 73 11 24 411.042

411.022
With hose connection
LW 6 88,5 25 20 411.023
LW 8 88,5 25 20 411.026
LW 9 88,5 25 20 411.024
LW 10 88,5 25 20 411.027
LW 13 88,5 25 20 411.025 411.023

Model with swivel connector

Safety couplings with a rotatable connector (swivel joint) allow for fixed-mounted clutches
that the push-button operation can be placed on the ergonomically favorable position.
Axis of rotation = 360 °.

With male thread

G 1/4 76 6 20 411.201
G 3/8 76 7 20 411.221
G 1/2 81 8 20 411.241
411.221
With female thread
G 1/4 75 12 20 411.202
G 3/8 77 12 20 411.222
G 1/2 79 13 24 411.242

411.222
Plugs
Suitable plugs see page 10 (308-xxx).

Remark
We recommend steel plugs when using this safety coupling.
10 Compr. Air Acc. I
Couplings etc.

Technical data
Nominal rates of flow* 1.800 Nl/min (measured at 6 bar pre-pressure (p1) and Δp = 1 bar)
Max. /Min. operating pressure (p1) 12 bar / 1 bar
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °C
Mounting position any (coupling preferably before plug in the direction of flow)
Direction of flow any
Material - housing inlet brass nickel-plated
- housing middle aluminum anodized
- housing outlet / plug steel galvanized
- seals NBR
- springs / balls stainless steel 1.4310 / stainless steel 1.4034

10 Compressed Air Accessories I – Couplings, Threaded Connections 11

 Couplings

DN 7,4 Safety couplings with push button,

swivel connector - stainless steel
This safety coupling (silicone-free) according ISO 4414 with a push-button avoids the so-called whip effect when the plug is decou-
pled. With the materials used, this high-quality coupling is characterized by stability and compactness. Safety Couplings with rotata-
ble connector (swivel joint) allow for fixed-mounted clutches that the push-button operation can be placed on the ergonomically
favorable position. Axis of rotation = 360 °.

Handling:
Step 1: By a single actuation of the push button, the coupling is vented, the plug
is further secured in the sleeve.
Step 2: When the push button is pressed a second time, the connector is unlocked
and can be removed safely.

Connection Dimensions (mm) Order No.

W L i SW

Couplings
With male thread
G 1/4 70,5 6,5 21 413.201
G 3/8 70,0 7 21 413.221
G 1/2 72,5 8,5 25 413.241
413.221

With female thread

G 1/4 71,5 9 21 413.202
G 3/8 75,5 10 21 413.222
G 1/2 77,5 11 24 413.242
413.222

With hose connection

LW 6 88,5 25 21 413.223
LW 9 88,5 25 21 413.224
LW 13 88,5 25 21 413.225
413.224

Plugs
With male thread
G 1/4 33 17 413-053
G 3/8 33 19 413-054
413-054

With female thread

G 1/4 33 17 413-055
G 3/8 33 19 413-056

413-056
10 Compr. Air Acc. I
Couplings etc.

Technical data
Remark Nominal rates of flow* 1.800 Nl/min (measured at 6 bar pre-pressure (p1) and Δp = 1 bar)
All DN 7,4 plugs are Max. operating pressure (p1) 10 bar
compatible with all Operating temperature -20 °C up to +150 °C
DN 7,4, DN 7,2 and DN 7,8 Mounting position any (coupling preferably before plug in the direction of flow)
couplings. Direction of flow any
Material - housing inlet stainless steel 1.4404
- button and valve stainless steel
- internal parts stainless steel
- thread stainless steel
- seals FKM

12 10 Compressed Air Accessories I – Couplings, Threaded Connections

 Couplings

DN 7,8 Safety couplings

Safety coupling with two-stage relieving according ISO 4414, DIN EN 983. Slightly pushing back the sleeve opens the first lock. Coup-
ling closes and at the same time presses the plug into the second position; the remaining pressure in the plug is able to escape. If the
sleeve is pushed back again the plug is released and can be disconnected without danger. Brass nickel-plated.
For longer wear we recommend only steel plugs!

Connection Dimensions (mm) Order No.

W L i SW

Couplings
With male thread
G 1/4 62 9 24 455.001
G 3/8 62 9 24 455.021
G 1/2 62 12 24 455.041
455.041

With female thread

G 1/4 58 9 24 455.002
G 3/8 58 9 24 455.022
G 1/2 58 12 24 455.042
455.042
With hose connection
With a rubber protecting ring.
LW 6 77 25 24 455.023
LW 8 77 25 24 455.026
LW 9 77 25 24 455.024
LW 10 77 25 24 455.027
LW 13 77 25 24 455.025 455.024

Plugs
Suitable plugs see page 10 (308-xxx).

Remark
We recommend steel plugs when using this safety coupling.

Not recommended for direct connection to percussive tools such as impact wrenches.

10 Compr. Air Acc. I

Couplings etc.

Technical data
Nominal rates of flow* 1.800 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) 8 bar (possible to 16 bar in coupled condition
(increased effort is necessary)
Min. operating pressure (p1) 1 bar
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °C
Mounting position any (coupling preferably before plug in the direction of flow)
Direction of flow any
Material - housing / cover brass nickel-plated
- seals NBR
- springs / shots and Pins stainless steel 1.4310 / stainless steel 1.4034
- plug steel galvanized
* Measured at 6 bar pre-pressure (p1) and Δp = 1 bar

10 Compressed Air Accessories I – Couplings, Threaded Connections 13

 Couplings

DN 7,8 High flow couplings

One-hand - operation, rapide-action with needle lock and non return valve. Coupling with a high flow rate. A robust body for big
pneumatic consumers. Brass nickel-plated.

Connection Dimensions (mm) Order No.

W L i SW

Couplings
With male thread
G 1/4 63 12 19 476.001
G 3/8 63 13 21 476.021
G 1/2 63 15 24 476.041
476.021

With female thread

G 1/4 63 12 19 476.002
G 3/8 63 15 21 476.022
G 1/2 63 15 24 476.042
476.022

With hose connection

LW 6 76 25 19 476.023
LW 8 76 25 19 476.026
LW 9 76 25 19 476.024
476.023
LW 10 76 25 19 476.027
LW 13 76 25 19 476.025

Model with NPT thread

NPT (pipe thread NPT, National Pipe Thread) threads is an American thread standard
for pipe fittings. When screwing the NPT, in addition, a sealant is needed.
With NPT male thread
G 1/4” NPT 63 19 311.001
G 3/8” NPT 63 21 311.021
G 1/2” NPT 63 24 311.041
With NPT female thread
G 1/4” NPT 63 19 311.002
G 3/8” NPT 63 21 311.022
G 1/2” NPT 63 24 311.042
With hose connection
LW 6 76 19 311.023
LW 9 76 19 311.024
LW 13 76 19 311.025

Plugs
Suitable plugs see page 10 (308-xxx).

Remark
We recommend steel plugs when using this safety coupling.
10 Compr. Air Acc. I
Couplings etc.

Technical data
Nominal rates of flow* 2.300 Nl/min
Max. / Min. operating pressure (p1) 16 bar / 1 bar
Remark
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +100 °C
All DN 7,8 plugs are Mounting position any (coupling preferably before plug in the direction of flow)
compatible with all Direction of flow any
DN 7,8 and DN 7,2 Material - housing / cover brass nickel-plated
couplings. - seals NBR
- springs / shots and pins stainless steel 1.4310 / stainless steel 1.4034
- plug steel galvanized
* Measured at 6 bar pre-pressure (p1) and Δp = 1 bar

14 10 Compressed Air Accessories I – Couplings, Threaded Connections

 Couplings

DN 10 Couplings and plugs

One-hand-operation, rapid-action coupling with needle lock and non return valve for higher flow capacity. Shut-off valve in the coup-
ling, automatically unlocked when coupled. Plug is without non-return valve. Brass.

Connection Dimensions (mm) Order No.

W L L2 SW

Couplings
With male thread
G 1/2 65 12 301 354.061
With female thread 354.061
G 1/2 65 12 30 354.071

354.071

With hose connection

By mounting the coupling (female thread G1/2) with a threaded nozzle (male thread G1/2).
LW 13 354.071 + 160-3
LW 16 354.071 + 160-3c
LW 19 354.071 + 160-3a

Plugs
With male thread
G 1/2 42 12 27 354-059
354.059
With female thread
G 1/2 40 12 27 354-060

With hose connection

LW 13 55 33 - 354-053
354-060

354-053

Two-way distributor 128.04

G 1/2 128.04

Threaded nozzles with male thread G 1/2

With this nozzle the coupling part No. 354.071 can be modified to a hose connec-
tion (see above).
Connection Dimensions (mm) Order No.
W L i D SW
LW 13 (1/2”) 58 10 ø 10 20 160-3
LW 16 (5/8”) 58 10 ø 11 20 160-3c
10 Compr. Air Acc. I

LW 19 (3/4”) 58 10 ø 12 20 160-3a 160-3

Couplings etc.

Technical data
Nominal rates of flow* 3.200 Nl/min (at 6 bar pre-pressure (p1) and Δp = 1 bar)
Max. operating pressure (p1) 16bar (PN 35)
(at pressures above 35 bar connecting and disconnecting not possible)
Remark
Min. operating pressure (p1) 1 bar All DN 10 plugs are
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °C compatible with
Mounting position any (coupling preferably before plug in the direction of flow) all
Direction of flow any DN 10 couplings.
Material - housing / cover brass
- seals NBR
- springs V2A

10 Compressed Air Accessories I – Couplings, Threaded Connections 15

 Couplings

DN 12 Garage couplings and plugs

Coupling with ball lock for high flow capacity. Non return valve in the coupling. With lip seal, thus also suitable for neutral fluids. With an
rubber ring as protection against wear. Brass.

Connection Dimensions (mm) Order No.

W L i D SW

Couplings
With male thread
G 1/2 82 12 - 30 254.01
G 3/4 82 12 - 30 254.03

254.01
With female thread
G 1/2 82 12 - 30 254.11
G 3/4 82 12 - 30 254.13

254.11

With hose connection

By mounting the coupling (female thread G 1/2) with a threaded nozzle (male thread G 1/2).
LW 13 254.11 + 160-3
LW 16 254.11 + 160-3c
LW 19 254.11 + 160-3a

Plugs
With male thread
G 1/2 54 9 ø 6 17 254-27
G 3/4 63 10 ø 10 20 160-20
160-20
With hose connection
LW 13 87 45 ø 10,0 - 254-30
LW 16 87 45 ø 12,5 - 254-31
LW 19 87 45 ø 12,5 - 254-32
254-031

Two-way distributor
G 1/2 128.03

Threaded nozzles with male thread G 1/2

With this nozzle the coupling part No. 254.11 can be modified to a hose connection
(see above).
Connection Dimensions (mm) Order No.
160-3 W L i D SW
LW 13 (1/2”) 58 10 ø 10 20 160-3
LW 16 (5/8”) 58 10 ø 11 20 160-3c
LW 19 (3/4”) 58 10 ø 12 20 160-3a
10 Compr. Air Acc. I
Couplings etc.

Technical data
Nominal rates of flow* 4.000 Nl/min
Max. operating pressure (p1) 16 bar (PN 35)
(at pressures above 35 bar connecting and disconnecting not possible)
Min. operating pressure (p1) 1 bar
Operating temperatures -10 °C up to +50 °C (air) / +5 °C up to +50 °C (water)
Mounting position any (coupling preferably before plug in the direction of flow)
Remark Direction of flow any
All DN 12 plugs are Material - Housing brass
compatible with all - Seals NBR
DN 12 couplings. - Springs V2A
* Measured at 6 bar pre-pressure (p1) and Δp = 1 bar

16 10 Compressed Air Accessories I – Couplings, Threaded Connections

 Couplings

GEKA couplings
For a save, easy and fast coupling and decoupling as well as to extend flexible hose pipes and -systems (Water-, Industry, Compres-
sed air, suction and pressure hoses in dimensions G 3/8 - 10 mm up to G 1 1/2 - 38 mm, also among themselves) and rigid pipes and -
systems (metal and plastic pipes, thread dimensions G 1/4 up to G 1 1/2).
Locking nubs for best safety to avoid to release of the connection also in clutched pressureless state. The claws have a uniform distance
of 40 mm. Form sealing ring = NBR.
Material brass CW617N (Cu Zn 40 Pb2) acc. to DIN 50930/6.
Operating pressure 8 bar (40 bar version available - Order No. with suffix P)
Vacuum resistance (with form sealing ring) up to 10 m water column, WS (static benchmarked).

Connection Dimensions (mm) Order No.

SLW/G NW L LT/T

GEKA Tail of hose

Plug with distinctive and hose saving ribbed profil for close hold of the hose.
For hose clamp and crimp sleeve.
10 (3/8”) 7,5 40 28 516.150
13 (1/2”) 10 40 28 516.151
16 (5/8”) 13,5 44 32 516.152
19 (3/4”) 17 44 32 516.153
25 (1”) 21,5 50 37 516.154
32 (1 1/4”) 28 60 48 516.155
38 (1 1/2”) 34 63 48 516.156

GEKA SH Tail of hose

Vacuum and high pressure. With threaded ring (threaded ring back screw,
clutch, dress threaded ring).
13 (1/2”) 10 67 31 516.361
19 (3/4”) 15 71 35 516.362
25 (1”) 20 76 42 516.363
32 (1 1/4”) 28 82 46 516.364
Spare part PU 10 pcs.
GEKA form sealing ring SH, NBR, black 516-9 516-9
Temperature range from -30 °C up to +100 °C,

GEKA Threaded part

With male thread
G 1/4 8 22 8 516.210
G 3/8 11,5 22 8 516.211
G 1/2 15 22 8 516.212
G 3/4 20 22 8 516.213
G1 23 22 8 516.214
G 1 1/4 23 26 13 516.215
G 1 1/2 23 26 13 516.216
With female thread thread laterally with flat sealing ring SBR (up to100 °C)
G 1/4 11 21 9,5 516.200
G 3/8 11 21 9,5 516.201
G 1/2 14 21 9,5 516.202
G 3/4 19 22 10,5 516.203
G1 23 23 11 516.204
G 1 1/4 23 28 13,5 516.205
G 1 1/2 23 29 14 516.206

GEKA Blind coupling

- - 27 15 516.174

GEKA High performance form sealing rings PU 10 pcs.

10 Compr. Air Acc. I
Couplings etc.

High performance form sealing ring (insert), NBR, black 516-6

Temp. range from -30 °C up to +100 °C,
High performance form sealing ring, NBR - foodstuff resistant, red 516-7
Temp. range from -30 °C up to +100 °C (KTW-approval)
High performance form sealing ring, EPDM, black - yellow marked 516-8
Temp. range from -50 °C up to +150 °C

GEKA Flat sealing ring SBR PU 10 pcs.

For threaded part with female thread. Temp. range up to +100 °C.
Dimensions approx. 13 x 8 x 1,5 516-1
17 x 11x 1,5 516-2
20,5 x 14 x 1,5 516-3 516-6 516-7 516-8
26 x 18 x 2 516-4
516-1
33 x 23 x 2 516-5

10 Compressed Air Accessories I – Couplings, Threaded Connections 17

 Threaded connections

Threaded fittings – ceiling elbows 90°, distributors

Material brass.

Connection Dimensions (mm) Order No.

W L M N K i D

Ceiling elbows 90° (for wall fastening) with female thread

2 x G 3/8 35 30 26 18,5 11 4,5 121-55
2 x G 1/2 40 35,5 30 21,5 16 4,5 121-56
2 x G 3/8 51 45 39 28 13 4,5 121-57

121-57

Distributors (3-way and 4-way) with female thread

3 x G 3/8 48 - - - 14 - 121-35
3 x G 1/2 54 - - - 15 - 121-50
4 x G 3/8 61 - - - 14 - 121-34
4 x G 1/2 67 - - - 18 - 121-54
121-35

Distributor with 5 outlets (G 1/2) with female thread

5 x G 1/2 74 43,5 59 57 15 5,5 121-58

121-58

Distributor with 5 outlets (G 1/2) with female thread

5 x G 1/2 74 43,5 59 57 15 5,5 121-59

121-59

Distribution blocks with female thread

Made of glasfibre reinforced plastic PA 6 with brass sleeves.
Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.
Inlet + Outlets A B C D E F
G 1/2 + 2 x G 1/2 85 60 70 44 52 22 121-70
G 1/2 + 3 x G 1/2 85 60 70 44 52 22 121-71
121-70

121-71
10 Compr. Air Acc. I
Couplings etc.

18 10 Compressed Air Accessories I – Couplings, Threaded Connections

 Threaded connections

Threaded fittings – double nippels

For connecting compressed air units or installations of similar equipment. Some of the thread connectors are equipped with a cone
for attaching a hose connector with ball nippel seal.

Connection Dimensions (mm) Order No.

WxV L i k d SW

With male thread, long – with cone 45° (EN 560)

G 1/8 x G 1/8 29 9,5 9,5 5 12 185.29
G 1/4 x G 1/8 32 12 9,5 5 14 185.30
G 1/4 x G 1/4 34 12 12 7 14 185.33
G 3/8 x G 1/4 36 13,5 12 7 17 185.53
G 1/4 x G 1/2 38 12 15,5 7 22 185.54
G 3/8 x G 3/8 37 13,5 13,5 10 17 185.55
G 1/2 x G 3/8 40 15,5 13,5 10 22 185.75
G 1/2 x G 1/2 44 15,5 15,5 12 22 185.77 185.55
G 1/2 x G 3/4 43 15 15 12 30 185.78
G 3/4 x G 3/4 42 15 15 19 30 415-13*
G 3/4 x G 1 50 15 16 19 36 415-15
G1 x G1 55 16 16 22 36 415-14*
* without cone
With male thread, short – with cone 45° (EN 560)
G 1/8 x G 1/8 19 7 7 5 12 185.029
G 1/8 x G 1/4 20,5 7 8,5 5 14 185.030
G 1/4 x G 1/4 22 8,5 8,5 7 14 185.033
G 1/4 x G 3/8 24 8,5 9,5 7 17 185.053
G 1/4 x G 1/2 25,5 8,5 11 7 22 185.054
G 3/8 x G 3/8 25 9,5 9,5 10 17 185.055
G 3/8 x G 1/2 26,5 9,5 11 10 22 185.075
G 1/2 x G 1/2 28 11 11 12 22 185.077 185.033
G 1/2 x G 3/4 33 11 14 12 30 185.078
G 3/4 x G 3/4 36 14 14 19 30 185.013
G 3/4 x G 1 40 14 16 19 36 185.015
G1 x G1 42 16 16 22 36 185.014
G 11/2 x G 1 1/2 50 20 20 36 50 280-228
G2 x G2 55 20 20 40 65 454-9

With female/male thread

G 1/8 x G 1/8 20 8 8 5 14 185.129
G 1/4 x G 1/4 24 10 10 8 17 185.133
G 3/8 x G 3/8 29 11 12 10 22 185.155
G 1/2 x G 1/2 30 12 12 15 26 185.177
G 1/8 x G 1/4 22 8 10 8 14 185.130
G 1/4 x G 1/8 22 10 8 5 17 185.131
G 1/4 x G 1/2 27 10 12 10 22 185.132
G 3/8 x G 1/4 27 11 10 8 22 185.153 185.133
G 3/8 x G 1/2 29 11 12 13 22 185.154
G 1/2 x G 3/8 30 12 12 10 26 185.175
G 1/2 x G 3/4 34 12 16 17 32 185.176
G 3/4 x G 1/2 37 15 16 15 32 185.178

With male thread, detachable (3-part), with conical thread

Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.
WxV DN L i k SW1 SW
R 1/8 x R 1/8 5,3 27 9 9 5 15 185.311
10 Compr. Air Acc. I
Couplings etc.

R 1/8 x R 1/4 5,3 30 9 12 5 15 185.312

R 1/4 x R 1/4 6,3 34 12 12 6 19 185.322
R 1/4 x R 3/8 6,3 35 12 13 6 19 185.324
R 3/8 x R 3/8 8,5 36 13 13 8 22 185.344
R 1/2 x R 1/2 13 44 16 16 12 27 185.366 185.344
R 3/4 x R 3/4 15 52 18 18 14 36 185.388
R1 x R1 20 65 22 22 19 46 185.399

10 Compressed Air Accessories I – Couplings, Threaded Connections 19

 Threaded connections

Threaded fittings – sleeves, reductions etc.

Sleeves (2-way) with female thread

Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.
W L SW
G 1/8 22 14 185.110
G 1/4 26 17 185.111
G 3/8 26 22 185.112
185.112 G 1/2 30 27 185.113
G 3/4 33 32 185.114
G1 35 40 185.115

Screw plugs with male thread

Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.
W L i D SW
G 1/8 8 5 8 5 323-14
G 1/4 11 7 11 6 280-127
G 3/8 10 8 14 8 447-28
280-127 G 1/2 12 8 18 10 424-67

Blind plugs with male thread, with external and internal hexagon
and with turned sealing surface for sealing ring DIN 7603
Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.
W L B SW1 SW
G 1/8 10 6,5 5 14 185.160
G 1/4 13 8,5 8 17 185.161
185.161 G 3/8 15 10,5 10 19 185.162
G 1/2 19 13,5 12 24 185.163
G 3/4 20 14,0 14 32 185.164
G1 22 16,0 17 36 185.165

Reductions with male and female thread, with hexagon nut

For reducing female threads or expanding male threads.
Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.
WxV L i D SW
G 1/4 x G 1/8 12 9 10 17 1117
G 3/8 x G 1/8 12 8,5 10 19 322-18
1068 G 3/8 x G 1/4 12 8,5 13,5 19 1068
G 1/2 x G 1/4 15,5 11,5 13,5 22 1191
G 1/2 x G 3/8 15,5 11,5 17 22 1018
G 3/4 x G 1/2 18 12 21 32 1292
G 1 x G 3/4 18 12 27 36 1193
G 11/2 x G 11/4 21 15 42,5 50 409-81
G 2 x G 11/4 30 20 43 65 417-50
G 2 x G 11/2 30 20 49 65 417-45
10 Compr. Air Acc. I
Couplings etc.

Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1) 63 bar (PN 63)
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °C
Mounting position / Direction of flow any
Material brass

20 10 Compressed Air Accessories I – Couplings, Threaded Connections

 Threaded connections

Threaded fittings – 90° elbows, T-pieces

90° Elbows
Connection Dimensions (mm) Order No.
W DN L M i SW
With male thread with cone
G 1/8 5 18 18 10 10 185.82
G 1/4 7 22 22 11 13 185.83
G 3/8 8 27 27 15 17 185.85 185.83
G 1/2 12 26 26 13 21 185.87
G 3/4 19 40 40 16 25 185.88*
G1 25 45 45 18 30 185.89*
* without cone
With female / male thread
G 1/8 6 18,5 21,0 8,0 10 185.42
G 1/4 8 23,5 25,5 11,0 13 185.43
G 3/8 11 26,0 28,0 11,5 17 185.45
G 1/2 15 31,0 33,5 14,0 21 185.47
G 3/4 19 33,0 36,5 16,0 25 185.48 185.43
G1 24 39,0 45,0 19,0 30 185.49

T-pieces
Connection Dimensions (mm) Order No.
W DN L M i SW

With male thread with cone

G 1/8 5 35 17 7 10 185.97
G 1/4 8 47 24 12 13 185.96
G 3/8 9 52 26 12 17 185.95 185.96
G 1/2 12 54 27 13 21 185.94
G 3/4 19 80 38 19 25 185.93*
G1 25 90 42 20 30 185.92*
* without cone
With female / male / female thread
G 1/8 6 42 18,5 8,0 10 185.62
G 1/4 8 51 23,5 11,0 13 185.63
G 3/8 11 56 26,0 11,5 17 185.65
G 1/2 15 67 31,0 14,0 21 185.67
G 3/4 19 73 33,0 16,5 25 185.68 185.63
G1 24 90 39,0 19,0 30 185.69

With female / female / male thread

G 1/8 6 39,5 21,0 8,0 10 185.12
G 1/4 8 49,0 23,5 11,0 13 185.13
G 3/8 11 54,0 28,0 11,5 17 185.15
G 1/2 15 64,5 33,5 14,0 21 185.17
G 3/4 19 69,5 36,5 16,5 25 185.18
G1 25 84,0 45,0 19,0 33 185.19
185.13
90° Elbows with female thread
Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.
W DN L M i
2 x G 1/8 6 20 - 8 185.182
2 x G 1/4 8 20 - 10 185.183
2 x G 3/8 15 22,5 - 11 185.185
2 x G 1/2 19 29 - 15 185.187
2 x G 3/4 25 33 - 16 185.188
185.185
10 Compr. Air Acc. I

2xG1 30 40,5 - 20 185.189

Couplings etc.

T-pieces with female thread

Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.
W DN L M i
3 x G 1/8 8 36 18 9 185.197
3 x G 1/4 11 36 19 10 185.196
3 x G 3/8 15 44 23 12 185.195
3 x G 1/2 19 59 29,5 17 185.194
3 x G 3/4 25 66 34 15 185.193 185.195
3xG1 30 76 39 22 185.192

Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1) 63 bar (PN 63)
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °C
Mounting position / Direction of flow any
Material brass

10 Compressed Air Accessories I – Couplings, Threaded Connections 21

 Threaded connections

Hose connections

Hose tails
Connection Dimensions (mm) Order No.
W LW L i/K SW
With female thread (DIN 3852-Z)
G 1/8 4 33 9 / 22 12 113-9
G 1/8 6 36 9 / 25 12 113-10
113-13
G 1/8 9 36 9 / 25 14 113-11
G 1/4 4 36 12 / 22 17 113-12
G 1/4 6 40 12 / 25 17 113-13
G 1/4 9 40 12 / 25 17 113-14
G 1/4 13 45 12 / 30 17 113-15
G 3/8 6 42 14 / 25 19 113-16
G 3/8 9 42 14 / 25 19 113-17
G 3/8 13 47 14 / 30 19 113-18
G 1/2 6 42 14 / 25 24 113-19
G 1/2 9 42 14 / 25 24 113-20
G 1/2 13 47 14 / 30 24 113-21
G 3/4 9 47 19 / 25 32 113-22
G 3/4 13 52 19 / 30 32 113-23
G 3/4 19 58 19 / 36 32 113-24
G1 19 60 20 / 36 36 113-31
G1 25 66 20 / 42 36 113-32
G1 32 70 20 / 46 36 113-33
With male thread and inside cone 45° (DIN 3852-Z)
G 1/8 4 34 8 / 22 14 113-41
G 1/8 6 37 8 / 25 14 113-51
G 1/8 9 37 8 / 25 14 113-52
G 1/4 4 36 10 / 22 17 113-68
G 1/4 6 40 10 / 25 17 113-31a
G 1/4 9 40 10 / 25 17 113-40a
113.40a G 1/4 13 45 10 / 30 17 113-71
G 3/8 6 43 12 / 25 17 113-32a
G 3/8 9 43 12 / 25 17 113-34a
G 3/8 13 48 12 / 30 19 113-43
G 1/2 6 44 12 / 25 24 113-67
G 1/2 9 44 12 / 25 24 113-66
G 1/2 13 49 12 / 30 24 113-44
G 3/4 9 49 14 / 25 32 113-25
G 3/4 13 54 14 / 30 32 113-26
G 3/4 19 58 14 / 36 32 113-27
G1 19 60 16 / 36 36 113-28
G1 25 66 16 / 42 36 113-29
G1 32 70 16 / 46 36 113-30

Double hose connectors

Acc. to EN ISO 560 (DIN 8542)
Hose 1 Hose 2 Dimensions [mm] Order No.
LW1 LW2 L i D
4 4 64 29,5 8 113.00
6 6 72 33,5 9 113.01
10 Compr. Air Acc. I

6 8 72 33,5 12 113.02
Couplings etc.

113.01
9 9 72 33,5 12 113.03
13 13 72 33,5 16 113.04

Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1) 40 bar (PN 40)
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °C
Mounting position / Direction of flow any
Material brass

22 10 Compressed Air Accessories I – Couplings, Threaded Connections

 Threaded connections

Hose connections, detachable

Hose connections consist of a connector plug - allowing the hose to be slipped on and secured with a hose clap - and a threaded
part, either male or female with a ball seal.

Detachable hose tails, complete

Consist of hose plug with ball seal and swivel nut with adaptor.
Connection Hose Dimensions [mm] Order No.
W LW L i/K SW
G 1/8 4 43 9 / 25 12 197.06
G 1/8 6 43 9 / 25 12 197.07
G 1/4 4 43 9 / 28 17 197.01
197.02
G 1/4 6 43 9 / 25 17 197.02
G 1/4 9 43 9 / 29 17 197.03
G 3/8 4 49 9 / 31 19 198.01
G 3/8 6 43 9 / 25 19 198.02
G 3/8 9 43 9 / 28 19 198.03
G 3/8 13 43 9 / 28 19 198.04*
G 1/2 6 43 9 / 25 24 198.02
G 1/2 9 43 9 / 29 24 198.03
G 1/2 13 47 9 / 31 24 198.04
* union nut not removable

Parts for detachable hose tails

Connection Dimensions (mm) Order No.
W LW L i SW

Hose plug with ball seal

G 1/8 4 25 15 - 295-5
G 1/8 6 25 15 - 295-6
G 1/4 4 43,5 28 - 113-49 106-16
G 1/4 6 37 25 - 106-16
G 1/4 9 37 25 - 113-50
G 3/8 4 47,5 31 - 120-10a
G 3/8 6 39 25 - 113-38
G 3/8 9 39 25 - 113-39
G 1/2 6 41 25 - 113-47
G 1/2 9 41 25 - 113-48
G 1/2 13 45 36 - 113-45
Hexagon nut
G 1/8 - 10 8 12 295-7
G 1/4 - 14 11 17 124-19
G 3/8 - 16 13 19 120-9
G 3/8 LH - 16 13 19 124-18
124-19
G 1/2 - 18 13 24 147-12

10 Compr. Air Acc. I

Couplings etc.

10 Compressed Air Accessories I – Couplings, Threaded Connections 23

 Threaded connections

High speed connections

Push in Fittings made out of plastic an d brass (nickel plated). In connection with plastic (PU or PA) hoses applicable.

Straight screwing in links

Connection Hose Dimensions (mm) Order No.
W øD B i SW
With male thread
G 1/8 4 19 6 10 582.1104
G 1/8 6 21 6 14 582.1106
G 1/8 8 26 6 14 582.1108
G 1/4 4 18 8 14 582.1204
G 1/4 6 23 8 14 582.1206
G 1/4 8 25 8 14 582.1208
582.1210 G 1/4 10 31 8 17 582.1210
G 1/4 12 34 8 21 582.1212
G 3/8 6 21 9 17 582.1306
G 3/8 8 22 9 17 582.1308
G 3/8 10 28 9 17 582.1310
G 3/8 12 28 8 21 582.1312
G 1/2 6 25 11 21 582.1406
G 1/2 8 26 11 21 582.1408
G 1/2 10 26 11 21 582.1410
G 1/2 12 33 11 21 582.1412
With female thread
G 1/8 4 23 8 10 582.2104
G 1/8 6 24 8 12 582.2106
G 1/8 8 26 8 14 582.2108
G 1/4 4 26 11 14 582.2204
G 1/4 6 27 11 14 582.2206
G 1/4 8 29 11 14 582.2208
G 1/4 10 32 11 17 582.2210
582.2208
G 1/4 12 34 11 21 582.2212
G 3/8 6 28 12 17 582.2306
G 3/8 8 30 12 17 582.2308
G 3/8 10 33 12 17 582.2310
G 3/8 12 35 12 21 582.2312
G 1/2 6 30 14 21 582.2406
G 1/2 8 32 14 21 582.2408
G 1/2 10 35 14 21 582.2410
G 1/2 12 37 14 21 582.2412

Bulkhead unions
Connection Hose Dimensions [mm] Order No.
M 2 x øD B SW
M 12 4 30 14 582.9304
M 14 6 32 17 582.9306
M 16 8 35 19 582.9308
M 20 10 42 24 582.9310
582.9304 M 22 12 45 27 582.9312
10 Compr. Air Acc. I
Couplings etc.

Technical data
Application: compressed air, vacuum, neutral gases
Max. operating pressure (p1): 10 bar
Recommended hose: PU or PA (Nylon)*
Temperature range: -20 °C up to +60 °C
Seal: NBR
Connection: cylindrical with incorporated O-Ring
Materials: plastic, brass (nickel-plated),
zinc
* see page 28

24 10 Compressed Air Accessories I – Couplings, Threaded Connections

 Threaded connections

High speed connections

Y-Connections with male thread

Connection Hose Dimensions (mm) Order No.
W øD i B ød SW
G 1/8 4 6 42 3 10 582.6104
G 1/8 6 6 44 3 12 582.6106
G 1/8 8 6 47 3 14 582.6108
G 1/4 4 8 45 3 14 582.6204
G 1/4 6 8 46 3 14 582.6206
G 1/4 8 8 49 3 14 582.6208
G 1/4 10 8 58 4 17 582.6210
G 3/8 6 9 48 3 17 582.6306 582.6104
G 3/8 8 9 51 3 17 582.6308
G 3/8 10 9 59 4 17 582.6310
G 1/2 6 11 51 3 21 582.6406
G 1/2 8 11 54 3 21 582.6408
G 1/2 10 11 63 4 21 582.6410

Screwing angles with male thread

Connection Hose Dimensions (mm) Order No.
W øD i B E ød SW
G 1/8 4 6 24 17 - 10 582.3104
G 1/8 6 6 26 19 3 12 582.3106
G 1/8 8 6 30 23 3 14 582.3108
G 1/4 4 8 27 18 - 14 582.3204
G 1/4 6 8 28 19 3 14 582.3206
G 1/4 8 8 32 23 3 14 582.3208
G 1/4 10 8 36 28 4 17 582.3210
G 1/4 12 8 39 30 4 21 582.3212 582.3206
G 3/8 6 9 30 19 3 17 582.3306
G 3/8 8 9 33 23 3 17 582.3308
G 3/8 10 9 37 28 4 17 582.3310
G 3/8 12 9 40 30 4 21 582.3312
G 1/2 6 11 33 19 3 21 582.3406
G 1/2 8 11 37 23 3 21 582.3408
G 1/2 10 11 41 28 4 21 582.3410
G 1/2 12 11 43 30 4 21 582.3412

T-Angle connectors, with male/female thread, rotatable

Connection Hose Dimensions (mm) Order No.
W øD i B E SW
G 1/8 4 6 24 22 10 582.7104
G 1/8 6 6 24 23 10 582.7106
G 1/8 8 6 24 26 10 582.7108
G 1/4 6 8 26 25 14 582.7206
G 1/4 8 8 26 29 14 582.7208
G 1/4 10 8 26 32 14 582.7210
G 3/8 6 8 32 27 19 582.7306
G 3/8 8 8 32 30 19 582.7308 582.7206
G 3/8 10 8 32 33 14 582.7310
G 3/8 12 8 32 36 14 582.7312
G 1/2 8 11 39 33 24 582.7408
10 Compr. Air Acc. I

G 1/2 10 11 39 36 19 582.7410
Couplings etc.

G 1/2 12 11 39 37 19 582.7412

Distributor plug in connection with male thread

3 tails reduced
Connection Hoses ø Dimensions (mm) Order No.
W 1x D1 1x D2 A B E ød SW
G 1/8 6 4 6 68 19 3 12 582.9851
G 1/4 8 4 8 71 20 2 14 582.9852
G 1/4 8 6 8 71 20 2 14 582.9853
G 3/8 10 8 9 92 24 4 17 582.9854 582.9851

10 Compressed Air Accessories I – Couplings, Threaded Connections 25

 Threaded connections

High speed connections

T-Screwing in screw connections

Connection Hose Dimensions (mm) Order No.
W 2x ø D i B E ød SW
With male thread on side
G 1/8 4 6 25 19 3 10 582.4104
G 1/8 6 6 26 19 3 12 582.4106
G 1/8 8 6 29 23 3 14 582.4108
G 1/4 4 8 28 19 3 14 582.4204
582.4206 G 1/4 6 8 28 19 3 14 582.4206
G 1/4 8 8 31 23 3 14 582.4208
G 1/4 10 8 37 28 4 17 582.4210
G 1/4 12 8 39 30 4 21 582.4212
G 3/8 6 9 30 19 3 17 582.4306
G 3/8 8 9 33 23 3 17 582.4308
G 3/8 10 9 38 28 4 17 582.4310
G 3/8 12 9 39 30 4 21 582.4312
G 1/2 6 11 34 19 3 21 582.4406
G 1/2 8 11 36 23 3 21 582.4408
G 1/2 10 11 41 28 4 21 582.4410
G 1/2 12 11 42 30 4 21 582.4412
With male thread at the bottom
G 1/8 4 6 25 18 3 10 582.5104
G 1/8 6 6 26 19 3 12 582.5106
G 1/8 8 6 29 23 3 14 582.5108
G 1/4 4 8 28 18 3 14 582.5204
G 1/4 6 8 29 19 3 14 582.5206
G 1/4 8 8 31 23 3 14 582.5208
G 1/4 10 8 37 28 4 17 582.5210
G 1/4 12 8 38 30 4 21 582.5212
582.5206 G 3/8 6 9 30 19 3 17 582.5306
G 3/8 8 9 33 23 3 17 582.5308
G 3/8 10 9 38 28 4 17 582.5310
G 3/8 12 9 40 30 4 21 582.5312
G 1/2 6 11 34 19 3 21 582.5406
G 1/2 8 11 36 23 3 21 582.5408
G 1/2 10 11 41 28 4 21 582.5410
G 1/2 12 11 42 30 4 21 582.5412

T-Connections
Standard version
Hose Dimensions [mm] Order No.
3 x øD E ød
4 18 3 582.9204
6 19 3 582.9206
8 23 3 582.9208
582.9204
10 28 4 582.9210
12 30 4 582.9212
Reduced
Hoses ø Dimensions [mm] Order No.
10 Compr. Air Acc. I
Couplings etc.

D1 D2 E ød
6 4 19 3 582.9811
8 6 23 3 582.9812
10 8 28 4 582.9813
12 10 30 4 582.9814
582.9811

26 10 Compressed Air Accessories I – Couplings, Threaded Connections

 Threaded connections

High speed connections

Straight connections
Standard version
Hose Dimensions [mm] Order No.
2 x øD B
4 33 582.9004
6 35 582.9006
8 39 582.9008
10 48 582.9010
12 49 582.9012
Reduced
Hoses ø Dimensions [mm] Order No. 582.9004
D1 D2 B
6 4 35 582.9801
8 6 39 582.9802
10 8 47 582.9803
12 10 49 582.9804

Angle connections
Hose Dimensions [mm] Order No.
2 x øD E ød
4 18 - 582.9104
6 19 3 582.9106
8 23 3 582.9108
10 28 4 582.9110
12 30 4 582.9112 582.9104

Cross connections
Hose Dimensions [mm] Order No.
øD E ød
4 18 3 582.9404
6 19 3 582.9406
8 23 3 582.9408
10 28 4 582.9410
12 30 4 582.9412 582.9404

Y-Connections
Standard version
Hose Dimensions [mm] Order No.
3xøD B ød
4 36 3 582.9504
6 37 3 582.9506
8 40 3 582.9508
10 50 4 582.9510
12 53 4 582.9512 582.9504

Reduced
Hose ø Dimensions [mm] Order No.
D1 D2 B ød
10 Compr. Air Acc. I
Couplings etc.

6 4 37 3 582.9821
8 6 40 3 582.9822
10 8 49 3 582.9823
12 10 53 4 582.9824
With plug nipple 582.9821
Hose Dimensions [mm] Order No.
2+1øD B ød
4 51 3 582.9604
6 55 3 582.9606
8 60 3 582.9608
10 73 4 582.9610
12 78 4 582.9612

582.9604

10 Compressed Air Accessories I – Couplings, Threaded Connections 27

 Threaded connections

High speed connections

Distributor plug in
Connection for pipe
Hoses ø Dimensions (mm) Order No.
2xD1 3xD2 B E ød
6 4 58 19 3 582.9841
8 4 63 20 3 582.9842
8 6 63 20 3 582.9843
582.9841
10 6 77 24 4 582.9844
10 8 77 24 4 582.9845

Straight plug
Reduced
Hoses ø Dimensions [mm] Order No.
D2 D1 B
4 6 42 582.9831
4 8 44 582.9832
6 8 45 582.9833
582.9831
6 10 47 582.9834
8 10 47 582.9835
6 12 54 582.9836
8 12 54 582.9837
10 12 55 582.9838

Catch plug
Hose Dimensions [mm] Order No.
øD B
4 28 582.9861
6 33 582.9862
8 37 582.9863
10 42 582.9864
582.9861 12 44 582.9865

Plastic hoses for high speed connections

Polyurethane (PU)
Polyurethane tubes are extremely flexible and very kink resistant with small bend for
routing into tight places. The excellent memory tolerates repeated flexing. It is also
very abrasion resistant and outlast other tubings. Good resistance against mineral oil,
lubrication grease, oxygen, ozone and aliphatic hydrocarbons. The ideal choice for
fluid power applications together with High Speed Connections (see pages 23 -
10 Compr. Air Acc. I

28). Blue.
Couplings etc.

Hose ø Max. operating pressure (p1) Order No.

Dxd bar
4 x 2,5 11 582.004
6 x 4,0 11 582.006
8 x 5,5 11 582.008
10 x 6,5 11 582.010
12 x 8,0 11 582.012
Minimum tax: 10 m (10 m steps)

28 10 Compressed Air Accessories I – Couplings, Threaded Connections

 Threaded connections

Rapid-action screw fittings for plastic hoses

Also “rapid connection of plastic hoses with connector threads”. The hose is pushed over the corresponding plug and clamped
securely with the swivel nut. The swivel nut is knurled so that it can be tightened quickly and has a hexagon screw to secure the con-
nection. Suitable for hoses with an inner diameter of 4, 6 and 8 mm. Connection threads G 1/8, G 1/4 and G 3/8. Brass nickel-plated.

GEV – Straight male screw-in connectors

Connection Hose Dimensions [mm] Order No.
W D x d L i SW
G 1/8 6 x 4 25 6 15 401.112
G 1/8 8 x 6 25 6 15 401.113
G 1/4 6 x 4 27 8 18 401.122
G 1/4 8 x 6 27 8 18 401.123 401.122
G 1/4 10 x 8 29 8 18 401.124
G 3/8 8 x 6 29 9 21 401.133
G 3/8 10 x 8 31 3 21 401.134

GAV – Straight female screw-on connectors

Connection Hose Dimensions [mm] Order No.
W D x d L i SW
G 1/4 6 x 4 28 8 17 401.222
G 1/4 8 x 6 28 8 17 401.223 401.222

GLV – Bulkhead stuffing boxes (brass bright)

Blowpipe Hose Dimensions [mm] Order No.
W D x d L i SW
ø6 6 x 4 28 15 12 401.302
ø9 8 x 6 31 18 14 401.303

401.302

GSV – Bulkhead stuffing boxes

Connection Hose Dimensions [mm] Order No.
W D x d L i SW
M 10 x 1 6 x 4 47 11 14 401.402
M 12 x 1 8 x 6 48 13 16 401.403

401.402
WEV – Swivel elbow connectors
Connection Hose Dimensions [mm] Order No.
W D x d L i
G 1/8 6 x 4 25 9 401.512
G 1/8 8 x 6 25 9 401.513
G 1/4 6 x 4 25 11 401.522
G 1/4 8 x 6 25 11 401.523
G 1/4 10 x 8 30 11 401.524 401.522

TEV – Swivel T-connectors

Connection Hose Dimensions [mm] Order No.
W D x d L i
G 1/8 6 x 4 48 6 401.612
G 1/8 8 x 6 48 6 401.613
G 1/4 6 x 4 53 8 401.622
G 1/4 8 x 6 52 8 401.623
G 1/4 10 x 8 55 8 401.624 401.622
10 Compr. Air Acc. I
Couplings etc.

TV – T-Distributors
Hose Dimensions [mm] Order No.
D x d L
6 x 4 44 401.702 401.702
8 x 6 44 401.703

KV – 4-Way distributors
Hose Dimensions [mm] Order No.
D x d L
6 x 4 42 401.802
8 x 6 45 401.803 401.802

10 Compressed Air Accessories I – Couplings, Threaded Connections 29

 Threaded connections

Rapid-action screw fittings for plastic hoses

Connection Dimensions (mm) Order No.
W L H i SW

T-Distributors
G 1/8 23 - 6 17 401-39
G 1/4 30 22 8 22 401-40

401-40

4-Way distributors
G 1/8 23 - 6 17 401-41
G 1/4 30 22 8 22 401-42

401-42

Screw-on distributor L
G 1/8 - 22 7 14 401-43
G 1/4 22 29 10 22 401-44

401-44

Screw-on distributor T
G 1/8 - 22 8 17 401-45
G 1/4 - 29 10 22 401-46

401-46

Double nipples
G 1/8 19 - 7 17 185.029
G 1/4 22 - 8,5 21 185.033

185-033

Screw plugs
G 1/8 11 - 6 14 401-47
G 1/4 13 - 8 17 401-48
G 3/8 14 - 8 19 401-55
G 1/2 16 - 10 24 401-56
401-48

Plugs material PA11

Hose ø Dimensions [mm] Order No.
Dxd i
6x4 10 401-1
8x6 14 401-2
401-1 10 x 8 18 401-3

Sealing rings
10 Compr. Air Acc. I
Couplings etc.

Type Connec- Dimensions [mm] Order No.

tion W D d h
Sealing ring, PVC G 1/8 28 8 17 289-133
Sealing ring, PVC G 1/4 28 8 17 269-97
Undetachable sealing ring, PA G 1/8 320-35
Undetachable sealing ring, PA G 1/4 308-124
269-97 308-124
Undetachable sealing ring, PA G 3/8 308-125
Undetachable sealing ring, PA G 1/2 320-37

Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1) 40 bar (PN 40 bar)
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °C
Mounting position any
Direction of flow any
Material brass

30 10 Compressed Air Accessories I – Couplings, Threaded Connections

 Chapter 11 List of contents

Compressed Air Accessories II

Hoses, valves, mufflers, gauges, accessories

Hoses Spiral hoses PA 2

PU 3
PVC hoses PVC fabric hose with inlay 7 / PVC compressed air hose 4
“SOFT” / hose buffer / Painting and air hose 5

Rubber hose (blue stripes) 6

Plastic hoses (PE, PA 11) 6

Accessory for hoses Hose break protection 6

Runback hose reels, suspended power distributor, 7
Garage-wall holders, strainers 7

Valves Ball valves 8 – 10

Shut-off and regulating valve 11

Drain valve / air distributor 12

Manual slide valve (3/2-way valve) 13

Non-return valve 14

Safety Valves DN 6 Component-tested safety valve 15

DN 8 Component-tested safety valve 16

DN 10 Component-tested safety valve 17

DN 24, 32, 48 Component-tested safety valve

G 1 – G 2 High-performance safety valve 18 – 19

Blow-Off Valves Classic DN 6 and mini DN 3 (without component test) 20

Mufflers Muffler of sintered bronze 21

Muffler of plastic, multi chamber muffler, safety muffler 22

Gauges ø 40, 50, 63, 100 , Safety pressure gauge, accessories for gauges 23 – 25

Accessories Teflon tape , thread sealing yarn, compressed air special oil , compressor oil 26
Hoses, valves etc.
11 Compr. Air Acc. II

11 Compressed Air Accessories II – Hoses, valves etc. 1

 Hoses

Spiral hoses, polyamide (PA)

Spiral hoses with firmly attached threaded connections (twistable) at both ends. Some sizes available with coupling and plug (moun-
ted). Resistant to reduction of inside diameter. With anti knik device. Blue.

Spiral hose -standard-, polyamide 11

Maximum working length approx. 80 % of the overall length.
Hose ø Overall length Outside-ø Connection Order No.
Dxd [mm] [mm] thread

With twistable threaded connection

6x4 2,5 75 G 1/4 580.221
580.321 8x6 2,5 75 G 1/4 580.321
8x6 5,0 75 G 1/4 580.322
8x6 7,5 75 G 1/4 580.323
10 x 8 2,5 115 G 1/4 580.521
10 x 8 5,0 115 G 1/4 580.522
10 x 8 7,5 115 G 1/4 580.523
12 x 9 5,0 140 G 3/8 580.432
12 x 9 7,5 140 G 3/8 580.433

473.1 Ready mounted with coupling and plug DN 7,2 (brass)

8x6 5,0 75 - 473.1
8x6 7,5 75 - 473.2
12 x 9 5,0 140 - 473.3
12 x 9 7,5 140 - 473.4

Spiral hose, polyamide 12

Maximum working length approx. 60 % of the overall length.
Hose ø Overall length Outside-ø Connection Order No.
Dxd [mm] [mm] thread

With twistable threaded connection

6x4 2,5 75 G 1/4 580.241
580.341 8x6 2,5 75 G 1/4 580.341
8x6 5,0 75 G 1/4 580.342
8x6 7,5 75 G 1/4 580.343
8x6 10 91 G 1/4 580.344
8x6 30 91 G 1/4 580.345

Ready mounted with coupling and plug DN 7,2 (brass)

6x4 2,5 62 - 473.241
8x6 2,5 91 - 473.341
473.341 8x6 5 91 - 473.342
Available upon request: 8x6 7,5 91 - 473.343
Spiral hose by the meter 8x6 10 91 - 473.344
without connections 8x6 30 91 - 473.345

Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1) at +20 °C: 12 bar
+40 °C: 10 bar
+60 °C: 8 bar
+80 °C: 6 bar
Operating temperature -40 °C up to +100 °C

Rotating screw with bend protection spring

For spiral hoses.
Hoses, valves etc.
11 Compr. Air Acc. II

Hose ø Connection SW Order No.

Dxd thread
6 x4 G 1/4 14 474-1
8 x5 G 1/4 14 474-2
8 x6 G 1/4 14 474-3
9,5 x 6,3 G 1/4 15,8 474-4
474.1
10 x 6,5 G 1/4 15,8 474-5
10 x 8 G 1/4 15,8 474-6
12 x 8 G 1/4 17 474-7

2 11 Compressed Air Accessories II – Hoses, valves etc.

 Hoses

Spiral hoses, polyurethane (PU)

Spiral hoses with firmly attached threaded connections (twistable) at both ends. Some sizes available with coupling and plug (moun-
ted). Resistant to reduction of inside diameter. Axial connections. With anti knik device. Extremely flexibel. Less rubbing off than po-
lyamide hoses, soft surface less scratching-danger of sensitive surfaces. Blue.

Spiral hose -standard-, polyurethane

Maximum working length approx. 80 % of the overall length.
Hose ø Overall length Outside-ø Connection Order No.
Dxd [mm] [mm] thread

With twistable threaded connection

8 x5 3,0 40 G 1/4 580.125
8 x5 6,0 40 G 1/4 580.126
8 x5 7,5 40 G 1/4 580.127
9,5 x 6,3 3,5 60 G 1/4 580.225 580.473
9,5 x 6,3 6,0 60 G 1/4 580.226
9,5 x 6,3 7,5 60 G 1/4 580.227
12 x 8 3,5 80 G 3/8 580.435
12 x 8 6,0 80 G 3/8 580.436
12 x 8 7,5 80 G 3/8 580.437

Ready mounted with coupling and plug DN 7,2 (brass)

9,5 x 6,3 6,0 60 - 473.5
9,5 x 6,3 7,5 60 - 473.6
473.5
12 x 8 6,0 80 - 473.7
12 x 8 7,5 80 - 473.8

Spiral hose, polyurethane

Maximum working length approx. 60 % of the overall length.
Hose ø Overall length Outside-ø Connection Order No.
Dxd [mm] [mm] thread

With twistable threaded connection

10 x 6,5 3,5 69 G 1/4 580.245
10 x 6,5 6 69 G 1/4 580.246
10 x 6,5 7,5 69 G 1/4 580.247
10 x 6,5 10 69 G 1/4 580.248 580.245

Ready mounted with coupling and plug DN 7,2 (brass)

10 x 6,5 3,5 69 - 473.245
10 x 6,5 6 69 - 473.246
10 x 6,5 7,5 69 - 473.247
10 x 6,5 10 69 - 473.248 473.245

Ready mounted with

safety-coupling with push-button DN 7,4 and plug (steel)
10 x 6,5 3,5 69 - 473.745
10 x 6,5 6 69 - 473.746
10 x 6,5 7,5 69 - 473.747 473.746
10 x 6,5 10 69 - 473.748

Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1) at max. +50 °C – 8 bar
Operating temperature -40 °C up to + 85 °C
Hoses, valves etc.
11 Compr. Air Acc. II

11 Compressed Air Accessories II – Hoses, valves etc. 3

 Hoses

Plastic hoses, PVC

PVC fabric hose
PVC fabric hose with inlay, water-clear, conditionally oil-, gasoline- and base-resistant. Standard hose for a
wide range of applications in industry, machine and plant construction, manual trades and laboratories. PVC
hoses are resistant to pressure, UV and ageing with an unlimited storage life. If they are used with flowing oils,
the softener contained in the PVC is removed, as a result the hose loses its UV resistance and gets brittle.
Inside-ø (DN) x Thickness [mm] Pressure at 20 °C [bar] Length [m] Order No.
Whole roll, 50 m, without connections
6x3 15 50 E40013
8x3 15 50 E40021
9x3 15 50 E40014
10 x 3 15 50 E40027
13 x 3,5 15 50 E40015
19 x 3,5 15 50 E40019
25 x 4,5 12 50 E40020
Ready mounted with coupling and plug DN 7,2 (brass)
5 E40200
10 E40201
15 E40202
20 E40203
6x3 15 25 E40204
30 E40205
35 E40206
40 E40207
E40210 45 E40208
50 E40209
5 E40210
10 E40211
15 E40212
20 E40213
9x3 15 25 E40214
30 E40215
35 E40216
40 E40217
45 E40218
50 E40219
5 E40250
10 E40251
15 E40252
20 E40253
13 x 3,5 15 25 E40254
30 E40255
35 E40256
40 E40257
45 E40258
50 E40259
Technical data
Temperature range: -15 °C up to +60 °C
Operating pressure at 20 °C: see in table
Burst pressure: approx. 60 bar
Soul / Pressure carrier / Cover: PVC plain / polyester threads / PVC, cadmium and silicon free

PVC Hose for compressed air

Compressed air hose in extruded version. According to DIN 20018 for rough conditions of use. Resistant against
water- and mineral oil-containing compressed air. Flexible, non-bending, abrasion resistant and weather-proof.
Inside-ø (DN) x Thickness [mm] Pressure at 20 °C [bar] Length [m] Order No.
Whole roll, 50 m, without connections
5 x 4,5 25 50 502.31
6x3 15 50 502.32
9x3 12 50 502.33
Hoses, valves etc.
11 Compr. Air Acc. II

13 x 3,5 8 50 502.34
Technical data
Temperature range (compressed air / water): -20 °C up to +70 °C / up to +90 °C
Burst pressure > 40 bar
Soul PVC, black, plain
Pressure carrier coiled, synthetic textile strings
Cover black, plane, abrasion-resistant and weather-proof

4 11 Compressed Air Accessories II – Hoses, valves etc.

 Hoses

Plastic hoses, PVC

PVC Air hose “SOFT”
MOT-certifed according to TÜV PS PPP 53103 09.96
A 3-layer, dimensionally stable PVC hose with a cross tissue inlay made of high-
quality polyester yarn in soft-technology. Suitable for process gases up to 15 bar and process liquids up to
20 bar. The hose is extremely high flexible, even at low temperatures. It has a low weight but a high pres-
sure resistance. Resistant against UV rays, very robust, has a long durability and is oil and gasoline resistant.
Color light blue. Industrial quality. Ranges of application: Compressed air industry, plant construction, ga-
rages, industry and everywhere where tools and machines are provided with compressed air. E40412
Inside-ø (DN)x Thickness [mm] Bending radius [mm] Length [m] Order No.
Whole roll, 50 m, without connections
6,3 x 2,35 23 50 E40410
8,0 x 2,50 27 50 E40411
9,0 x 2,75 32 50 E40412
10,0 x 2,75 39 50 E40413
12,7 x 3,15 45 50 E40414
Ready mounted with coupling and plug DN 7,2 (steel) E40710
9,0 x 2,75 32 5 E40710
9,0 x 2,75 32 10 E40711
9,0 x 2,75 32 15 E40712
9,0 x 2,75 32 20 E40713
Ready mounted with DN 7,4 safety-coupling with push-button and plug (steel)
9,0 x 2,75 32 5 E40740
9,0 x 2,75 32 10 E40741
E40741
9,0 x 2,75 32 15 E40742
9,0 x 2,75 32 20 E40743
Technical data
Temperature range -20 °C up to +60 °C
Max. operating pressure (p1) 15 / 20 bar (compressed air /water)
Burst pressure 60 bar
Core material: PVC, extra soft, black
Material fabric insert polyester
Coat PVC, extra soft, cadmium- and silicone-free
Reinforcement high-strength synthetic yarn

Hose buffer
For direct connection to knocking air tools. Prevents premature wear of clutches and push nipples. Hose: PVC
air hose “SOFT” LW 9, flexible, oil and gasoline resistant, and UV resistant (see above). Length approx. 20 cm.
Connection inlet Connection outlet Max. pressure [bar] Order No.

Coupling plug Threaded hose tail 15 E40702

DN 7,2 (steel) G 1/4 a (brass)

Painting and air hose

This hose is designed for extreme conditions and consists of three-layer thermoplastic. It is reinforced with a
fabric insert in polyester fibers. The hose cover protects against oil, grease, paint and hydrocarbons. It also
provides the ability to derive electrostatic voltages. Silicone-free. Typical applications include repair shops,
paint shops, automotive, plastics processing, assembly plants and carpentry.
Inside-ø (DN) x Thickness [mm] Pressure at 20 °C [bar] Length [m] Order No.

Whole roll, 40 m, without connections E40502

8 x 2,5 16 40 E40502
Ready mounted with coupling and plug DN 7,2 (brass)
9 x 3,5 16 8 E40500
9 x 3,5 16 10 E40510
Ready mounted with DN 7,4 safety coupling with push-button and plug (steel)
9 x 3,5 32 10 E40520
Hoses, valves etc.
11 Compr. Air Acc. II

Technical data
Temperature range -20 °C up to +90 °C E40500
Burst pressure 64 bar
Soul Antistatic flexible PVC inner core, soft PVC layer,
polyester reinforcement
Cover matt blue, oil resistant

11 Compressed Air Accessories II – Hoses, valves etc. 5

 Hoses

Plastic hoses, soft-PVC, rubber, PE / PA

Rubber hose “blue stripes” for compressed air
The ideal workshop compressed air hose (ISO 2398, Cat 4B): Soul of SBR compound, resistant to we-
athering and oil-containing compressed air. Very flexible, smooth. Black/blue stripes. Silicone-free.
Inside-ø (DN) x Thickness [mm] Pressure at 20 °C [bar] Length [m] Order No.
Whole roll, 40 m, without connections
6 x 3,5 16 40 E40401
9,5 x 3,5 16 40 E40402
13 x 4 16 40 E40403
E40401 19 x 5 16 40 E40404
25 x 6 16 40 E40405
Ready mounted with DN 7,8 High flow coupling and plug (steel)
9,5 x 3,5 16 5 E40420-5
9,5 x 3,5 16 10 E40420-10
Technical data
E40420-5 Temperature range -25 °C up to +80 °C
Burst pressure 64 bar
Soul SBR blend, flameproof fabric insert from PVAA
Cover SBR / EPDM-blend, black / blue with labeling

Pneumatic hose, polyethylene / polyamide

Flexible hose, without reinforcement. Available in transparent polyethylene (PE) or nature-coloured
polyamide (PA). Whole roll (50 m) without connections.
Inside-ø (DN) Pressure [bar] at Order No.
x Thickness [mm] 20 °C 40 °C 60 °C
Polyethylene
4 x1 10 5 - E40350
6 x1 8 4 - E40351
8 x1 6 3 - E40353
9 x 1,5 8 4 - E40352
Polyamide
4 x1 27 18 15 E40362
6 x1 19 13 11 E40361
8 x1 12,5 9 7 E40363
9 x 1,5 16 11 9 E40360
Technical data
Max. operating pressures (p1) see table at: 20 °C, 40 °C, 60 °C
Temperature range 0 °C up to +80 °C (PE) / 0 °C up to +100 °C (PA 11)
Material (without reinforcement) polyethylene / polyamide
Roll length 50 m

 Protects personnel and the environment

Hose break protection - Hose Guard
Effective hose and pipe rupture valve for compressed air systems. Designed for normal amounts of air as is
from damage that can be the bursting of a required for pneumatic tools. If a hose or pipe damage by one, interrupting flow to immediately stop the flow
compressed air system or entering hose of a marginal residual flow. Remain undamaged parts of the compressed air network under full pressure to the
 Meets the EU standard EN 983 - § 5.3.4.3.2 affected segment or the tube can be safely replaced. After repair, the residual flow, the segment is filled slowly
 Operational and adjustable secured to work pressure levels. Once this is achieved, House Guard opens the line is back for normal operation.
 Building-in into any compressed air system
Connection Length [mm] SW Pre-Pressure Order No.
Inlet: male thread, Outlet: female thread
G 1/4 58 22 max. 18 bar 396.032
G 3/8 71 27 max. 18 bar 396.033
396.033 G 1/2 80 30 max. 18 bar 396.034
Intlet: female thread, Outlet: female thread
G 1/4 48 22 max. 18 bar 396.022
G 3/8 59 27 max. 18 bar 396.023
G 1/2 65 30 max. 18 bar 396.024
G 3/4 76 33 / 36 max. 35 bar 396.025
396.023
G1 100 41 / 50 max. 35 bar 396.026
G2 130 70 / 80 max. 35 bar 396.029
Hoses, valves etc.
11 Compr. Air Acc. II

Available with NPT thread upon request! Technical data

Operating temperatureG 1/4 - G 1/2: -20 °C up to +80 °C / G 3/4 - G 2: -20 °C up to +120 °C
Installation before a coupling, after maintenance unit
Material - housing / seal (o-ring) aluminum / NBR
- piston G 1/4 - G 1/2 POM / G 3/4 - G 2 aluminium

Max. debit at 8 bar 396.032 396.033 396.034 396.022 396.023 396.024 396.025 396.026 396.029
l/min 700 1100 2600 700 1100 2600 4200 7000 20000

6 11 Compressed Air Accessories II – Hoses, valves etc.

 Hoses

Accessories for plastic hoses

Hose reels
Automatic runback interlock clear and simple circuit. PU hose suitable for air and water.
Resistant to 40 °C. Closed plastic housing (shock) inside and outside use. Pivotin brak-
ket made of steel for wall and ceiling mounting. The locking can be disengaged.
Hose Hose Pressure Hose Order No.
Inside-ø (DN) length [m] [bar] connection
8 12 10 G 1/4 477-36
10 14+1 15 G 3/8 477-38
Technical data
Temperature range -40 °C up to +80 °C (comp. air) / up to +40°C (water) 477-36 477-38
Operating pressure 10 bar (477-36) / 15 bar (477-38)
Dimensions LxBxH (mm) 360 x 330 x 210 (477-36) / 420 x 390 x 230 (477-38)
Weight (kg) 4,5 (477-36) / 5,9 (477-38)
Materials - hose PU with PE fabric, glossy, blue with bend protection spring
- housing plastic, blue
- bracket steel, swivel

Suspended Power distributor

for electricity/compressed air
It provides with electricity and compressed air directly above the working area, thus no
disturbing cables or hoses lie on the floor. With its innovative design it offers a wide range
of connection possibilities for current and compressed air, despite its compact dimensi-
ons. Special feature: Temperature-control-system “DiagS”: The green and red lights in-
dicate the function of the connected devices. In case of overheating it shuts down
automatically .The suspended power distributor corresponds to protection class IP44,
and thus it is splashproof. It is suitable for use in the industry and in workshops.
Dimensions: B x H x T: 227 x 305 x 212.
Variant Order No.
- 6 earthed sockets with 250 V
- 2 connections for compressed air (upt to 12 bar) each with
a safety coupling DN 7,4 with push button
- Compressed air hose “Soft” (9 x 2,75 mm), length 2 m, E48200
up to 15 bar (mounted)
- Suspension by zinc plated knotted chain with karabiner hook, E48210
length 2 m
Features like above, but additionally with a E48210
- 3-phase AC current 5 pole socket (3 L + N + PE), 16 A / 400 V

Garage wall holder

Light-alloy casting (in one peace cast). Extreme stable, solid construction and ma-
nufacture. Available in 3 sizes
Size Dimensions [mm] Order No.
A B C D Eø F
I 188 147 70 150 6 78 E42070
II 266 201 108 225 6 107 E42072
E42070
III 348 257 144 170 8 136 E42071

Strainers
For liquids, gases, steam, water, mineral oils, heating oils and hydraulic oils, fuels,
and other non-aggressive media in liquid and gaseous states. Material tombac.
Thread DN C L SW1 SW2 Order No.
G 1/4 8 35 43,0 18,0 13 397.022
G 3/8 10 39 49,0 22,0 14 397.023
G 1/2 15 46 55,5 25,5 21 397.024
G 3/4 20 57 70,0 32,5 24 397.025
G1 25 62 82,0 38,5 32 397.026 397.024
G 1 1/4 32 73 90,0 48,5 35 397.027
Hoses, valves etc.
11 Compr. Air Acc. II

G 1 1/2 40 87 101,0 55,0 39 397.028

G2 50 102 123,5 66,0 45 397.029
Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1) 10 bar
Max. operating temperature 110 °C
Pore width of sieve insert 0,2 mm
Material - housing / headpiece tombac
- double sieve stainless steel mesh for fine filtration 0,2 mm

11 Compressed Air Accessories II – Hoses, valves etc. 7

 Valves

Mini ball valves

Mini ball valves
With full flow. Chromated brass.
Connection DN Dimensions [mm] Order No.
threads W L HG R i
Female thread
G 1/4 8 39 27 22 9 640.51
G 3/8 8 40 27 22 9 640.52
640.51 G 1/2 10 45 29 22 10,5 640.53
Female / male thread
G 1/4 8 39 27 22 9 640.55
G 3/8 8 40 27 22 9 640.56
G 1/2 10 45 29 22 10,5 640.57
Male thread
G 1/4 8 40,5 27 22 9 640.60
G 3/8 8 42,5 27 22 10 640.61
G 1/2 10 50 28,5 22 11 640.62

640.55
Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1) 10 bar (PN 10)
(at medium temperature approx. room temperature)
Operating temperature -20 °C up to +110 °C
-20 °C up to +120 °C (640.60 - 62)
Permissible media non-flammable and non-toxic gases and liquids
Mounting position any
Direction of flow any

640.60

Mini ball valves

With metal toggle. With full flow. Chromated brass.
Connection DN Dimensions [mm] Order No.
threads W L HG R i
Female thread
G 1/4 10 42,0 46,0 50 10,0 640.90
G 3/8 10 47,0 46,0 50 12,0 640.91
640.90 G 1/2 15 53,0 51,5 50 13,5 640.92
G 3/4 20 60,5 54,5 50 14,5 640.93
G1 25 65,0 61,5 50 14,0 640.94
Female / male thread
G 1/4 10 43,0 46,0 50 10,0 640.08
G 3/8 10 57,0 46,0 50 12,0 640.09
G 1/2 15 56,5 51,5 50 13,5 640.10
G 3/4 20 64,0 54,5 50 14,5 640.11
G1 25 70,0 61,5 65 14,0 640.12
Male thread
640.08 G 3/8 10 56,0 46,0 50 11,5 641.01
G 1/2 15 53,5 51,5 50 10,0 641.02
G 3/4 20 59,5 54,5 50 12,0 641.03
G1 25 69,0 61,5 65 13,0 640.04

Technical data
Hoses, valves etc.
11 Compr. Air Acc. II

Max. operating pressure (p1) 30 bar (PN 30)

(at medium temperature approx. room temperature)
Operating temperature -20 °C up to +130 °C
Permissible media non-flammable and non-toxic gases and liquids
Mounting position any
641.01
Direction of flow any

8 11 Compressed Air Accessories II – Hoses, valves etc.

 Valves

Ball valves
Ball valves
With metal toggle. With full flow. Chromated brass.
Connection Dimensions [mm] SW Order No.
threads W DN NL HG R i1/i2
Female thread
G 1/4 10 42 46 85 10 23 640.13
G 3/8 10 57 46 85 12 23 640.14
G 1/2 15 57 52 85 13 30 640.15
G 3/4 20 64 55 85 14 37 640.16 640.14
G1 25 64 62 85 14 45 640.17
G 1 1/4 32 70 73 100 15 55 640.18
G 1 1/2 40 89 79 140 16 68 640.19
G2 50 103 92 140 17 84 640.20
Female / male thread
G 1/4 10 43 46 85 10 / 11 23 640.70
G 3/8 10 57 46 85 12 / 11 23 640.71
G 1/2 15 53 52 85 13 / 10 30 640.72
G 3/4 20 57 55 85 14 / 12 37 640.73
G1 25 64 62 140 14 / 13 45 640.74
G 1 1/4 32 86 73 140 15 / 14 55 640.75 640.71
G 1 1/2 40 97 79 140 16 / 15 68 640.76
G2 50 114 92 140 17 / 17 84 640.77
Male thread
G 3/8 10 56 46 85 11 23 640.81
G 1/2 15 54 52 85 10 30 640.82
G 3/4 20 60 55 85 12 37 640.83
G1 25 69 62 113 13 45 640.84
G 1 1/4 32 84 73 141 14 55 640.85
G 1 1/2 40 97 79 141 15 68 640.86
G2 50 114 92 141 17 84 640.87 640.84

Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1) 30 bar (PN 30)
(at medium temperature approx. room temperature)
Operating temperature -20 °C up to +120 °C
Permissible media non-flammable and non-toxic gases and liquids
Mounting position any
Direction of flow any

Stainless steel ball valves, refer to Chapter 7 “Compressed Air Preparation - Stainless Steel” on Page 9.

Hoses, valves etc.

11 Compr. Air Acc. II

11 Compressed Air Accessories II – Hoses, valves etc. 9

 Valves

Compact ball valves

Compact ball valves
With metal toggle (steel). Straight-through opening same as port size. Material nickel-
plated brass with a chromium-plated ball. Seals of Teflon (PTFE and NBR).
Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.
threads W DN L i SW l
Female thread
G 1/4 8 44,4 10 25 80 569.202
G 3/8 10 44,4 10 25 80 569.204
569.206 G 1/2 15 50,5 12,5 31 80 569.206
G 3/4 20 57,5 13,5 37 113 569.208
G1 25 70 15 38 113 569.209
G 1 1/4 32 80,5 16,5 47 138 569.210
G 1 1/2 40 94,5 17,5 54 138 569.211
G2 50 112,5 20,5 66 158 569.212
Female / male thread
G 1/4 8 54 10,5 25 80 569.502
G 3/8 10 54 10,5 25 80 569.504
G 1/2 15 58,5 11,5 31 80 569.506
G 3/4 20 66,5 13,5 37 113 569.508
569.506 G1 25 78,5 14,5 38 113 569.509
G 1 1/4 32 91,5 17 47 138 569.510
G 1 1/2 40 105,5 19 54 138 569.511
G2 50 122 21 66 158 569.512
Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1) G 1/4 - G 1/2: 50 bar
(at medium temperature G 3/4 - G 1: 40 bar
approx. room temperature) G 1 1/4 - G 1 1/2: 30 bar
G 2: 25 bar
Operating temperature -40 °C up to +200 °C (seal PTFE)
Permissible media Non-flammable and non-toxic gases and liquids
Mounting position any
Direction of flow any
Material - ball seal PTFE (Teflon)
- spindle seal viton
Marked with identification according to AD info-sheet A4

Compact ball valves with DVGW-Approval (EN 331)

With metal toggle (steel). Straight-through opening same as port size. Material nickel-
plated brass with a chromium-plated ball. Seals of Teflon (PTFE and NBR).
Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.
threads W DN L i SW l
Female thread
G 1/4 8 49 13 18 80 574.202
G 3/8 10 52 13 21 80 574.204
574.209 G 1/2 15 61 16 25 89 574.206
G 3/4 20 68 17 31 113 574.208
G1 25 85 20 38 113 574.209
G 1 1/4 32 99 20 47 138 574.210
G 1 1/2 40 109 22 54 160 574.211
G2 50 130 24 66 160 574.212
Female / male thread
G 1/4 8 57 13 18 80 574.502
G 3/8 10 59 13 21 80 574.504
G 1/2 15 68 15 25 88 574.506
G 3/4 20 75 17 31 113 574.508
G1 25 90 18 38 113 574.509
G 1 1/4 32 105 20 47 137 574.510
G 1 1/2 40 115 25 54 157 574.511
G2 50 135 25 66 157 574.512
Hoses, valves etc.
11 Compr. Air Acc. II

Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1) 5 bar (MOP5, PN 16 for compressed air)
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +80 °C (seal PTFE)
Permissible media flammable gases, exept acetylen and hydrogen
Mounting position any
Direction of flow any
Material - ball seal PTFE (Teflon)
- spindle seal viton
Marked with identification according to DVGW

10 11 Compressed Air Accessories II – Hoses, valves etc.

 Valves

Shut-off and regulating valves

Shut-off valves
2-way valves with manual operation. The seal is carried out by a stainless steel ball.
Spindle seal is made by an o-ring of perbunan.
Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.
threads W DN L i H d
Straight through type, with male thread
G 1/8 3,5 35 7 30 22 296.01
G 1/4 3,5 34 8 30 22 296.11 296.11
G 1/4 6 43 10 50 48 556.12
G 3/8 10 52 12 50 48 556.14
G 1/2 10 64 14 54 48 556.16
Straight through type, with female thread
G 1/4 6 43 11 50 48 556.22
G 3/8 9 52 12 50 48 556.24
G 1/2 11 63 15 57 48 556.26
elbow type, with male thread
G 1/8 3,5 34 7 26 22 295.01 556.22
G 1/4 3,5 34 8 26 22 295.11

295.11

Needle regulating valves

Needle regulating valves seals by a brass-cone and thus allow a constant flow
control between open and closed.
Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.
threads W DN L i H d
Straight through type, with male thread
G 1/4 4 42 11 52 50 558.12 558.12
G 3/8 4 42 11 52 50 558.14
G 1/2 11 65 15 60 50 558.16
Straight through type, with female thread
G 1/4 4 42 12 50 50 558.22
G 3/8 4 51 13 50 50 558.24
G 1/2 11 64 15 50 50 558.26

558.22

Technical data
Max. operating pressure 25 bar (PN 25) for DN 3,5
40 bar (PN 40) from DN 4
Hoses, valves etc.
11 Compr. Air Acc. II

Operating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °C

Permissible media non-flammable and non-toxic gases, preferably air
Mounting position any
Direction of flow arrow
Material brass
- handwheel (556.xx + 558.xx): plastic

11 Compressed Air Accessories II – Hoses, valves etc. 11

 Valves

Drain valves, air distributions

Drain valves
Drain valves of brass, straight or elbow-type, originally ser-ved to let out the con-
densation at the lowest point of compression tank. Today they are generally used for
air exhaust. Soft seal (NBR) with handwheel, metal seal equipped with toggle.

Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.

threads W DN L i d SW
166.12 Elbow type, handwheel, with soft seal, brass
G 1/8 5 43 9 20 - 166.02
G 1/4 5 43 12 20 - 166.12
Straight type, toggle, with metal seal, nickel-plated
G 1/8 5 35 7 40 12 212.01
G 1/4 5 35 10 42 14 168.11

Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1): 25 bar (PN 25)
Operating temperature: 0 °C up to +90 °C
168.11 Mounting position: any

Air distributors
Air distributors make it possible to have two or three taps that can be shut off indi-
vidually. They are constructed either of hot-pressed brass with two outlets or of fit-
tings that have two or three diaphragm shut-off valves. (See also air distri-butors
with couplings).

Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.

threads W DN L i H d
With hose tails
G 1/4 LW 6 6 79 9 110 25 559.621
G 3/8 LW 6 6 79 9 110 25 559.631
Without hose tails
559.631 G 1/4 6 79 9 65 25 559.121
G 3/8 6 79 9 65 25 559.131

Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1): 40 bar (PN 40)
Operating temperature: -10 °C up to +90 °C
Mounting position: any
Hoses, valves etc.
11 Compr. Air Acc. II

12 11 Compressed Air Accessories II – Hoses, valves etc.

 Valves

Manual slide valves (3/2-way valves)

Manual slide valves are ideal fittings for equipment which, when turned off, must as a safety measure also be relieved;
for example, putty-applicators, clamp-cylinders, nail-drivers, grinders, drills, screw drivers etc. When the compressed air pressure is
escaped accidental operation cannot cause any injuries or damage. The manual slide valves can be connected to the compressed air
system with 2/3 hose connectors or quick detachable connectors for plastic hoses. The couplings and fittings must be ordered sepa-
rately, see Chapter 10.

Manual slide valves 3/2-way valves

3 ways 2 switch-positions operation by axial movement of the slide.
Protective device: The slide is elongated on the outer side in order to prevent the
fingers from getting caught during operation.
Safe relieving of compressed air: Compressed air that escapes during exhaust is
directed safely in axial direction.
Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No. 321.12
threads W D L i SW
G 1/8 26 72 8 14 321.11
G 1/4 32 81 10 19 321.12
G 3/8 37 85 10 22 321.14
G 1/2 44 98 12 27 321.16

Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1): 12 bar
Min. Operating pressure (p1): 1 bar
Operating temperature: 0 °C up to +90 °C
Mounting position: any
Direction of flow: arrow

Rates of flow (Nominal flow in Nl/min):

Inlet pressure p1 [bar] 2 4 6 8 10 12
321.11 G 1/8 450 750 1000 1700 1950 2267
321.12 G 1/4 1000 1667 2000 3333 4000 4667
321.14 G 3/8 1667 2667 4167 5167 6333 8167
321.16 G 1/2 2500 3833 5500 7000 8333 10000

Hoses, valves etc.

11 Compr. Air Acc. II

11 Compressed Air Accessories II – Hoses, valves etc. 13

 Valves

Non-return valves
Non-return valves allow flow in one direction while shutting off the flow in the opposite direction. They have a soft seal (viton) and are
available in straight or T-form.
Important: The straight type cannot be used for compressors!!

Non-return valves
Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.
threads W DN L i SW K

Straight type, male threads at both ends

M5 2 30 5 10 5 392.017
392.012 G 1/4 8 49,5 6,5 22 9 392.012
G 3/8 8 53,5 11 22 11 392.013
G 1/2 12 70 13 27 13 392.014
G 3/4 16 77 14 36 14 392.015
G1 22 84 15 46 15 392.016

Straight type, female threads at both ends

M5 2 30 4,5 10 4,5 392.027
G 1/4 8 45 9,5 22 11,5 392.022
392.023
G 3/8 8 47 10 22 11 392.023
G 1/2 12 57 11 27 13 392.024
G 3/4 16 58 14 36 13 392.025
G1 22 68 14 46 16 392.026

Straight type, inlet: male thread – outlet: female thread

G 1/4 8 48,5 6,5 22 11,5 392.032
G 3/8 8 53,5 11 22 11 392.033
392.033 G 1/2 12 69 13 27 13 392.034
G 3/4 16 72 14 36 13 392.035
G1 22 81 15 46 16 392.036

Straight type, inlet: female thread – outlet: male thread

G 1/4 8 46 6,5 22 9 392.042
G 3/8 8 47 10 22 11 392.043
G 1/2 12 58 11 27 13 392.044
392.043 G 3/4 16 63 14 36 14 392.045
G1 22 69 14 46 15 392.046

T-form, female threads at both ends

G 1/4 6 42 11 17 33 566.22
G 3/8 7,5 48 12 22 33 566.24
G 1/2 10 64 15 27 36 566.26

566.24

Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1): 16 bar
Opening pressure: -straight type ~ 0,1 bar
-T-form 0,5 up to 0,8 bar
Operating temperature: -10 °C up to +180 °C
Mounting position: any
Direction of flow: arrow
Material: brass, viton

Rates of flow
Hoses, valves etc.
11 Compr. Air Acc. II

Nominal rates of flow in Nl/min at p1 = 6 bar and Δp = 1 bar

Ex. straight type:
Threads Nominal flow
G 1/4 und G 3/8 917 Nl/min
G 1/2 1667 Nl/min
G 3/4 3167 Nl/min
G1 5667 Nl/min

14 11 Compressed Air Accessories II – Hoses, valves etc.

 Safety valves

Component-tested safety valves DN 6

Safety valves serve to blow out non-poisonous and non flammable gases into the atmosphere in order to protect pressure tanks
against overpressure.
Please note: Only safety valves that have been set and sealed by us can be delivered with the component symbols, it is thus abso-
lutely necessary to indicate the setting pressure in bar. As functional test, safety valves may be aerated by the way of pulling the haul-
off bolt. Repairs may only be carried out by the manufacturer.

Connection Dimensions [mm] Set pressure Order No.

threads W L i SW do [bar]
4,5 - 7,0 469.23
7,0 - 10,0 469.24
G 1/4 65 10 17 6 10,0 - 13,0 469.25
13,0 - 18,0 469.26
18,0 - 24,0 469.27
4,5 - 7,0 469.33
7,0 - 10,0 469.34
G 3/8 65 10 19 6 10,0 - 13,0 469.35
13,0 - 18,0 469.36
18,0 - 24,0 469.37
469.23

Technical data Exhaust capacity air

Connection thread G 1/4, G 3/8 The exhaust capacities indicated in the table
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +150 °C are the minimum values reached when air
Setting range 4,5 up to 24 bar (5 steps) pressure is raised by 10 % above the set pres-
Opening pressure difference < 10 % sure.
Closing pressure difference < 10 %
Built-in position vertical Set pressure Exhaust flow capacity
Material brass (normal conditioning)
Seal FKM (viton) [bar] [m³/h] [l/min]
Locking torque (valve installation) 13 Nm 6 45,5 763
Important: The supply connection to the safety valve should not be < DN 6, 10 92 1540
the pressure drop in the supply connection not > 3 %. 11 100 1681
14 126 2104
16 143 2387
Definitions 18 160 2696
20 177 2551
Set pressure (start-to-leak): beginning of audible leaking
22 194 3234
Opening pressure: valve completely open, max. blow-off / deflation
24 211 3516
Closing pressure: valve is closed and sealed (tight)
Opening pressure difference: difference between start-to-leak pressure and Intermediate values can be interpolated.
openning pressure
Closing pressure difference: difference between start-to-leak pressure and
closing pressure Locking torques
Connection Max. locking
For example: set pressure 12,0 bar threads torques
opening pressure (+10 %) 13,2 bar G 1/4 15 Nm
closing pressure (-10 %) 10,8 bar G 3/8 25 Nm

Component symbols
CE0685 SV 02 3 6 D/G 0,4 P

pressure setting (bar)

flow factor
suitable for gases and vapors
narrowest flow diameter (mm)
component number
year of approval
safety valve
German technical inspection
Hoses, valves etc.
11 Compr. Air Acc. II

in this case: DEKRA

11 Compressed Air Accessories II – Hoses, valves etc. 15

 Safety valves

Component-tested safety valves DN 8

Safety valves serve to blow out non-poisonous and non-flammable gases into the atmosphere in order to protect pressure tanks against
overpressure.
Please note: Only safety valves that have been set and sealed with lead (plumbed) by us can be delivered with the component sym-
bols, it is thus absolutely necessary to indicate the setting pressure in bar. To test their proper functioning, safety valves can be relieved
by turning the knurled (thumb) screw to the left. The bearing surfaces and conical seals can be cleaned of impurities by unscrewing the
entire upper part - without changing the pressure setting. Repairs may only be carried out by the manufacturer.
Connection Dimensions [mm] Set pressure Order No.
threads W L i SW do [bar]
G 1/4 85 10 20 8 1,0 - 1,5 351.221
G 1/4 85 10 20 8 1,5 - 2,0 351.222
G 1/4 85 10 20 8 2,0 - 3,0 351.223
G 1/4 85 10 20 8 3,0 - 5,0 351.224
G 1/4 85 10 20 8 5,0 - 7,0 351.225
G 1/4 85 10 20 8 7,0 - 9,0 351.226
G 1/4 85 10 20 8 9,0 - 15,0 351.227
G 1/4 90 10 20 8 15,0 - 20,0 351.421
G 1/4 90 10 20 8 20,0 - 27,0 351.422
G 1/4 90 10 20 8 27,0 - 40,0 351.423
351.247 G 3/8 85 10 20 8 1,0 - 1,5 351.241
G 3/8 85 10 20 8 1,5 - 2,0 351.242
G 3/8 85 10 20 8 2,0 - 3,0 351.243
G 3/8 85 10 20 8 3,0 - 5,0 351.244
G 3/8 85 10 20 8 5,0 - 7,0 351.245
G 3/8 85 10 20 8 7,0 - 9,0 351.246
G 3/8 85 10 20 8 9,0 - 15,0 351.247
G 3/8 90 10 20 8 15,0 - 20,0 351.441
G 3/8 90 10 20 8 20,0 - 27,0 351.442
G 3/8 90 10 20 8 27,0 - 40,0 351.443
G 1/2 87 12 24 8 1,0 - 1,5 351.251
G 1/2 87 12 24 8 1,5 - 2,0 351.252
G 1/2 87 12 24 8 2,0 - 3,0 351.253
G 1/2 87 12 24 8 3,0 - 5,0 351.254
G 1/2 87 12 24 8 5,0 - 7,0 351.255
G 1/2 87 12 24 8 7,0 - 9,0 351.256
G 1/2 87 12 24 8 9,0 - 15,0 351.257
G 1/2 92 12 24 8 15,0 - 20,0 351.451
G 1/2 92 12 24 8 20,0 - 27,0 351.452
G 1/2 92 12 24 8 27,0 - 40,0 351.453

Exhaust capacity air Technical data

The exhaust capacities indicated in the Connection thread G 1/4, G 3/8, G 1/2
table are the minimum values reached Operating temperature -10 °C up to +180 °C
when air pressure is raised by 10 % above Setting range 1 up to 40 bar (10 steps)
the set pressure. Opening pressure difference < 10 %
Closing pressure difference < 10 % (under 3 bar < 0,3 bar)
Built-in position vertical
Set pressure Exhaust flow capacity
Material brass
(normal conditioning)
Seal FKM (viton)
[bar] [m³/h] [l/min]
Leading aluminum
1 23,5 394
Locking torque (valve installation) 13 Nm
2 35,5 592
4 59 985 Important: The supply connection to the safety valve should not be < DN 6,
6 63 1380 the pressure drop in the supply connection not > 3 %.
8 106 1773 Definitions
10 130 2168 Set pressure (start-to-leak): beginning of audible leaking
12 154 2562 Opening pressure: valve completely open, max. blow-off / deflation
14 177 2957 Closing pressure: valve is closed and sealed (tight)
16 201 3350 Opening pressure difference: difference between start-to-leak pressure and openning pressure
18 225 3745 Closing pressure difference: difference between start-to-leak pressure and closing pressure
20 248 4138
For example: set pressure 12,0 bar
22 272 4533
opening pressure (+10 %) 13,2 bar
25 307 5124 closing pressure (-10 %) 10,8 bar
30 367 6110
35 426 7095
Component symbols
40 485 8080
Hoses, valves etc.
11 Compr. Air Acc. II

CE0685 SV 02 2 8 D/G 0,32 P

Intermediate values can be interpolated. pressure setting (bar)
flow factor
Locking torques suitable for gases and vapors
Connection Max. locking narrowest flow diameter (mm)
threads torques component number
G 1/4 15 Nm year of approval
G 3/8 25 Nm safety valve
G 1/2 35 Nm German technical inspection
in this case: DEKRA

16 11 Compressed Air Accessories II – Hoses, valves etc.

 Safety valves

Component-tested safety valves DN 10

Safety valves serve to blow out non-poisonous and non-flammable gases into the atmosphere in order to protect pressure tanks against
overpressure.
Please note: Only safety valves that have been set and sealed with lead (plumbed) by us can be delivered with the component sym-
bols, it is thus absolutely necessary to indicate the setting pressure in bar. To test their proper functioning, safety valves can be relieved
by turning the knurled (thumb) screw to the left. The bearing surfaces and conical seals can be cleaned of impurities by unscrewing the
entire upper part - without changing the pressure setting. Repairs may only be carried out by the manufacturer.

Connection Dimensions [mm] Set pressure Order No.

threads W L i SW do [bar]
2,0 - 3,6 351.261
3,6 - 5,0 351.262
5,0 - 7,0 351.263
G 1/2 120 12 27 10 7,0 - 8,5 351.264
8,5 - 11,5 351.265
11,5 - 16,0 351.266
16,0 - 22,0 351.267
2,0 - 3,6 351.271
3,6 - 5,0 351.272
5,0 - 7,0 351.273
G 3/4 120 12 30 10 7,0 - 8,5 351.274 351.267
8,5 - 11,5 351.275
11,5 - 16,0 351.276
16,0 - 22,0 351.277

Technical data Exhaust capacity air

Connection thread G 1/2, G 3/4 The exhaust capacities indicated in the
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +180 °C table are the minimum values reached
Setting range 2 up to 22 bar (7 steps) when air pressure is raised by 10 %
Opening pressure difference < 10 % above the set pressure.
Closing pressure difference < 10 % (under 3 bar < 0,3 bar)
Built-in position vertical Set pressure Exhaust flow capacity
Material brass (normal conditioning)
Seal FKM (viton) [bar] [m³/h] [l/min]
Leading aluminum 2 74,5 1242
Locking torque (valve installation) 13 Nm 4 124 2068
Important: The supply connection to the safety valve should not be < DN 6, 6 174 2895
the pressure drop in the supply connection not > 3 %. 8 223 3722
10 273 4548
Definitions 12 323 5377
14 372 6203
Set pressure (start-to-leak): beginning of audible leaking 16 422 7032
Opening pressure: valve completely open, max. blow-off / deflation 18 471 7858
Closing pressure: valve is closed and sealed (tight) 20 521 8685
Opening pressure difference: difference between start-to-leak pressure and 22 571 9513
openning pressure
Closing pressure difference: difference between start-to-leak pressure and Intermediate values can be interpolated.
closing pressure

For example: set pressure 12,0 bar

Locking torques
opening pressure (+10 %) 13,2 bar Connection Max. locking
closing pressure (-10 %) 10,8 bar threads torques
G 1/2 35 Nm
G 3/4 50 Nm
Component symbols
CE0685 SV 02 1 10 D/G 0,43 P

pressure setting (bar)

flow factor
suitable for gases and vapors
narrowest flow diameter (mm)
component number
year of approval
safety valve
Hoses, valves etc.
11 Compr. Air Acc. II

German technical inspection

in this case: DEKRA

11 Compressed Air Accessories II – Hoses, valves etc. 17

 Safety valves

Component-tested high-performance safety valves G 1 – G 2

Safety valve with a very high blow-off capacity will be used for protection of pressure vessels and pressure systems for air and other
neutral, non-toxic and non-combustible gases. The valves only can be supplied with a preset pressure, the desired set pressure must
be specified with the order. After setting, the valves are labeled and sealed. For functional testing, the safety valve can be opened by
turning the knurled screw. The bearing surfaces and seals can be cleaned from impurities by unscrewing the upper part without
changing the pressure setting. Repairs may only be executed by the manufacturer.

Safety valves D / G
This spring-loaded safety valve with a very high blow-off capacity will be used for
protection of pressure vessels and pressure systems for air and other neutral, non-
toxic and non-combustible gases.
Connection Dimensions [mm] Set pressure Order No.
threads W L i SW do [bar]
G1 177 15 41 24 0,2 - 35 352.00
G 1 1/4 215 22,5 60 32 0,2 - 30 352.10
G 1 1/2 215 22,5 60 32 0,2 - 30 352.20
G2 282 26 80 48 0,2 - 30 352.30
352.00

Safety valves F / K / S
This valves have a protective cover (stainless steel) and the spring area of the medium
is separately. This design allows a usage to secure fixed pressure and vehicle tanks
from dust and granular goods.

Connection Dimensions [mm] Set pressure Order No.

threads W L i SW do [bar]
G1 177 15 41 24 0,2 - 6 352.40
G 1 1/4 215 22,5 60 32 0,2 - 6 352.50
G 1 1/2 215 22,5 60 32 0,2 - 6 352.60
352.60
G2 282 26 80 48 0,2 - 6 352.70

Options Technical data

Stainless steel - and Connection thread G 1, G 1 1/4, G 1 1/2, G 2
NBR or PTFE seals on request! Operating temperature +200 °C
Setting range - model D/G 0,2 up to 30 (35) bar
- model F/K/S 0,2 up to 6 bar
Opening pressure difference < 10 %
Locking torques Closing pressure difference < 10 %
Built-in position vertical, standing
Connection Max. locking Material - housing, top, internal parts brass (stainless steel on request!)
threads torques - seal FKM (viton)
G1 60 Nm (NBR or PTFE on request!)
G 1 1/4 80 Nm - spring, guard stainless steel
G 1 1/2 80 Nm
G2 80 Nm Definitions
Set pressure (start-to-leak): beginning of audible leaking
Opening pressure: valve completely open, max. blow-off / deflation
Closing pressure: valve is closed and sealed (tight)
Opening pressure difference: difference between start-to-leak pressure and
openning pressure
Closing pressure difference: difference between start-to-leak pressure and
closing pressure
Component symbols
TÜV – SV – 05 – 2003 – DN – D/G – 0,xx – p
F/K/S
pressure setting (bar)
flow factor
suitable for *
narowest flow diameter (mm)
Hoses, valves etc.

test number
11 Compr. Air Acc. II

year of approval
safety valve
German surveillance: TÜV
* D/G - for gases and vapors
F / K / S - for blowing air from tanks for liquid, granular or dust media

TÜV – Component certification: 2003

Power table see next side

18 11 Compressed Air Accessories II – Hoses, valves etc.

 Safety valves

Exhaust capacity air [Nm³/h]

At max. pressure exceeding 10 % these values are achieved.

Model D / G Model F / K / S
Set pressure Exhaust flow capacity [m³/h] Set pressure Exhaust flow capacity [m³/h]
[bar] G1 G 1 1/4 G 1 1/2 G2 [bar] G1 G 1 1/4 G 1 1/2 G2

0,2 225 376 376 721 0,2 225 376 376 721
0,3 258 430 430 786 0,3 258 430 430 786
0,4 284 473 473 851 0,4 284 473 473 851
0,5 310 517 517 916 0,5 310 517 517 916
0,6 337 563 563 981 0,6 342 571 571 981
0,7 371 618 618 1046 0,7 371 618 618 1046
0,8 399 666 666 1111 0,8 399 666 666 1111
0,9 429 715 715 1175 0,9 429 715 715 1176
1,0 459 766 766 1370 1,0 459 766 766 1370
1,5 604 1007 1007 1827 1,2 514 858 858 1514
2,0 749 1249 1249 2325 1,4 571 952 952 1658
3,0 1032 1723 1723 3177 1,6 629 1049 1049 1903
4,0 1330 2219 2219 4056 1,8 688 1148 1148 2055
5,0 1601 2671 2671 4962 2,0 749 1249 1249 2325
6,0 1872 3123 3123 5802 2,5 889 1483 1483 2724
7,0 2143 3575 3575 6642 3,0 1032 1723 1723 3177
8,0 2413 4027 4027 6034 3,5 1165 1943 1943 3583
9,0 2684 4478 4478 6711 4,0 1330 2219 2219 4056
10,0 2955 4930 4930 7388 4,5 1465 2445 2445 4469
11,0 3226 5382 5382 8066 5,0 1601 2671 2671 4962
12,0 3497 5834 5834 8742 5,5 1736 2897 2897 5382
13,0 3768 6286 6286 9420 6,0 1872 3123 3123 5802
14,0 4039 6738 6738 10097
15,0 4310 7190 7190 10774 Applied standards and regulations:
16,0 4581 7642 7642 11451 DIN EN ISO 4126-1
17,0 4851 8094 8094 12128 AD 2000 data sheets A2
TRB 801 No. 22 and No. 23
18,0 5122 8546 8546 12806
DGR 97/23 EG
19,0 5393 8998 8998 13483
20,0 5664 9450 9450 14160
21,0 5935 9902 9902 14838
22,0 6206 10354 10354 15515
23,0 6477 10806 10806 16192
24,0 6748 11258 11258 16869
25,0 7019 11710 11710 17546
26,0 7289 12162 12162 18224
27,0 7560 12614 12614 18901
28,0 7831 13066 13066 19578
29,0 8102 13518 13518 20255
30,0 8373 13970 13970 20933
31,0 8644 – – –
32,0 8915 – – –
33,0 9186 – – –
34,0 9457 – – –
35,0 9727 – – –

Applied standards and regulations:

DIN EN ISO 4126-1
AD 2000 data sheets A2
DGR 97/23 EG
Hoses, valves etc.
11 Compr. Air Acc. II

11 Compressed Air Accessories II – Hoses, valves etc. 19

 Blow-off valves

Blow-off valves without component test DN 3, DN 6

To blow out non-poisonous and non-flammable gases into the atmosphere in order to protect pressure tanks against overpressure.
Setting and lead seal at additional charge.

Classic blow-off valves DN 6

Setted valves are plumbed.
Metal seated valves may have slight leakage.
Connestion Seal Dimensions [mm] Set pressure Order No.
threads W L i SW [bar]
1,5 - 4,0 259.007
G 1/4 Metal 78 10 17 4,0 - 8,0 259.008
8,0 - 12,0 259.009
1,5 - 4,0 259.010
G 1/4 NBR 78 10 17 4,0 - 8,0 259.011
8,0 - 12,0 259.012
259.012

Mini blow-off valve DN 3

Setted safety device on request.
Connection Seal Dimensions [mm) Set pressure Order No.
threads W L i SW [bar)
0,2 - 1,0 368.025
1,1 - 3,0 368.11
3,1 - 6,0 368.12
G 1/8 NBR 27 7 16 6,1 - 12,0 368.13
12,1 - 18,0 368.14
18,1 - 32,0 368.15
32,1 - 60,0 368.16
368.23 0,2 - 1,0 368.016
1,1 - 3,0 368.21
3,1 - 6,0 368.22
G 1/4 NBR 27 7 16 6,1 - 12,0 368.23
12,1 - 18,0 368.24
18,1 - 32,0 368.25
32,1 - 60,0 368.26

Exhaust capacity air Technical data

DN 6 DN 3
The exhaust capacities indicated in the
table are the minimum values reached Connection thread G 1/4 G 1/8, G 1/4
when air pressure is raised by 10 % above Operating temperature NBR -10 °C up to +90 °C
the set pressure. Metal -10 °C up to +180 °C
other temperatures on request!
Set pressure Exhaust flow capacity Setting range 1,5 - 12 bar 1 - 60 bar
(normal conditioning) Opening pressure difference 10 % - 15 % ~ 20 %
[bar] [m³/h] [l/min] Closing pressure difference 15 % - 25 % ~ 20 %
Built-in position vertical
Classi blow-off valve DN 6 Material - housing brass
1,5 10 165 - seal metal, NBR NBR
2 13 215
4 26 430 Definitions
6 42 700
Set pressure (start-to-leak): beginning of audible leaking
8 58 970
Opening pressure: valve completely open, max. blow-off / deflation
10 74 1230
Closing pressure: valve is closed and sealed (tight)
12 90 1500
Opening pressure difference: difference between start-to-leak pressure and
openning pressure
Mini blow-off valve DN 3
Closing pressure difference: difference between start-to-leak pressure and
1 3 50
closing pressure
4 12 200
6 18 300
Hoses, valves etc.
11 Compr. Air Acc. II

10 30 500
20 60 1000
30 90 1500
40 120 2000
50 150 2500
60 180 3000
Intermediate values can be interpolated.

20 11 Compressed Air Accessories II – Hoses, valves etc.

 Mufflers

Mufflers of sintered bronze

To reduce the noise of exhaust air on equipment using compressed air, cylinders and valves etc. The strong design makes them suit-
able for high working pressure an dintermittent opertation. Can be cleaned with all usual detergents.

Mufflers
Connection Dimensions [mm) Pore size Order No.
threads W L i SW [μm)

With hexagon (fully sintered)

G 1/8 28,5 4 13 40 573.1
G 1/4 33 8 17 40 573.2
G 3/8 36 10 22 40 573.3
G 1/2 44 12 27 40 573.6
G 3/4 54 14 32 40 573.8
G1 66 16 41 40 573.9

With hexagon (brass)

G 1/8 28 6 13 40 573.11
G 1/4 34,5 8 16 40 573.12
G 3/8 40,5 7,5 19 40 573.13
G 1/2 46 10 24 40 573.16
G 3/4 50 10 30 40 573.18
G1 60,5 11,5 36 40 573.19

With hexagon, flat type

G 1/8 13 6 13 100 573.21
G 1/4 16,5 8 16 100 573.22
G 3/8 16,5 7,5 19 100 573.23
G 1/2 19 10 24 100 573.26
G 3/4 19 10 30 100 573.28
G1 22 12 36 100 573.29

Flat type with slot

G 1/8 5 - - 50 573.31
G 1/4 6 - - 50 573.32
G 3/8 7 - - 50 573.33
G 1/2 9 - - 50 573.36
G 3/4 8 - - 50 573.38
G1 10 - - 50 573.39

Mufflers throttle type, adjustable

About an adjusting the exhaust air volume can be adjusted.
Connection Dimensions [mm] Pore size Order No.
threads W L i SW [μm]

With hexagon (brass), lockable with counter nut

G 1/8 28,5 4 13 50 573.41
G 1/4 33 8 17 50 573.42
G 3/8 36 10 22 50 573.43
G 1/2 44 12 27 50 573.46
G 3/4 54 14 32 50 573.48
G1 66 16 41 50 573.49

With knurled screw, lockable by spring power

G 1/8 28 6 13 100 573.51
G 1/4 34,5 8 16 100 573.52
G 3/8 40,5 7,5 19 100 573.53
G 1/2 46 10 24 100 573.56
G 3/4 50 10 30 100 573.58
G1 60,5 11,5 36 100 573.59
Hoses, valves etc.
11 Compr. Air Acc. II

Technical data
Max. back pressure - 573.21-39, 573.51-59 16 bar
- 573.11-19, 573.41-49 12 bar
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +180 °C
Mounting position any

11 Compressed Air Accessories II – Hoses, valves etc. 21

 Mufflers

Mufflers (plastic, steel)

Muffler, plastic
To reduce the noise of exhaust air on equipment using compressed air, cylinders
and valves etc..

Connection Dimensions [mm] Order No.

threads W L i D
G 1/4 43 8 20 573.62
573.62 G 3/8 57 10 24 573.63
G 1/2 57 10 24 573.64

Technical data
Max. back pressure 6 bar
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °C
Mounting position any
Material - housing plastic
- damping plastic balls

391.106 Multi-chamber mufflers

This muffler combines in ideal fashion the three most important requirements of a
muffler; high blow-off capacity, short exhaust time, strong silencing effect. The axial
air-exhaust at the outlet allows the air to escape in a safe direction. Temperatures up
to 90 °C in conti-nuous operation, water-resistent and oil-resistent, can be cleaned
by washing out with petrol, back pressure: 6 bar.
Connection Dimensions [mm] Rates of flow Sound level Order No.
threads W L i D [m³/h] [l/min] [dB(A)]
G 1/2 103 14 80 800 13350 88 391.106
G 3/4 106 16 80 1000 16700 88 391.108
G1 134 18 110 1400 23350 88 391.109
G 1 1/4 140 20 110 1900 31700 89 391.110
G 1 1/2 172 24 150 3200 53400 91 391.111
G2 172 24 150 3400 56700 92 391.112

Technical data
Max. back pressure 6 bar
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +90 °C
Mounting position any
Material - housing galvanized steel
- perforated plates, connection piece galvanized steel
- filter plates polyester felt, resin bonded,
resistent to ageing

391.209 Safety mufflers

Safety mufflers are used to reduce the exhaust noise of pneumatic components, cy-
linders, valves, etc.. These safety silencers are designed for effective noise reduction
of temporary occurring flow peaks, such as when the pressure in vessels release.
They have flexibly mounted baffles and filters.
Features: Short venting time and high blow-off volume. With the axial air outlet, the air can
blow out in non-hazardous directions. Temperatures up to 60 °C at continuous operation.
Oil and water resistant, cleaning by washing with gasoline. Inlet damper is decoupled.
Connection Dimensions [mm] Pressure reduct. Sound level Order No.
threads A B C time [ms] [dB(A)]
G 3/4 200 179 180 85 391.208
G1 200 182 120 84 391.209
G 1 1/4 200 188 113 84 391.210
G 1 1/2 200 196 93 87 391.211
G2 200 196 77 86 391.212
Technical data
Max. back pressure 6 bar
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +60 °C
(Please consider ambient air quality at tempera-
Hoses, valves etc.
11 Compr. Air Acc. II

tures under +2 °C! To ensure a save operation of

valve an muffler, it is important that the air is dry
enough to prevent the muffler from icing.)
Mounting position any, connection axial
Material - housing galvanized steel
- perforated plates, connection piece galvanized steel
- filter plates polyester felt, resin bonded,
resistant to ageing
- caps PVC, black

22 11 Compressed Air Accessories II – Hoses, valves etc.

 Gauges

Gauges ø 40 and 50
EN 837-1
Reed pen pressure gauges with horizontal (behind) or vertical (below) connections. Diameter 40, 50, 63 and 100 mm. Various display
ranges. The display range should be used between 2/3 to 3/4, i.e. a pressure regulator with a display range 0,5 to 10 bar is equipped
with a pressure gauge with display range 0 to 16 bar.

Gauges ø 40
Display in bar and psi. With brass thread.
Plastic panel, housing ABS black. Class 2,5. Tmax 60 °C.
Connection Display Ground / Imprint Order No.
threads ranges [bar]
Connection horizontal
0 - 2,5 black / white 640
0 - 4 black / white 650
G 1/8 0 - 6 black / white 660
0 - 10 black / white 670
0 - 16 black / white 680
0 - 25 black / white 690 723
0 - 2,5 black / white 708
0 - 4 black / white 709
G 1/4 0 - 6 black / white 714
0 - 10 black / white 723
0 - 16 black / white 734
0 - 25 black / white 745
0 - 3 black / white 669
M8x1 0 - 6 black / white 673
(special model) 0 - 10 black / white 674
0 - 16 black / white 675 674 746

Connection horizontal, version with additional color coding (red / green)

G 1/4 0 - 16 black / white 746

Gauges ø 50
Display in bar and psi. With brass thread.
Plastic panel, housing ABS black. Class 2,5. Tmax 60 °C.
Connection Display Ground / Imprint Order No.
threads ranges [bar]
Connection horizontal
0 - 2,5 black / white 40
0- 4 black / white 41
G 1/4 0- 6 black / white 42
0 - 10 black / white 55
0 - 16 black / white 85 85
0 - 25 black / white 96
Connection horizontal, version with glass panel and steel case (black)
0- 6 black / white 44
G 1/4 0 - 10 black / white 57
0 - 16 black / white 89
Connection horizontal, version with color code (red / green) and steel case
G 1/4 0 - 16 white / black 105
57 105

Connection vertical
G 1/8 0 - 16 black / white 56
G 1/4 0 - 16 black / white 70
0 - 2,5 73
0 - 4 74
Hoses, valves etc.
11 Compr. Air Acc. II

0 - 6 75
G 1/4 0 - 10 white / black-red 76
0 - 16 77
56 76
0 - 25 78
0 - 40 79

11 Compressed Air Accessories II – Hoses, valves etc. 23

 Gauges

Gauges ø 63
EN 837-1

Gauges ø 63
Display in bar and psi. With brass thread.
Plastic panel, housing ABS black. Class 2,5. Tmax 60 °C.
Connection Display Ground / Imprint Order No.
threads ranges [bar]
Connection horizontal
0 - 2,5 black / white 211
0- 4 black / white 212
0- 6 black / white 213
215 0 - 10 black / white 214
G 1/4 0 - 16 black / white 215
0 - 25 black / white 216
0 - 40 black / white 217
0 - 60 black / white 218
Connection vertical
0 - 2,5 white / black-red 173
0 - 4 white / black-red 174
0 - 6 white / black-red 175
174
G 1/4 0 - 10 white / black-red 176
0 - 16 white / black-red 177
0 - 25 white / black-red 178
0 - 40 white / black-red 179

Glycerin gauges ø 63
Particularly resistant due to glycerine filling. Display in bar and psi. With brass thread.
Plastic panel, housing stainless steel. Class 1,6. Tmax 60 °C.
Connection Display Ground / Imprint Order No.
threads ranges [bar]
Connection horizontal
0 - 2,5 white / black-red 183
0- 4 white / black-red 184
0- 6 white / black-red 185
0 - 10 white / black-red 186
G 1/4 0 - 16 white / black-red 187
186 0 - 25 white / black-red 188
0 - 40 white / black-red 189
0 - 60 white / black-red 223
Connection vertical
0 - 2,5 white / black-red 193
0 - 4 white / black-red 194
0 - 6 white / black-red 195
196 G 1/4 0 - 10 white / black-red 196
0 - 16 white / black-red 197
0 - 25 white / black-red 198
0 - 40 white / black-red 199

Gauges ø 63
Tick marks 0,1 bar. Display in bar and psi. Mit Messinggewinde. Plastic panel.
Housing ABS black or steel enclosure (No. 279). Tmax 60 °C.
Connect. Display Grade Calibration Ground / Imprint Order No.
threads range
Hoses, valves etc.
11 Compr. Air Acc. II

[bar]
Connection horizontal
0- 6 class 2,5 not calibration white / black 257
208 G 1/4 0 -10 class 1 for calibration black / white 208
0 -10 class 1,6 not calibration black / white 279

24 11 Compressed Air Accessories II – Hoses, valves etc.

 Gauges

Gauges ø 100, gauges for cylinder gases, accessories

Bourdon tube gauges ø 100
For machine and plant engineering. Provides high accuracy under tough conditions.
EN 837-1.
Display in bar. With brass thread. Panel at instrument glass. Robust bayonet bezel
stainless steel 304, with pressure relief opening. For gaseous (not acetylene and
oxygen) and liquid media (which are not highly viscous, does not crystallise) and not
attack copper alloys. Degree of protection IP 54 (EN 60529). Class 1,0. Tmax 60 °C.
SW 22.
Connection Display Ground / Imprint Order No.
threads ranges [bar]
Connection horizontal
0 - 2,5 white / black 130
0- 4 white / black 131
0- 6 white / black 132
G 1/2 B 0 - 10 white / black 133
0 - 16 white / black 134 130
0 - 25 white / black 135
0 - 40 white / black 136

Gauges for cylinder gases ø 63

Safety gauges ISO 5171 (earlier DIN EN 562).
Display in bar. With brass thread. Plastic panel, steel housing with pressure relief
opening behind. Class 2,5. Tmax 60 °C. Available with bar or liter scale. Bar scale also
available as a variant with label for gas type. By marking.

Conn. Label for Display Red Ground / Order No.

threads gas type ranges marker Imprint
[bar] at
Connection vertical, scale bar
Acetylen 0 - 2,5 1,5 bar white / black 221 221
Acetylen 0 - 40 26 bar white / black 314
Sauerstoff 0 - 16 10 bar white / black 291
Sauerstoff 0 - 40 20 bar white / black 321
Sauerstoff 0 - 315 200 bar white / black 341
– 0 - 2,5 1,5 bar white / black 222
G 1/4 – 0- 6 4 bar white / black 234
– 0 - 16 10 bar white / black 290
– 0 - 40 20 bar white / black 320 290
– 0 - 100 50 bar white / black 330
– 0 - 315 200 bar white / black 340
– 0 - 315 230 bar white / black 206
– 0 - 400 300 bar white / black 368
Connection vertical, liter scale 203
Connection Display Marker Ground / Imprint Order No.
threads ranges [l/min] at
G 1/4 0 - 32 14,5 l/min white / black-red 203
G 1/4 0 - 32 24 l/min white / black-red 205

Accessories for gauges

Article Order No.
Gasket nature PA captive G 1/4 480-71
Hoses, valves etc.
11 Compr. Air Acc. II

Aluminum sealing ring G 1/4 E61044

480-71 E61044

11 Compressed Air Accessories II – Hoses, valves etc. 25

 Accessories

Teflon sealing tapes, thread sealing yarn, oils

Teflon sealing tapes

DVGW approved and BAM tested. Length 12 m.
Thickbess: 0,10 mm, width: 12 mm. Temperature range -20 °C up to +125 °C.
Versions Teflon share Order No.
Fine thread FRp 60 g/m² E63199
Coarse thread GRp 100 g/m² E63198

Thread sealing yarn

Certificated by the DVGW admitted for drinking water. Acc. to DIN 30660. To seal
threads connected to drinking water, gas, compressed air, oxygen and industrial
oils. Replacement for traditionally used hemp. Screw connection stays tight when
being unscrewed (up to 45 °C). Coil length 75 m. Temperature range -200 °C up
to +240 °C.
Article Order No.
Thread sealing yarn E63197

Special air oil

Compressed air special oil for lubricators and maintenance units according to DIN
51 524 - 2 with viscosity class VG 32 according to ISO 3448 (viscosity at 40° C - 32
mm²/s; 32 cSt). The oil contains surface active substances, which provide corrosion
protection over a large temperature range. It also takes up condensation water (de-
mulsifying). The 1-litre polyethylene bottle with volume scale has a practical filling
hose, which can be pulled out after unscrewing the sealing cap.
Temperature range -20 °C up to +80 °C.
Container Order No.
Volume 1 litre 583
Volume 5 litres 583.1

Compressor-oil
ISO 150 DD, DIN 51506. Air compressor oil for piston compressores according to
DIN 510506 for compressor temperatures up to 220 °C. This oil, based on mineral
oil with a powerful dispersion and detergency capability prevents deposting of aging
products and foreign objects. This has a strong resistance against corrosion through
its condensed water absorbing qualities (demulsifying). Its positive resistance against
oxidation provides safety against explosions.

Container Order No.

Volume 1 litre 583.10
Hoses, valves etc.
11 Compr. Air Acc. II

26 11 Compressed Air Accessories II – Hoses, valves etc.

 Chapter 12 List of contents

Garage Equipment
Tire inflators Digital automatic tire inflators “airmate”/”pneumate” 2
(with declaration of conformity)
Portable tire inflator with air tank “airquick” (calibration possible) 3
Hand tire inflators “euroair digital “ (calibration possible) 4
“euroair” (calibration possible) 5
“airstar” (calibration possible) 6
Precision tire gauge (uncalibrated) 7
Hand tire inflators, gun shape, aluminum “airmaster premium” (calibration possible) 8
“airmaster standard “ (calibration not possible) 9
“airmaster vario” (calibration not possible) 10
Hand tire inflators, gun shape, plastic “pneulight” (calibration not possible) 11
Impact wrench 3/8” and 1/2” / Socket set 1/2” 12
Inline filters, inline regulators, air flow valves, swivel connectors 13
Fluids as working agents Blowguns: Overview of all models 14 – 15
Examples of combinations (blowgun-nozzle) Blowgun aluminum anodized with nozzles 16
Blowgun “blowcontrol” with nozzles
Blowgun aluminum forged with nozzles 17
Blowgun, comp. air on top, with nozzle
Bowgun straight, “blowlight”, with nozzle
Blowgun, plastic, with nozzles 18
Special blowguns Blowpen, rubber blow gun 18
Nozzles for blowguns Nozzles 19
Extension nozzles 20
Extensions for blowguns 21
Special nozzles Adjustable air-saving nozzle, 22
bicycle nipple, safety flat fan nozzle
Accessories (nozzle attachments) Blowgun pressure relief valve, 22
‘ volume pressure control valve,
protection shield
Blowing sets Models “airclassic”, “airbasic”, “airprofi”, 23
model with comp. air connection on top
Compressed air suction gun 23
Washing guns Washing gun basic model, brass, 24
Safety washing guns, aluminum
models “multiclean”, “proficlean”,
Washing gun “powerclean”, aluminum
Fluids as transport agents Spray guns for thin fluid liquids Spray gun model “multispray”, 25
Spray gun
Spray gun for chassis 26
Spray guns for viscous media With pressure cup, model “carprotect“, 27
Compressed air cartridge gun
Sand blasting guns 28
HVLP Paint spray guns Model “minipaint”, mixing cup system 29
Model “smartpaint” 30
Model “paintprofi” 31
Painting set 32
12 Garage equipment

Filter-regulator stations Model “microair” 32

12 Garage Equipment 1
 Tire inflators

477.11 Digital automatic tire inflators - airmate/pneumate

With declaration of conformity.
The digital stationary tire inflator facilitate filling and testing of car- (max. 5.5 bar filling pressure) and truck tires (ma-
ximum filling pressure 10 bar). After entering the desired tire pressure, an automatic adjustment to the preset value
takes place. Operation is easy thanks to four touch-sensitive and comfortable buttons. The indication of tire pres-
sure is at a large, illuminated LCD display, supported by beeps. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use in wall or
column mounting.

• Model airmate is primarily for use at service stations or filling stations, with the filling of bicycle tires and small tires
because of possible overfilling is prohibited!
• Model pneumate has additional features such as setting pressure mode and nitrogen washing for profes-
sional use in tire assemblers and car workshops.

The devices are CE marked (73/23/EEC), conformity proofed acc. to MID and have an approval of the Ger-
man PTB (Physikalisch-Technische Bundesanstalt).

Article Declaration of conformity Suitable for Max. filling pressure Order No.
airmate with* cars 5,5 bar 477.10
airmate without cars 5,5 bar 477.11
airmate with* trucks 10,0 bar 477.30
airmate without trucks 10,0 bar 477.31
477.21 pneumate with* trucks 10,0 bar 477.20
pneumate without trucks 10,0 bar 477.21
*Fee for declaration of conformity is charged separately.

Spare parts and accessories

Article Description Order No.
PVC filling hose complete 10,0 m (DN 6) with clip connector 477-29
Gummi-Füllschlauch complete 10,0 m (DN 6) with clip connector 477-34
2,5 m (DN 6,5) with clip connector 477-42
PU spiral hose complete 5,0 m (DN 6,5) with clip connector 477-43
10,0 m (DN 6,5) with clip connector 477-35
Clip connector brass, G 1/4 i 477-31
Garage wall holder aluminum (size III) E42071
Automatic hose reel with 12 m PU hose, G 1/4 i 477-36
Filter air inlet and outlet PE, 100 μm 477-37

Technical data
airmate pneumate

National type approval

Declaration of conformity Inspection sticker is indicating the year of conformity proof.
following proof necessary after two years
Medium comp. air (filter installed at the entrance), or nitrogen, dry
Max. pressure 16 bar
Min. pressure 12 bar (LKW) / 7,0 bar (PKW) 12 bar
Max. charging pressure 10 bar (LKW) / 5,5 bar (PKW) 10 bar
Connection G 1 /4 i
Pressure sensor ceramic
Accuracy ± 0,5 %
Calibration automatic
Display units bar / psi
Display (backlight) LCD, 30 mm high
Voltage (regulated) 90-240 V / 50-60 Hz
Power consumption 16 W
Protection category IP 54
Fuse 3A
Working temperature -40 °C up to +70 °C (heater installed)
Dimensions ø 240 x 100 mm
Weight (without hose) 2,5 kg
Material - housing aluminum, coated
- display polycarbonate
Waste electrical and electronic equipment WEE reg. No.: DE51604370
12 Garage equipment

2 12 Garage Equipment
 Tire inflators

Portable tire inflators with air tank - airquick

Calibration possible.
The portable tire inflator is the ideal equipment for mobile operation. The simple, one hand operation by means
of the light-weight plus-minus handle (aluminum) is easily understandable even for untrained people with the
advantage of easy repair and replacement. The large gauge, positioned at a slant to prevent retention of rain-
water, helps to eliminate any reading mistakes. The twin hold-on connector that goes over the tire valve also
allows the testing of twin tires and motor-cycle tires. The built-in airtank means that the equipment can be used
independently of the source of compressed air. Refilling is done automatically when the pressure gauge is
hung on its charging point ensuring that sufficient pressure is available at any time.

Model Calibration Pressure range Order No.

With air tank and filling valve calibrated* 0- 10 bar 350.20
With air tank and filling valve uncalibrated 0- 10 bar 350.21
*Calibration fee is charged separately

350.20

Spare parts and accessories

Article Description Order No.
Filling valve with bracket Connection thread G 1/2, with rubber bumper 350.16
Filling valve Connection thread G 1/2 350.13 350.13
Gauge ø 160, pressure range 0 - 10 bar 600 350.16
Hand grip with double sided push-on connector and hose 1000 mm 350-161
with double sided push-on connector 350-162
Hose complete, length 1000 mm 350-72 600
Double sided push-on connector bent 350-120

350-161

Technical data
C D OO
EEC test approval mark C 18.08.02
Calibration approval Year of calibration is shown on calibration sticker.
Re-calibration is necessary after two years!
Gauge precision class 1
ø 160, 20 ° inclined
pressure range 0 - 10 bar, sub scale 0 - 140 psi
86/217 EWG
safe for overpressure up to 13 bar
Air tank Approval No: CE 2004-0036,
capacity 6 Liter,
max. filling pressure 16 bar,
approved as compressed gastank
Double sided For all tire valves with valve threads VG 8
push-on connector (cars, trucks, motorcycles),
with double connection for twin tires
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +60 °C
Weight 7,1 kg

Longer hoses available upon request!

12 Garage equipment

12 Garage Equipment 3
 Tire inflators

Digital hand tire inflators - euroair digital -

With declaration of conformity.
Professional unit with digital manometer and PTB approval. Operated by our proven single lever operation device, rotatable filling hose
with three varieties of connectors (level valve-, clip- or double side push-on connector). Air connection with coupling DN 7,2. Meets
the highest quality and performance demands in professional daily use at tire assemblers, motor vehicle service garages, fleets and in
racing environments. Precision gauge indicator with a good clearness of display, combined with a simple handling and robust con-
struction. Also suitable for inflating with nitrogen!

Model Declaration of conformity Weight (g) Order No.

With lever-valve connector with* 840 152.201
without 840 152.241
With clip connector with* 820 152.261
without 820 152.271
With double sided push-on connector with* 945 152.211
152.201
without 945 152.251
*Fee for declaration of conformity is charged separately.

Optionally available:
Lever-valve connector and clip connector with 2,5 m filling hose (recommendation acc. to BGI 884).
Additional order XL!
I. e. euroair digital with lever-valve connector without declaration of conformity: 152.241XL

152.261

152.211

Spare parts and accessories

Article Description Order No.
Digital gauge with rubber cap 0 - 12 bar 152-3
Battery 3 V lithium button cell CR 2450 152-4

Technical data
18.08
National type approval 09.02
Declaration of conformity Inspection sticker is indicating the year of conformity proof.
following proof necessary after two years
Digital gauge ø 80, safe for overpressure up to 16 bar,
rubber cap
pressure range: 0 - 12 bar, resolution 0,05 bar
(deviation < 0,08 bar)
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +60 °C
Max. operating pressure (p1) 12 bar
Lever-valve connector, clip connector For all tire valves with valve threads VG 8
and double sided push-on connector (cars, trucks, motorcycles),
double connection for twin tires and motorcycles.
12 Garage equipment

Compressed air connection Coupling plug DN 7,2

Waste electrical and electronic equipment WEE reg. No.: DE51604370

4 12 Garage Equipment
 Tire inflators

Hand tire inflators - euroair -

Calibration possible.
The classic hand tire inflator constructed in light-weight aluminum with ø 80 precision gauge (bar/lb/in²) is the typical professional
equipment for service and tire stations as well as workshops that has proven its quality ten thousand of times. By means of the con-
nection to the compressed air supply all compressed air needs can be covered, for example first-time filling when mounting tires. The
single-lever operation for deflation (pressed halfway) and inflation (pressed all the way) is easy enough even for self-service. The dial
with white numbers against a black background can be read clearly. A choice of three pressure ranges is offered: 0-4 bar, especially
for passenger car tires; 0-12 bar** for universal use; and 0-25 bar for airplane and other special tires. The unit is available with the twin
hold-on connector. With roating inflation hose. The connection is made by means of couplings.. Filling hose is twistable! Length 50
cm. Also suitable for inflating with nitrogen!

Model Pressure range Calibration Weight (g) Order No.

With lever-valve connector 0 - 4 bar / 56 psi calibrated* 1250 151.200
0 - 4 bar / 56 psi uncalibrated 1250 151.240
0 - 12 bar / 170 psi calibrated* 1250 151.201
0 - 12 bar / 170 psi uncalibrated 1250 151.241
0 - 25 bar / 350 psi uncalibrated 1250 151.243 151.241

With clip connector 0 - 4 bar / 56 psi calibrated* 1250 151.260

0 - 4 bar / 56 psi uncalibrated 1250 151.270
0 - 12 bar / 170 psi calibrated* 1250 151.261
0 - 12 bar / 170 psi uncalibrated 1250 151.271
With double sided push-on connector 0 - 4 bar / 56 psi calibrated* 1350 151.210
0 - 4 bar / 56 psi uncalibrated 1350 151.250
0 - 12 bar / 170 psi calibrated* 1350 151.211 151.271
0 - 12 bar / 170 psi uncalibrated 1350 151.251
0 - 25 bar / 350 psi uncalibrated 1350 151.253
*Calibration fee is charged separately.

Optionally available:
Lever-valve connector and clip connector with 2,5 m filling hose (recommendation acc. to BGI 884).
Additional order XL! 151.251
I. e. euroair with lever-valve connector uncalibrated: 151.240XL

Spare parts and accessories

Article Description Model Order No.
Gauge with protection cap 0 - 12 bar 0 - 4 bar / 56 psi 151-139
0 - 12 bar / 170 psi 151-140
0 - 25 bar / 350 psi 151-141
151-140 151-183
Lever-valve connector valve pin captive with hose clamp 151.25 151.25
with hose 500 mm 151-26A
with hose 2500 mm 151-184 151-26A
Clip connector with hose clamp 151-183
with hose 500 mm 151-182
with hose 2500 mm 151-217
Double sided push-on connector with hose clamp 151.51
with hose 500 mm 151-26B 356-18
Double sided push-on connector for attaching to lever valve or clip connector 151.50
Bicycle nipple for attaching to lever valve or clip connector 356-18

151.51

151.50

Technical data C D 98
EEC test approval (exception: 25 bar): C 18.08.02
Calibration approval Year of calibration is shown on calibration sticker,
re-calibration is necessary after 2 years
Gauge ø 80, horizontal,quality class 1, safe for overpressure up to end value x 1,3
PE protection cap, with double scale
Pressure ranges: 0 - 4 bar (0- 56 psi), graduation 0,1 bar
0 - 12 bar (0-170 psi), graduation 0,1 bar
0 - 25 bar (0-350 psi), graduation 0,5 bar
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +60 °C
Lever-valve connector, clip For all tire valves with valve threads VG 8
connector and double sided (cars, trucks, motorcycles),
12 Garage equipment

push-on connector double connection for twin tires.

Compressed air connection Coupling plug DN 7,2, option: G 1/4 male thread

12 Garage Equipment 5
 Tire inflators

Hand tire inflators - airstar -

Calibration possible.
The new hand tire inflator -airstar- with its rubber coated ergonomical metal hand grip is suitable for professional use in tire
workshops, garages and truck fleets. It is available in a calibrated and an uncalibrated version. Proven construction type, easy to main-
tain, with a one-hand control lever. 3 different valve connectors available. Connection to compressed air with coupling plug DN 7,2.
Also suitable for inflating with nitrogen!

Model Pressure range Calibration Order No.

With lever-valve connector 0 - 12 bar calibrated* 245.201
0 -12 bar uncalibrated 245.241
With clip connector 0 - 12 bar calibrated* 245.261
0 - 12 bar uncalibrated 245.271
With double sided push-on connector 0 - 12 bar calibrated* 245.211
0 - 12 bar uncalibrated 245.251
*Calibration fee is charged separately.

Optionally available:
Lever-valve connector and clip connector with 2,5 m filling hose (recommendation acc. to BGI 884).
Please add XL to your order no.!
I. e. airstar with lever-valve connector uncalibrated: 245.241XL

Spare parts and accessories

Article Description Order No.
Gauge, 0 - 12 bar ø 80, with calibration approval 440
Gauge, 0 - 12 bar complete with connection adapter 245-101
151-183 Valve insert, complete 245-10
151.25
Lever-valve connector, valve pin captive with hose clamp 151.25
356-18
Clip connector with hose clamp 151-183
Double sided push-on connector with hose clamp 151.51
Hose, length 500 mm with lever-valve connector 356-12
with clip connector 356-25
with double sided push-on connector 356-15
Seal for lever-valve connector 1258
440 471-17 for double sided push-on connector 1261
Bycicle nipple for attaching to lever valve connector 356-18
Tire inflator accessory set bicycle nipple, ball pin and dinghy nipple 471-17
151.51

Technical data

Calibration approval Year of calibration is shown on calibration sticker,

re-calibration is necessary after 2 years
Gauge ø 80, horizontal, precision class 1, safe for overpressure up to
end value x 1,3 (16 bar), PE protection cap, with double scale
pressure range: 0 - 12 bar (0-170 psi), graduation 0,1 bar
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +40 °C
Max. operating pressure (p1) 12 bar
Lever-valve connector, clip for all tire valves with valve threads VG 8
connector and double sided (cars, trucks, motorcycles),
push-on connector double connection for twin tires
Comp. air connection inlet and outlet G 1/4i
12 Garage equipment

6 12 Garage Equipment
 Tire inflators

Precision tire gauge

Uncalibrated.
Precision tire gauge for cars, motorcycles and bicycles – MADE IN GERMANY –. The direct connection allows accurate measurement
of tire pressure in a very simple manner. This construction has the advantage of ease of use and the pressure-tight connection
between the tire valve and meter. Two connection options, depending on the application (bottom at the side).

Features:
- Precise measurement from 0 to 4 bar (0.1 bar graduation)
- Gauge (large equipment) with 80 bourdon tube, gauge diameter 80 mm
- Flexible hose (protective metal mesh) with quick connector
- 2 mini couplings DN 5 to connect the hose from the bottom or lateral
- Drain valve to drain the excess pressure
- Robust design with rubber gauge protection

Model Pressure range Calibration Order No.

With clip connector 0 - 4 bar uncalibrated 153.420

Spare parts and accessories

Article Description Order No.
Gauge 0 - 4 bar, Ø 80, G 1/4, shape A 424
Protection cap for gauge (rubber) 153-7
Testing hose, complete with coupling plug and clip connector 153-12

Technical data
Gauge Bourdon tube ø 80, horizontal, precision class 1,
with protective rubber coat, double scale,
pressure range: 0 - 4 bar (0-140 psi), graduation 0,1 bar
safe for overpressure up to 5 bar
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +60 °C
Clip connector For all tire valves with valve threads VG 8
(cars, trucks, motorcycles)
Compressed air connection 2 Mini couplings DN 5 bottom and lateral

12 Garage equipment

12 Garage Equipment 7
 Tire inflators

Hand tire inflators, gun shaped - airmaster premium -

Calibration possible.
A compact and calibrated manual tire pressure gauge in the classic and well-established gun shape made of deformation-resistent
aluminum as attractive introductory model for the class of calibrated devices. The simple universal control with inclined and easily rea-
dable shockproof precision gauge and rotating inflating hose allows easy operation. Ideal for garages and service stations. Connec-
tion to compressed air with coupling plug DN 7,2. Also suitable for inflating with nitrogen!

Model Pressure range Calibration Order No.

With lever-valve connector 0 - 10 bar calibrated* 356.221
0 - 10 bar uncalibrated 356.321
With clip connector 0 - 10 bar calibrated* 356.223
356.221 0 - 10 bar uncalibrated 356.323
With double sided push-on connector 0 - 10 bar calibrated* 356.222
0 - 10 bar uncalibrated 356.322
*Calibration fee is charged separately.

356.223

356.222

Spare parts and accessories

Article Description Order No.
Gauge, 0 - 10 bar ø 63, with calibration approval, with protection cap 356-29
Gauge, 0 - 10 bar ø 63, with calibration approval (no cap) 208
356-29 Protection cap for gauge ø 63 356-13
151-183 151.25 Lever-valve connector, valve pin captive with hose clamp 151.25
Clip connector with hose clamp 151-183
Double sided push-on connector with hose clamp 151.51
Hose, length 500 mm with lever-valve connector 356-12
with clip connector 356-25
with double sided push-on connector 356-15
Seal for lever-valve connector 1258
356-18 471-17
for double sided push-on connector´ 1261
Bycicle nipple for attaching to lever valve connector 356-18
Tire inflator accessory set bicycle nipple, ball pin and dinghy nipple 471-17
151.51

Technical data
C D 00
EEC test approval Directive 86/217/EEC C 18.08.04
Calibration approval Year of calibration is shown on calibration sticker,
re-calibration is necessary after 2 years
Gauge ø 63, horizontal, precision class 1, safe for overpressure up to 13 bar
with metal housing, with protection cap, with double scale,
pressure range: 0 - 10 bar (0-140 psi), graduation 0,1 bar
Max. operating pressure (p1) 12 bar
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +60 °C
Lever-valve connector, clip For all tire valves with valve threads VG 8
connector and double sided (cars, trucks, motorcycles, bicycles),
push-on connector double connection for twin tires
Comp. air connection Coupling plug DN 7,2 (optional: G 1/4 female)
12 Garage equipment

8 12 Garage Equipment
 Tire inflators

Hand tire inflators, gun shaped - airmaster standard -

Calibration not possible.
The non-calibratable alternative to the airmaster premium model. Identical product features except for gauge (not approved for cali-
bration). Also suitable for inflating with nitrogen!

Model Pressure range Comp. air connection Order No.

With lever-valve connector 0 - 10 bar Hose tail LW 6 356.111
0 - 10 bar Coupling plug DN 7,2 356.121
With clip connector 0 - 10 bar Hose tail LW 6 356.113 356.121
0 - 10 bar Coupling plug DN 7,2 356.123
With double sided push-on connector 0 - 10 bar Hose tail LW 6 356.112
0 - 10 bar Coupling plug DN 7,2 356.122

356.123

356.122

Spare parts and accessories

Article Description Order No.
Gauge, 0 - 10 bar ø 63, with protection cap 356-19
Gauge, 0 - 10 bar ø 63, without protection cap 279
Protection cap for gauge ø 63 356-13
Lever-valve connector, valve pin captive with hose clamp 151.25 356-19 151-183 151.25
Clip connector with hose clamp 151-183
Double sided push-on connector with hose clamp 151.51
Hose, length 500 mm with lever-valve connector 356-12
with clip connector 356-25
with double sided push-on connector 356-15
Seal for lever-valve connector 1258
for double sided push-on connector 1261 356-18 471-17
Bycicle nipple for attaching to lever valve connector 356-18
Tire inflator accessory set bicycle nipple, ball pin and dinghy nipple 471-17
151.51

Technical data
Gauge ø 63, horizontal, precision class 1, metal housing, double scale,
pressure range: 0 - 10 bar (0 - 140 psi), graduation 0,1 bar
safe for overpressure up to 12 bar
Max. operating pressure (p1) 12 bar
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +60 °C
Lever-valve connector, clip For all tire valves with valve threads VG 8
connector and double sided (cars, trucks, motorcycles, bicycles),
push-on connector double connection for twin tires
Comp. air connection Coupling plug DN 7,2 or hose tail LW 6
12 Garage equipment

12 Garage Equipment 9
 Tire inflators

Hand tire inflators, gun shaped - airmaster vario -

Calibration not possible.
The proven hand tire inflator -airmaster standard- as an option with a multi coupling at the outlet. This enables the possibility of
changing valve attachments by simple coupling. Connection to compressed air with coupling plug DN 7,2. Basic model is without
hoses! The selected filling hoses have to be ordered separately.

Article Model Order No.

Hand tire inflator - airmaster - basic model, 0 - 10 bar, with multi coupling DN 5,5 356.441

Filling hose Model Order No.

With lever-valve connector pluggable with coupling plug DN 7,2 356-52
With clip connector pluggable with coupling plug DN 7,2 356-53
With double sided push-on connector pluggable with coupling plug DN 7,2 356-54
Bycicle nipple pluggable with coupling plug DN 7,2 356-55
356.441

356-52

356-53

356-54

356-55

Spare parts and accessories

Article Description Order No.
Gauge, 0 - 10 bar ø 63, with potection cap 356-19
Gauge, 0 - 10 bar ø 63, without protection cap 279
Protection cap for gauge ø 63 356-13
151-183 151.25 Lever-valve connector, valve pin captive with hose clamp 151.25
356-19
Clip connector with hose clamp 151-183
Double sided push-on connector with hose clamp 151.51
Seal for lever-valve connector 1258
356-55 for double sided push-on connector 1261
Bycicle nipple for attaching to lever valve connector 356-55
Tire inflator accessory set bicycle nipple, ball pin and dinghy nipple, for 471-17
471-17 attaching to lever valve - and clip connector

151.51

Technical data
Gauge ø 63, horizontal, precision class 1, double scale, with metal housing
pressure range: 0 - 10 bar (0-140 psi), graduation 0,1 bar
safe for overpressure up to12 bar
Max. operating pressure (p1) 10 bar
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +60 °C
Lever-valve connector, clip for all tire valves with valve threads VG 8
connector and double sided (cars, trucks, motorcycles, bicycles),
push-on connector double connection for twin tires
Connections - gun outlet: multi coupling DN 5,5
- hose inlet: coupling plug DN 7,2 G 1/4, brass
Compr. air connection coupling plug DN 7,2
12 Garage equipment

10 12 Garage Equipment
 Tire inflators

Hand tire inflators, gun shaped - pneulight

Calibration not possible.
The manual tire inflator, having a functionally and ergonomically favorable design (not calibratable) and incorporating a handle body made
of highly-resistent plastics and a gauge with fine division and protective rubber cap, has an attractive cost/performance ratio. Lightweight,
but nevertheless sturdy design including a finemetering inflating lever and pressure-relieving valve. For cars, construction machines, trac-
tors, motorcycles, mountain bikes, and the like. With rotating inflation hose. Connection to compressed air with coupling plug DN 7,2.

Model Pressure range Order No.

With lever-valve connector 0 - 10 bar 471.221
With clip connector 0 - 10 bar 471.223
With double sided push-on connector 0 - 10 bar 471.222
With exchangeable twistable unit 0 - 10 bar 471.301
for bicycle and car valves
471.221

471.223

471.222

471.301

Spare parts and accessories

Article Description Order No.
Gauge, 0 - 10 bar ø 63, with protection cap 356-19
Gauge, 0 - 10 bar ø 63, without protection cap 279
Protection cap for gauge ø 63 356-13 356-19 151-183 151.25
Lever-valve connector, valve pin captive with hose clamp 151.25
Clip connector with hose clamp 151-183
Double sided push-on connector with hose clamp 151.51
Hose, length 500 mm with lever-valve connector 356-12
with clip connector 356-25
with double sided push-on connector 356-15
Seal for lever-valve connector 1258
356-18 471-17
for double sided push-on connector 1261
for bicycle nipple 1265
Bycicle nipple for attaching to lever valve connector 356-18
Tire inflator accessory set bicycle nipple, ball pin and dinghy nipple 471-17 151.51
Exchangeable unit for bicycle and car valves, connection G 1/4 471-24
471-24

Technical data
Gauge ø 63, horizontal, precision class 1, safe for overpressure up to 12 bar
with protection cap, with double scale,
pressure range: 0 - 10 bar (0-140 psi), graduation 0,1 bar
Recommended operating press. 4 up to 6 bar
Max. operating pressure (p1) 10 bar
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +50 °C
Lever-valve connector, clip for all tire valves with valve threads VG 8
connector and double sided (cars, trucks, motorcycles, bicycles),
push-on connector double connection for twin tires
Compressed air connection coupling plug DN 7,2 (optional: G 1/4 female)
Materials gun body: polyamide 6 GK 30 (RAL 5012)
lever: polyamide 6 GK 30 (RAL 5012)
12 Garage equipment

Piston: hostaform C
Seal: NBR, PU

12 Garage Equipment 11
 Tire inflators

Impact wrench
This powerful impact wrench is designed for use in automobile operation, tire assembly, workshops, assembly and mechanical engi-
neering or similar designs and provides the following features:
Twin hammer impact mechanism, stable housing with ergonomic handle. low weight, therefore fatigue-free operation. Very quiet, only
83 dB(A). Adaptation of the optimum torque in 3 stages. Right and left drive operable with one hand. Exhaust through the handle
downwards.

Model square drive Compressed air connection Order No.

3/8” G 1/4 (steel plug DN 7,2 added loosely) 741.130
1/2” compact G 1/4 (steel plug DN 7,2 added loosely) 741.160
1/2” G 1/4 (steel plug DN 7,2 added loosely) 741.180

Spare parts and accessories

Article Description Order No.
1/2” sockets long, plastic coated, for aluminum wheel rims 741.100
sizes 17, 19 and 21 in a plastic box

Technical data
Nr. 741.130 Nr. 741.160 Nr. 741.180
Square drive 3/8” (10 mm) 1/2” (13 mm) 1/2” (13 mm)
Max. free speed [U/min] 11.000 11.000 7.000
Max. torque [Nm] 583 624 1.112
Working torque range [Nm] 34-338 34-338 68-746
Max. release torque [Nm] 678 678 1.756
Average air consumption [l/min] 113 113 113
Recommended operating pressure [bar] 6,2 6,2 6,2
Weight [kg] 1,2 1,2 1,9

Hose buffer
For direct connection to beating air tools. Prevents premature wear of clutches and push nipples. Hose: PVC
air hose “SOFT” LW 9, flexible, oil and gasoline resistant, UV resistant. Length approx. 20 cm.
Connection inlet Connection outlet Max. pressure [bar] Order No.

Coupling plug DN 7,2 (steel) G1/4 a (brass) 15 E40702

Recommendation for direct lubrication

Article Order No.
ewo special pneumatic oil, 1 liter bottle 583
Small lubricator, connection thread G 1/4, oil mist by flowing air stream 317.10
12 Garage equipment

12 12 Garage Equipment
 Fluids as working agents

Inline filter, inline regulator, air flow valve, swivel connector

For use with pneumatic tools (e. g. impact wrenches).

Inline filters
Connection thread Dimensions Order No.
G L ø
1
/4 48,8 21 735.22
3
/8 50,8 21 735.23

Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1) 10 bar
Material aluminum
Weight 29 g

Inline pressure regulator 6 bar, preset

Connection thread Dimensions Order No.
G L ø
1
/4 62,7 21,8 735.420

Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1) 8 bar
Material aluminum
Weight 41 g

Air flow valve

Connection thread Dimensions Order No.
G L B
1
/4 39,7 25,9 735.020

Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1) 15 bar
Material aluminum
Weight 18 g

Swivel connectors
Connection thread Dimensions Order No.
G A B C D E F H
1 735.153
/4 40,3 19,0 19,0 39,0 28,5 38,5 19
3 735.154
/8 45,9 22,2 22,2 53,8 38,0 43,2 22,2

Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1) 10 bar
Material aluminum
Weight 78 g
2 Garage equipment

12 Garage Equipment 13
 Fluids as working agents

Blow guns, with dosage, forged

Our product range of blow guns includes models made of aluminum and plastic (polyamide). The aluminum models are available in a
forged version (clear anodized) and partially in a die-casting version. The assortment contains blow guns in a classical gun shape and
one model in straight shape.
For all blow guns, the flow through lever operation is intuitive controlable. In addition, we offer models with throttle screw to limit the
maximum pressure individually as well as a safety gun that is already equipped with a pressure relief to 3.5 bar (acc. to SUVA PRO)
right after the input connection.
All accessories of ewo nozzles, extensions and different compressed air connections (see page S.19 ff) are suitable for all ewo blow
guns (nozzle connection: M 12 x 1,25).
On the compressed air connection at the bottom, all models are equipped with a G 1/4 female thread. Alternatively, it can be
equipped with either a clutch connector or hose connection made of brass. Alternatively, there is a version with a compressed air con-
nection on top available. All blow guns with ewo logo are optionally available in a neutral version (without logo). Please give a note when
ordering.

Blow gun
Material forged alumium, clear anodized.
The classic blowgun that has proved its usefulness a million times. Debit is dosable by lever operation.
Compressed air connection G 1/4 female. Nozzle connection M 12 x 1,25.

Article Order No.

Blow gun, forged aluminum 5269.00

Blow gun “blowcontrol”, adjustable

Material forged alumium, clear anodized.
The classic blowgun with an integrated throttle screw to reduce the individual maximum pressure to the requi-
red blow-out. Debit is dosable by lever operation. Compressed air connection G1/4 female. Nozzle connection
M 12 x 1,25.

Article Order No.

Blow gun blowcontrol, adjustable 5269.00E

Safety blow gun “safetyblow”, with pressure reducing valve 3,5 bar
Material forged alumium, clear anodized.
This classic blowgun has an integrated pressure reducing valve 3,5 bar acc. to SUVA PRO directive (up to
8 bar) on the inlet. This enables an independance from pre-pressure (up to max. 10 bar). At the same time
some risks that appear when handling with compressed air, can be avoided. Debit is dosable by lever opera-
tion. Compressed air connection G1/4 female. Nozzle connection M12 x1,25.

Article Order No.

Blow gun safetyblow 269.800
Debit of air (opened at maximum with nozzle DN 4,0)
Operating pressure [bar] 2 4 6 8 10
Debit [Nl/min] 85 145 200 250 270

Blow gun, compressed air connection on top

Material forged alumium, clear anodized.
Classic blowgun. The upward directed compressed air connection (nickel-platetd brass coupling plug DN 7,2)
enables, that compressed air can be received by a suspended power distributor. Debit is dosable by lever ope-
ration. Compressed air connection G 1/4 female. Nozzle connection M 12 x 1,25.

Article Order No.

Blow gun with compressed air connection from above 269.740
12 Garage equipment

14 12 Garage Equipment
 Fluids as working agents

Blow guns, other models

Blow gun, die-casting
Material aluminum die-casting.
The classic blowgun, housing made of die-casting . Debit is dosable by lever operation. Compressed air con-
nection G 1/4 female. Nozzle connection M 12 x 1,25.
Article Order No.
Blow gun, aluminum die-casting 5269.00L

Blow gun, plastic, with dosage

Material polyamide.
The robust polyamide blowgun made of blue crystal ball consolidated polyamide (for a longer life-time) in a solid
construction. As further development of the aluminum blow gun this model can be recommended for applica-
tions, where due to weight and material reasons a plastic blow gun is preferred (i. e. textile industry, electronic
devices etc.). Debit is dosable by lever operation. Compressed air connection G 1/4 female. Nozzle connection
M 12 x 1,25.
Article Order No.
Blow gun plastic (polyamide) 5470.00

Blow gun, straight shape

Material alumium, clear anodized.
Easy to handle blow gun in compact dimensions. Debit is dosable by lever operation. Compressed air con-
nection G 1/4 female. Nozzle connection M 12 x 1,25. Maxiamler operating pressure 8 bar.
Article Order No.
Blow gun, straight shape, aluminum 270.00

Technical data

Order No. 5269.00 269.800 270.00 5470.00

5269.00E
269.740
5269.00L
Medium pre-filtered compressed air
Max. operating pressure (p1) 10 bar 10 bar (SUVA: 8 bar) 8 bar 10 bar
Recommended operat. pressure 2 - 8 bar max. blow-out pressure 3,5 bar 1-6 bar 2 - 6 bar
Debit compressed air dosed by lever
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +50 °C
Connection thread inlet G 1/4 female
Connection thread outlet (nozzles) M 12 x 1,25 female
Material - housing forged alumium (5269.00L: die-casting), clear anodized polyamide 6 GK 30 (recyclable); blue
- lever GD-ZnAl4Cu1 zinc-plated polyamide 6 GK 30 (recyclable); blue
- seals NBR NBR, PU
- pressure reducing valve brass – –
- pressure pin brass or steel
- compression springs VA-steel 1.4310
Weight 240 g 255 g 68 g 150 g
12 Garage equipment

12 Garage Equipment 15
 Fluids as working agents

Combination examples: Blow guns with nozzles

Blow guns, forged aluminum
With normal nozzle (metal type, aluminum) ø 1,5 mm
Compressed air connection Connection Order No.
Coupling plug DN 7,2 269.41
Hose tail LW 6 269.11
LW 9 269.17
LW 13 269.18
269.41 Female thread G 1/4 i 5269.01
With full-jet nozzle (metal type, aluminum) ø 2,5 mm
Coupling plug DN 7,2 269.374
Hose tail LW 6 269.324
LW 9 269.344
269.374 LW 13 269.354
Female thread G 1/4 i 269.355
With safety and noise silencing nozzle “blowstar”
Coupling plug DN 7,2 269.530
Hose tail LW 6 269.531
LW 9 269.532
LW 13 269.533
Female thread G 1/4 i 269.430
269.530
With extension nozzle “safetystar”
Coupling plug DN 7,2 269.220
Hose tail LW 6 269.221
LW 9 269.222
LW 13 269.223
Female thread G 1/4 i 269.224
269.220
With extension nozzle (brass), straight, ø 3,0 mm (no fig.)
Compressed air connection Connection Nozzle length Order No.
Coupling plug DN 7,2 265 mm 269.105
DN 7,2 415 mm 269.106
With special extension nozzle (steel nickel-plated), bent ø 2,3 mm (no fig.)
Compressed air connection Connection Nozzle length Order No.
Coupling plug DN 7,2 800 mm 269.107

Blow guns “blowcontrol”, adjustable, forged aluminum

With normal nozzle (metal type, aluminum) ø 1,5 mm
Compressed air connection Connection Order No.
Coupling plug DN 7,2 269.41E
Hose tail LW 6 269.11E
LW 9 269.17E
269.41E LW 13 269.18E
Female thread G 1/4 i 5269.01E

With full-jet nozzle (metal type, aluminum) ø 2,5 mm

Coupling plug DN 7,2 269.374E
Hose tail LW 6 269.324E
269.374E LW 9 269.344E
LW 13 269.354E
Female thread G 1/4 i 269.355E

With safety and noise silencing nozzle “blowstar”

Coupling plug DN 7,2 269.530E
Hose tail LW 6 269.531E
LW 9 269.532E
LW 13 269.533E
269530E
Female thread G 1/4 i 269.430E

With extension nozzle “safetystar”

Coupling plug DN 7,2 269.220E
Hose tail LW 6 269.221E
LW 9 269.222E
LW 13 269.223E
269.220E
Female thread G 1/4 i 269.224E
12 Garage equipment

Blow guns with ewo-Logo also available without logo, neutral

16 12 Garage Equipment
 Fluids as working agents

Combination examples: Blow guns with nozzles

Blow gun, compressed air connection from above, forged aluminum
With normal nozzle (metal type, aluminum) ø 1,5 mm
Compressed air connection Connection thread Labeling Order No.
Coupling plug DN 7,2 “ewo” 269.741
without 269.742
Other models available upon request!

269.741

Blow guns, aluminum die-casting

With normal nozzle (metal type, aluminum) ø 1,5 mm
Compressed air connection Connection thread Order No.
Coupling plug DN 7,2 269.41L
Hose tail LW 6 269.11L
LW 9 269.17L
LW 13 269.18L
Female thread G 1/4 i 5269.20L
269.41L
With full-jet nozzle (metal type, aluminum) ø 2,5 mm
Coupling plug DN 7,2 269.374L
Hose tail LW 6 269.324L
LW 9 269.344L
LW 13 269.354L
269.374L
Female thread G 1/4 i 5269.34L

With safety and noise silencing nozzle “blowstar”

Coupling plug DN 7,2 269.530L
Hose tail LW 6 269.531L
LW 9 269.532L
LW 13 269.533L
Female thread G 1/4 i 269.430L

With extension nozzle “safetystar” 269.530L

Coupling plug DN 7,2 269.220L
Hose tail LW 6 269.221L
LW 9 269.222L
LW 13 269.223L
Female thread G 1/4 i 269.224L

With special extension nozzle (steel nickel-plated), ø 2,3 mm 269.220L

Compressed air connection Connection thread Nozzle Nozzle Order No.
shape length
Coupling plug DN 7,2 bent 800 mm 269.682L
DN 7,2 straight 800 mm 269.692L

269.682L

Blow guns “blowlight”, straight shape, aluminum

With normal nozzle (metal type, aluminum) ø 2,0 mm
Compressed air connection Connection thread Order No.
Coupling plug DN 7,2 270.41
Hose tail LW 6 270.11
LW 9 270.17

270.41
12 Garage equipment

Blow guns with “ewo” logo also available without logo, neutral

12 Garage Equipment 17
 Fluids as working agents

Combination examples: Plastic blow guns with nozzles

Blow guns, plastic
Without “ewo” logo. Also available with logo.
With normal nozzle (metal type, aluminum) ø 1,5 mm
Compressed air connection Connection Order No.
Coupling plug DN 7,2 470.41
470.41 Hose tail LW 6 470.11
LW 9 470.17
LW 13 470.18
Female thread G 1/4 i 470.40
With extension nozzle (steel nickel-plated, without rubber cap) ø 2,3 mm, length 110 mm
470-44 Coupling plug DN 7,2 470.141
470.141 Hose tail LW 6 470.111
LW 9 470.117
LW 13 470.118
Female thread G 1/4 i 470.140
Extension nozzle with rubber cap (470-44): Order No. with addition G (i. e. 470.141G)
With safety and noise silencing nozzle “blowstar”
Coupling plug DN 7,2 470.53
470.53 Hose tail LW 6 470.55
LW 9 470.56
LW 13 470.57
Female thread G 1/4 i 470.43
With extension nozzle “safetystar”
Coupling plug DN 7,2 470.145
Hose tail LW 6 470.148
470.145
LW 9 470.151
LW 13 470.143
Female thread G 1/4 i 470.146

Special blow guns

Blowpen with rubber tip, ø 0 - 3,0 mm (adjustable)
With integrated coupling plug DN 7,2.
Handy blowpen with clip attachment. Surface protection by rubber peak. For quick cleaning e.g. the surface
during grinding, general metal and wood working, hobbies, etc. Continuously variable airflow adjustment by
convenient one-hand operation, from closed to maximum fow. Coupling can be connected directly to DN 7,2.
Article Order No.
Blowpen with rubber tip and integrated coupling plug DN 7,2 271.41

Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1) 12 bar
Recommended operating pressure 1 - 6 bar
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +60 °C
Nominal rates of flow max. 300 l/min at 6 bar
Nozzle DIA adjustable 0 up to 3 mm
Material housing - aluminum anodized, seals - NBR

Rubber blowguns, ø 2,0 mm

This blowgun is the ideal unit for all situations in which sensitve surfaces must not be damaged by contact
(i. e. dental and paint spraying applications). Operation by bending the rubber mouthpiece. Comp. air con-
nection with hose tail or coupling plug.
Compressed air connection Connection Order No.
319.41 Coupling plug DN 7,2 319.41
Hose tail LW 6 319.11
LW 9 319.17

319.11 Technical data Rates of flow

Max. operating pressure (p1) 10 bar Q [l/min]
300
Recommended operating pressure 1 - 6 bar
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +50 °C 250
Nozzle DIA 2,0 200
150
100
12 Garage equipment

50

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 p [bar]

18 12 Garage Equipment
 Fluids as working agents

Nozzles
All nozzles with connection thread M 12 x 1,25.

Standard nozzles
Standard nozzle for all blow guns. Concentrated jet with high blowing power. Sound level over 90 dB (A) at
pressures above 4 bar. With centered hole, ø 1,5 - 6 mm available. Polyamide version only with ø 1,5 mm.
Model Material Order No.
Bore hole ø 1,5* aluminum 105-6 105-6
Bore hole ø 1,5 plastic (polyamide), blue 470-843
* Other bore hole ø available upon request. 470-843

Silent nozzle
Extremely quiet by sinter insert. Sound level generally below 70 dB (A), wide air jet with low blowing power.
Model Material Order No.
With sinter insert aluminum / sintered metal 269-33 269-33

Full-jet nozzles
Wide air jet producing high blowing power by injector. Sound level over 90 dB(A). Recommended pressure
< 2 bar, then blowing power at 90 dB(A).
269-45
Model Material Order No.
Bore hole ø 2,0 plastic, black 269-45
Bore hole ø 2,5 aluminum 269-59

269-59

Air-shield nozzle
Like a normal nozzle but with the addition of an air-shield which prevents small particles from flying off. It also has
a slight muffling effect. High blowing power. Centered hole and circular holes. Sound level < 85 dB(A) at 6 bar.
Model Material Order No.
Bore hole ø 1,5 aluminum 269-27 269-27

Safety and noise silencing nozzle „blowstar“

A combined safety and noise silencing nozzle - to avoid risks and dangers when handling the energy carrier
`compressed air´, in particular in direct skin contact.
Working conditions are appreciably improved through a substantial reduction in noise to as low as 74 dB(A). In
contrast, the noise level of conventional blow nozzles is more than 90 dB(A) at 6 bar. A reduction of the noise level
by 8 dB(A) is experienced by the human ear already a half the noise. Nevertheless, the principle of the full-cone
nozzle results in excellent concentric blowing giving maximum efficiency. The resulting blowing power is 2,5 times
higher than that of a classic single-hole nozzle. Thus, the two-part `blowstar nozzle´ is the recommended choice
especially for compressedair blow guns, but also as an individually used process nozzle.
It currently meets the following safety regulations and directives:
 Swiss Accident Insurance Fund (SUVA)

 BG Directive (Noise) Directive 2003/10/EC

470-39
 Noise-at-work legislation (TRLV-noise)

 BG Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC, EN 12100

 OSHA Regulations

2-part nozzle. Available with or without screwed-in double nipple. Materials: zinc die casting or POM. Double
nipple aluminum (or as a variant in black anodized). 470-38
Model Material Order No.
Nozzle with double nipple zinc die casting / aluminum 470-39
POM / aluminum black anodized 470-393
Nozzle without double nipple zinc die casting 470-37
POM 470-373
470-393
Spare part: Double nipple G 1/4 i x M 12 x 1,25 aluminum 470-38
aluminum black anodized 470-383

Rates of flow Sound level

Q [l/min] Blowstar (470-39) dB(A) Blowstar (470-39) 470-383
600 100
500 90
400 80

300 70
200 60
100 50

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
12 Garage equipment

p [bar] p [bar]

12 Garage Equipment 19
 Fluids as working agents

Extension nozzles
Extension nozzles, brass
Available in straight or bent shape. Bore hole ø 5 mm.
Model Material Length Order No.
Straight, bore hole ø 3,0 brass nickel-plated 115 mm 105-103
105-103 165 mm 105-104
265 mm 105-105
105-16A 415 mm 105-107
Bent, bore hole ø 3,0 brass nickel-plated 110 mm 105-16A
160 mm 105-14A
260 mm 105-15A

Extension nozzles, steel

Bent. Also available with rubber tip to protect surfaces.
470-12 Model Material Length Order No.
Bore hole ø 2,3 steel nickel-plated 110 mm 470-12
Bore hole ø 2,3, with Gummiaufsatz steel nickel-plated 110 mm 470-72
470-72 Spare part: Rubber tip TPU 470-44
470-44
Safety and noise silencing extension nozzle „safetystar“
Bent star-shaped safety nozzle as extension nozzle. Avoids risks and dangers when handling the energy carrier
`compressed air´ in particular in direct skin contact. Improved working conditions because of reduction of noise
down to 80 db(A) and below. It currently meets the following safety regulations and directives:
 Swiss Accident Insurance Fund (SUVA)
 BG Directive (Noise) Directive 2003/10/EC
 Noise-at-work legislation (TRLV-noise)

 BG Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC, EN 12100

 OSHA Regulations

470-43 Model Material Length Order No.

Bent, star-shaped steel nickel-plated 120 mm 470-43

Rates of flow Sound level

Q [l/min] dB(A)
600 100
500 90
400 80
300 70
200 60
100 50

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
p [bar] p [bar]

Special extension nozzles, steel

Extremely long.
Model Material Length Order No.
470-76 (Fig. extremely downsized)
Straight, bore hole ø 2,3 steel nickel-plated 800 mm 470-76
Bent, bore hole ø 2,3 steel nickel-plated 800 mm 470-79

Rates of flow - several nozzles

Q [Nl/min]
269-27 Technical data
470-37 Max. operating pressure (p1) 10 bar
500 269-45 Operating temperature -10 °C up to +50 °C
269-33 Connection thread M 12 x 1,25
450
470-43
400

350

300

250

150 105-6

100

50
12 Garage equipment

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
p [bar]

20 12 Garage Equipment
 Fluids as working agents

Extensions for blow guns

Stable extensions for all ewo blow guns. Available in a straight or bent version and also in 4 lengths. The extensions can be
assembled with all nozzles with connection thread M 12 x 1,25 from the ewo range. All extensions can be combined with each other
for an even larger selection of lengths. On the inlet they are equipped with a rotatable locking to adjust the tube with the nozzle
properly. Bore hole ø 8 mm.
Benefit: Especially difficult and inconvenient areas can be reached easier. This allows a higher safety at work and a mor com-
fortable labour.
Material aluminum anodized.

Model Length Order No.

Straight 150 mm 107-31
300 mm 107-32
450 mm 107-33
800 mm 107-34

Model Length Order No.

Bent 150 mm 107-61
300 mm 107-62
450 mm 107-63
800 mm 107-64

Combination example

Technical data:
Max. operating pressure (p1) 10 bar
Temperature range -10 °C – +50 °C
Connection thread Inlet: M 12 x 1,25 a - rotatable until locked
Outlet: M 12 x 1,25 i - fixed
Material aluminum anodized
12 Garage equipment

Blow guns with “ewo” logo also available without logo, neutral

12 Garage Equipment 21
 Fluids as working agents

Special nozzles, accessory (nozzle attachments)

Bicycle nipples
To fill air tires of bicyles etc.. Can also be connected to hand tire inflators.
Model Material Connection Order No.
105-45 Bent, with bicycle valve brass M 12 x 1,25 105-45
G 1/4 a without knurled nut 105-46

Adjustable air-saving nozzle

Allows to adjust the air flow to all working conditions. At the same time energy costs and noise levels are re-
duced. Can be used as an additional equipment for all ewo blow guns. Can be combined with all nozzles of
the ewo range.
2-part nozzle. The screwed-in nozzle is equal to a normal nozzle. Operating pressure max. 10 bar.
470-84
Model Material Length Order No.
Color blue aluminum (body) / POM (sleeve, nozzle and pin) 57 mm 470-84
Color black aluminum (body) / POM (sleeve, nozzle and pin) 57 mm 470-85
470-85 Ordering option: Blow gun, mounted with adjustable air-saving nozzle (blue):
Order No. + S i. e.: 269.41S. (optionally with black model, please remark when ordering)

Safety flat-jet nozzles

Used as process nozzle (transport, cooling). With G 1/4 female thread. For use with an ewo blow gun (type 470
470-61 and 269) please order model with adapter. Max. operating pressure (p1) 6 bar.
Model Material Length Order No.
Narrow, 6 hole, with adapter M 12 x 1,25 POM (nozzle) / aluminum (adapter) 57 mm 470-61
Wide, 16 hole, with adapter M 12 x 1,25 POM (nozzle) / aluminum (adapter) 82 mm 470-60
Narrow, 6 hole, G 1/4 (no adapter) POM 67 mm 470-59
470-58 Wide, 16 hole, G 1/4 (no adapter) POM 103 mm 470-58
Spare part: Adapter G 1/4 i x M12x1,25 a aluminum, colorless anodized 470-62

Protection shield
To be mounted between nozzle and gun.
Model Material Order No.
ø 70 mm plastic (PE) 269-15

Blow gun pressure relief valve

The pressure relief valve is assembled directly on the blow gun outlet, just before the standard nozzle. With
the built-in pressure regulating valve the blow-off pressure is reduced down to about 2,5 - 2,8 bar (depending
on the primary pressure 1 to 10 bar). Benefits: Safety in blowing out, noise reduction and air savings.
Model Material Order No.
Connection M 12 x 1,25 aluminum 470-82
Ordering option: Blow gun, mounted with pressure relief valve: Order No. + B (i. e.: 269.41B)

Volume pressure control valve

The adjustable pressure control valve is assembled on the blow gun inlet. It enables the regulation of compressed
air and therefore a reduction of the blow out pressure. Reduced air flow and lower blow out pressure means redu-
ced noise and lower costs for compressed air.
Model Material Order No.
Connection G 1/4 aluminum 470-83
12 Garage equipment

22 12 Garage Equipment
 Fluids as working agents

Blowing sets, compressed air suction gun

Blowing sets “airclassic”, “airbasic”, “airprofi” 472.32
Complete sets, consisting of a blow gun (aluminum die-casting or plastic) with extension nozzle
(steel), PU spiral hose (different lengths and qualities), ready mounted with self-reliefing coupling
und coupling plug DN 7,2 (brass). Max. operating pressure for spiral hose: 8 bar at max. 50 °C. (De-
tailed description of spiral hoses see chapter 11, page 3.)

“airclassic”
Blow gun model Spiral hose ø Spiral hose length Order No.
Aluminum die-casting ø 69 3,5 m 472.32
ø 69 6,0 m 472.62

“airbasic”
Blow gun model Spiral hose ø Spiral hose length Order No.
Plastic ø 69 3,5 m 472.31
ø 69 6,0 m 472.61

“airprofi”
Blow gun model Spiral hose ø Spiral hose length Order No.
Plastic ø 60 3,0 m 472.3
ø 60 6,0 m 472.6
Model with extension nozzle “safetystar”
Plastic ø 60 6,0 m 472.2

472.3

Blowing sets, compressed air connection from above

Blowing set consisting of blow gun (forged aluminum) with normal nozzle (aluminum), PU spiral
hose (2 lengths), ready mounted with coupling and coupling plug DN 7,2 (brass). Max. operating
pressure of spiral hose: 8 bar at max. 50 °C. (Detailed description of spiral hoses see chapter 11,
page 3.)

Blow gun model Spiral hose ø Spiral hose length Order No.
Forged aluminum ø 69 3,5 m 472.73
ø 69 6,0 m 472.76

472.73

Compressed air suction gun

For removing swarf, dust and dirt. Suitable for drying wide surfaces after modification. With
suction pipe ø 25 mm, length 300 mm, suction hose, length 500 mm, and a dust bag. Coup-
ling plug DN 7,2 added loosely. Material aluminum.
Article Order No.
Compressed air suction gun, complete 474.000

Spare parts and accessories

Article Order No.
Nozzle set, with rabbet and flat nozzle 474.001
Spare dust bag 474.002

Technical data
Medium pre-filtered compressed air 474.000
Connection thread G 1/4 a and coupling plug DN 7,2 (added loosely)
Max. operating pressure (p1) 8 bar
Recommended operating pressure 4 - 8 bar
Flowrate at 6 bar 500 Nl/min
Operating temperature -10 °C up to +50 °C 474.001
Weight 530 g
12 Garage equipment

Hose length 500 mm

Suction pipe length 300 mm

12 Garage Equipment 23
 Fluids as working agents

Washing guns
High-pressure washing guns (in brass and aluminum for long life) can be connected to water pumps for wor-
king pressures up to 40 bar. Several models available: Regulated manually with a handwheel or as safety model
with lever operation for `open´ and `shut´. The safety model is recommended for cooling liquids on machine
centers. The jet can be adjusted from full jet to spray jet. Materialials brass or aluminum.

Washing guns
160.04 Nozzle ø 2,0 mm. With regulating wheel. An other nozzle ø 4 mm added loosely. Material brass.
Compressed air connection Connection thread Order No.
Hose tail LW 13 (1/2”) 160.04
LW 19 (3/4”) 160.06

Safety washing guns “multiclean”

Nozzle ø 2,0 mm. With lever and regulating wheel. Material aluminum, brass-coloured anodized.
Compressed air connection Connection thread Order No.
404.04 Hose tail LW 13 (1/2”) 404.04
LW 19 (3/4”) 404.06
Coupling plug DN 12 (model 254) 404.03
Female thread G 1/2 i 404.30

Safety washing guns “proficlean”

Nozzle ø 2,0 mm. With lever and regulating wheel. Material aluminum, clear anodized.
Compressed air connection Connection thread Order No.
Hose tail LW 13 (1/2”) 412.04
412.04 LW 19 (3/4”) 412.06
Coupling plug DN 12 (model 254) 412.03
Female thread G 1/2 i 412.30

Spare parts and accessories

Article Suitable for Order No.
404-304 Spray nozzle ø 2 mm, M 21 x 1,5 with o-ring (mounted on mod. 160, 404) models 160, 404 160-4
Spray nozzle ø 4 mm, M 21 x 1,5 with o-ring models 160, 404 160-4A
Spray nozzle ø 2 mm, M 21 x 1,5 with o-ring (mounted on mod. 412) model 412 412-4
Spray nozzle ø 4 mm, M 21 x 1,5 with o-ring model 412 412-5
160-4 412-4 Extension with nozzle ø 4 mm, length 300 mm all models 404-304
Other bore hole-ø for spray nozzles available upon request (max. ø 6 mm).

Safety washing guns “powerclean”

Nozzle ø 6 mm. The washing gun “powerclean” is designed for the use with compressed air and/or water.
The combination of compressed air and water allows highly effective cleaning. The regulating nozzle also
enables a gentle cleaning of areas, where partial damages must be avoided (i. e. by the use of a high pressure
washer). The nozzle design and the adjustable support from compressed air prevent the sprayed water from
splashing back. Water consumption can be adjusted by turning the handwheel. Water withdrawal either from
hose/pipe or tank (i. e. bucket). Material forged aluminum.
165.441 Water connection type Compressed air connection Order No.
G 3/8 male thread for direct hose connection coupling plug DN 7,2 165.241
Plug for common water hose coupling systems (fig.) coupling plug DN 7,2 165.441
Water flow rates / Sound level
Operating pressure [bar] 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Water flow rate [l/min] 246 262 308 352 401 424 453 515 552
Sound level [db(A)] 83,4 83,8 82,4 80,9 84,5 87 89,3 92,3 94,8

Technical data
models 160, 404 model 412 model 165
Max. operating pressure (p1) 40 bar 20 bar (with nozzle Ø 2 mm) / 10 bar
25 bar (with nozzle Ø 4 mm)
Temperature range +5 °C up to +90 °C +5 °C up to +90 °C +5 °C up to +50 °C

Water flow rates

l/min with different nozzles (valve completely opened).
Operating pressure 20 25
Model 4 6 10 16 40
[bar] (only mod. 412) (only mod. 160, 404)
Nozzle ø 2 mm 412, 4 5 6,3 8 10 10 13
Nozzle ø 4 mm 160/404 16 20 25 32 40 40 50
Nozzle ø 6 mm 160/404 36 45 56 72 - 90 112
12 Garage equipment

Nozzle ø 6 mm 165 36 - 56 - - - -

24 12 Garage Equipment
 Fluids as transport agents

Spray guns for low-viscous liquids

Spray guns for low-viscosity liquids. Compressed air connection with coupling plug DN 7,2 for rapid-action coupling model 308 or with
detachable hose tail. Body made of die-casting aluminum.

Spray guns “multispray”

Nozzle ø 3,0 mm.
Spray gun using the suction principle. i. e. for cold cleaners. Available with a fixed straight or
a rotatable spray pipe. With spray container (plastic or metal) and detachable hose tail for hose
connection.
Compressed air connection Model Spray pipe shape Order No. 125.241
Coupling plug with plastic bowl 0,7 l straight 125.241
with hose tail DN 6 straight 125.363
with plastic bowlr 0,7 l rotatable 360° 125.341

Spare parts and accessories

Article Order No.
Bowl 0,7 l, synthetic material 251-11
125.363
Lid for bowl 0,7 l, synthetic material 251-12
Metal bowl complete (bowl with lid) 0,7 l 125-71
Bowl metal 0,7 l 148-39
Lid for bowl 0,7 l, metal 125-72
Sealing ring material cork 148-32

Technical data 125.341

Max. operating pressure (p1) 10 bar

Recommended operating pressure 2 - 6 bar
Operating temperature +5 °C up to +50 °C
Spraying cone approx. 40°
Regulating jet and bulk rotate nozzle
251-12 125-72
Air consumption / capillary rise
at different operating pressures and spray pipes.
Operating pressure [bar] 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 148-32
straight 2,5 3,0 3,6 4,3 5,0 5,7 6,5 251-11 148-39
Air
consumption pipe (42) (50) (60) (72) (83) (95) (108)
[m³/h (l/min)] rotatable 3,2 4,2 5,2 6,3 7,4 8,5 9,6
pipe (53) (70) (87) (105) (123) (142) (160)
straight
pipe 4,0 5,5 6,5 7,0 6,5 5,5 4,0
Capillary rise
[m] rotatable
2,5 4,2 5,5 6,0 6,5 7,0 6,5
pipe

Spray gun
Nozzle ø 0,7 mm.
For spraying from the bottle or directly from the water pipe. Compressed air connection with
detachable hose tail. Nozzle with spin insert. Handling by lever. Body forged aluminum.
Compressed air connection Connection thread Order No.
Detachable hose tail G 1/4 x LW 6 269.35

Spare parts and accessories

Article Order No.
Spray part complete (including nozzle Ø 0,7) 269-46
Nozzle Ø 0,7 mm (mounted) 105-49 269-46
Nozzle Ø 0,5 mm 105-50

Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1) 10 bar
Recommended operating pressure 1 - 6 bar
Operating temperature +5 °C up to +50 °C
Spraying cone approx. 40°
Regulating jet and bulk rotate nozzle

Water flow rates

With nozzle Ø 0,7 mm - valve fully opened.
12 Garage equipment

Operating pressure [bar] 1 2 3 4 5 6

Water flow [l/min] 0,18 0,21 0,24 0,27 0,3 0,33

12 Garage Equipment 25
 Fluids as transport agents

Spray guns for low-viscous liquids

Spray guns for chassis
Spray pipe ø 6,0 mm.
A spray gun designed for spraying in the suction principle of underbody protection. Jet regu-
lation by screwing in the spray tube. Detected with lock nut. Spray container of plastic, metal
or tapped to support the standard dose of R40 cans, also hose nozzle for hose connections.
Air Connection with coupling plug DN 7,2 (model 308). Body made of die-casting aluminum.

Compressed air connection Model Order No.

Coupling plug with plastic bowl 0,7 l 355.511
with metal bowl 0,7 l 355.521
with R40 thread for commercial cans 355.531

355..511

355.521

355.531

Spare parts and accessories

251-12 125-72 Article Order No.
Bowl 0,7 l, synthetic material 251-11
Lid for bowl 0,7 l, synthetic material 251-12
Metal bowl complete (bowl with lid) 0,7 l 125-71
148-32
Bowl metal 0,7 l 148-39
Lid for bowl 0,7 l, metal 125-72
251-11 148-39
Sealing ring cork 148-32

Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1) 10 bar
Recommended operating pressure 2 - 8 bar
Operating temperature +5 °C up to +50 °C
Adjustment at spray pipe

Air consumption / capillary rise

At different operating pressures.
Operating press. [bar] 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Air consumption [m³/h] 246 262 308 352 401 424 453 515 552
[l/min] 14,8 15,7 18,5 21,1 24,0 25,4 27,2 30,9 33,1
12 Garage equipment

Capillary rise [m] 2 3 4 5 6,5 7 6,5 6 5,5

26 12 Garage Equipment
 Fluids as transport agents

Spray guns for highly viscous media

Spray guns “carprotect”
With pressure cup and adjusting screw.
Low-fog spray gun with pressure cup for thick (high-viscosity) sprays and extensions of any
length with ball spray head. With this gun there is no dripping of the spray when interrupting
work because a nozzle needle closes the opening of the spray nozzle. Strong one-liter alumi-
num cup with large filling hole. Even spraying of the thick (high-viscosity) undercarriage-seal
(wax-based or bitumen- based), with a working pressure of about 6 bar and an air-flow of
about 19 m³/h or 315 l/min. Spraying of normal, thin spray is carried out on this spray gun with
a working pressure of approx. 5 bar and an air-flow of approx. 17 m³/h or 285 l/min.
Economical use is achieved by enveloping the spray jet in a cone of air. Easy and safe for
working personnel. When using as a spray gun pull the lever slightly.
Strong and yet light-weight construction, ideally suitable for garage work to protect against
corrosion. Air connector with G 1/4 detachable hose tail for hoses 5-6 mm, or with plug for
rapid-action coupling. Body made of forged aluminum.

Compressed air connection Connection thread Model Order No.

Coupling plug DN 7,2 with pressure cup 1 l 318.11 318.11
Detachable hose tail G 1/4 x DN 6 with pressure cup 1 l 318.10

Spare parts and accessories

Article Length Order No.
Extension with ball jet nozzle 700 mm, ø 4 mm 318.006 318.000
700 mm, ø 6 mm 318.000
1500 mm, ø 6 mm 318.005
Pressure cup, metal 1,0 l 318-36
Sealing ring 318-40

Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1) 10 bar 318-36
Recommended operating pressure 3 - 6 bar
Operating temperature +5 °C up to +50 °C
Air comsumption 285 l/min (5 bar)
Weight 1500 g

Compressed air cartridge gun

The cartrigdge gun works using compressed air and is suitable for using customary 310 ml
plastic cartridges for sealing, grooving and connecting with silicone or acrylic sealing com-
pounds. Body made of forged aluminum.
Compressed air connection Connection thread Model Order No.
Coupling plug DN 7,2 with cartridge 340.41

Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1) 8 bar
Recommended operating pressure 2 - 6 bar
Operating temperature +5 °C up to +50 °C
Air comsumption 60 l/min
Weight 660 g
12 Garage equipment

12 Garage Equipment 27
 Fluids as transport agents

Sand blasting gun

For removing rusted areas that cannot be easily reached by a grinder or other equipment our
sand blasting gun is just the right tool. Whether it´s question of little rusty places on cars and
other vehicles or machines, they will pose no problem for our sand blasting gun. In the shor-
test time the largest rusted places will disappear so that any priming paint will again adhere.
Repainting or galvanic treatment is possible only after sand blasting. Body made of die-cast-
ing aluminum.

Sand blasting guns

Compressed air connection Connection thread Model Order No.
Coupling plug DN 7,2 with plastic bowl 0,7 l 390.12
Coupling plug DN 7,2 with suction hose 1,5 m 390.13
390.12 Detachable hose tail G 1/4 x LW 6 with plastic bowl 0,7 l 390.11

390.13

Spare parts and accessories

Article Order No.
Bowl 0,7l, synthetic material 251-11
251-12 Lid for bowl 0,7 l, synthetic material 251-12
Nozzle ø 4 mm, hardened, zinc-plated 390-2
Hose complete, 1,50 m, 15 x 9, PVC 390-6

251-11

Technical data
Max. operating pressure (p1) 10 bar
Recommended working pressure 4 - 7 bar
Operating temperature 0 °C up to +50 °C
Distance to working piece 30 cm
Plastic bowl (content) ca. 1,0 kg
Nozzle ø (hardened) 4 mm
Abrasives 0,1 - 0,8 mm
Preferred abrasives mineral or natural disposable abrasive. Shape and grain size
depends on the base material and texture.

Air consumption / capillary rise

At different operating pressures., With nozzle ø 4 mm
Operating press. [bar] 2 3 4 5 6 7
Air consumption [m³/h] 6,7 9 10,8 13,5 16,5 19,5
[l/min] 112 150 180 225 275 325
Capillary rise** [m] 2,7 3 2,7 2,3 1,7 1,2
*The stated capillary rises are valid for water. For quarry sand the capillary rise is about 50 %.
12 Garage equipment

28 12 Garage Equipment
 Fluids as transport agents

HVLP Paint spray guns, mixing cup system

HVLP Paint spray gun “minipaint”, in a case
Compact and handly spray gun CE as a mist reduced and and enviromentally friendly HVLP version with high co-
lour transfer rate (>70 °) with a low flow operating pressure (2,0 - 2,5 bar) at the same time. Equipped with stain-
less steel nozzle components for processing water-based paint. Especially suitable for smaller surfaces, partial
painting of vehicles as well as a wide range of decorative painting work. Quality an precision accuracy paired with
optimal ergonomics guarantee perfect results..
Advantages of the HVLP system:
• Excellent surface finish
• Multi-purpose application possibilities in automotive, metal and wood crafting as well as in the industries
• Compliance with legal reguirements (VOC)
• Low consumption of paint
• Marginal emissions
• High level of utilisation

RECOMMENED AIR DURING USE FOR STM HVLP: 2 BAR

At the recommended air pressure the spray gun respects the European and U.S. ecological norms for
which the transfer efficiency must be above 65 % and /or the air pressure at the exit of the air cap must not
be superior to 0,7 bar (10 psi).

Article Order No.

Paint spray gun set in plastic case 250.00
Content: Paint spray gun (compr. air connection G 1/4), with nozzle ø 0,7 mm, 2 gravity cups
(plastic) 75/250 ml, spare part set (seals and springs), nozzle key, cleaning kit, G 1/4 - steel
coupling nipple, care oil.

Spare parts and accessories

Article Order No.
Nozzle set, containing air cap (steel) - nozzle - needle ø 0,7 mm 250-8
ø 1,0 mm 250-9
ø 1,2 mm 250-10
Flow regulator 2 bar (air throttle valve) for exact adjustment of working pressure 250.01
Spare part set (seals and springs) 250-13
Nozzle set
Gravity cup complete with lid, plastic, connection thread M 8 x 0,75 250 ml 250-14
75 ml 250-15

Technical data
Control range (p2) 2,0 - 2,5 bar / 28,6 - 35,8 psi 250-01
Max. material temperature 40 °C 250-14
Air consumption at 2 bar 90 - 100 l/min
Material
- colour nozzle and colour needle stainless steel
- gun body aluminum die-casting, chemical nickel-plated and polished
- bowl and lid PE
Weight (complete set) 1690 g

Mixing cup system

To mix, fill and store lacquers. The insert can be sealed by lid. Available in 2 sizes.
Article Mixing capacity PU Order No. 250-33
Mixing cup (polypropylene (PP)) 920 ml 1 250.50
1850 ml 1 250.51
Cup insert (polypropylene (PP)) 920 ml 25 250-30
1850 ml 25 280-31
Lid to close the cup insert 920 ml 250-32
1850 ml 250-33
250-51 250-31
12 Garage equipment

12 Garage Equipment 29
 Fluids as transport agents

HVLP Paint spray guns

HVLP Paint spray gun “smartpaint”, in a case
New ergonomic and versatile HVLP spray gun, which fell particularly by the issue of paint mists prevail. This
spray gun is ideal for touch up work in the body region such as spot repair as well as graphic and decorative
applications.
Advantages of the HVLP system:
• Excellent surface finish
• Multi-purpose application possibilities in automotive, metal and wood crafting as well as in the industries
• Compliance with legal reguirements (VOC)
• Low consumption of paint
• Marginal emissions
• High level of utilisation

RECOMMENED AIR DURING USE FOR STM HVLP: 2 BAR

At the recommended air pressure the spray gun respects the European and U.S. ecological norms for which
the transfer efficiency must be above 65 % and /or the air pressure at the exit of the air cap must not be su-
perior to 0,7 bar (10 psi).

Article Order No.

Paint spray gun set in plastic case 250.11
Content: Paint spray gun (compr. air connection G 1/4), with nozzle ø 1,0 mm, 2 gravity cups
plastic) 75/180 ml, spare part set (seals and springs), nozzle key, cleaning kit, G 1/4 - steel
coupling nipple, care oil.

Spare parts and accessories

Article Order No.
Nozzle set, containing air cap (steel) - nozzle - needle ø 0,7 mm 250-8
ø 1,0 mm 250-9
ø 1,2 mm 250-10
ø 1,4 mm 250-49
Flow regulator 2 bar (air throttle valve) for exact adjustment of working pressure 250.01
Nozzle set
Spare part set (seals and springs) 250-50
Gravity cup complete with lid, plastic, connection thread M 12 x 1 75 ml 250-51
180 ml 250-52
500 ml 250-20
Mixing cup system see page 29

250.01

250-20

Technical data
Control range (p2) 2 bar / 28,6 psi
Max. material temperature 40 °C
Air consumption at 2 bar 145 - 170 l/min
Material
- colour nozzle and colour needle stainless steel
- gun body aluminum die-casting, chemical nickel-plated and polished
- bowl and lid PE
Weight - gun without bowl 270 g
- set complete 1.270g
12 Garage equipment

30 12 Garage Equipment
 Fluids as transport agents

HVLP Paint spray guns

HVLP Paint spray guns “paintprofi”, in a case
HVLP SYSTEM is the solution to combine quality and reliability with economy at the same time meeting the envi-
ronmental regulations. Spray gun for the application of primers and paints in body shops; compact and light, they
are particularly suitable for any paint products in industry and wood processing. Equipped with stainless steel nozzle
set for use of waterbased paints. Easy to use, with a transfer efficiency (> 80 %), these features allow product saving
together with an excellent application. The ergonomics and the lightness, together with the sought-after mould no-
wadays make this spray gun one of the most agile and reliable of its sector.
Available in 2 versions: With gravity cup (standard) or with pressure cup system.
Advantages of the HVLP system:
• Excellent surface finish
• Multi-purpose application possibilities in automotive, metal and wood crafting as well as in the industries
• Compliance with legal reguirements (VOC)
• Low consumption of paint
• Marginal emissions
• High level of utilisation

RECOMMENED AIR DURING USE FOR STM HVLP: 2 BAR

At the recommended air pressure the spray gun respects the European and U.S. ecological norms for
which the transfer efficiency must be above 65 % and /or the air pressure at the exit of the air cap must 250.41
not be superior to 0,7 bar (10 psi).

Article Order No.

Paint spray gun set “standard”, in plastic case 250.41
Content: Paint spray gun (compr. air connection G 1/4), with nozzle ø 1,3 mm, gravity cup
(plastic) 500 ml, spare part set (seals and springs), nozzle key, cleaning kit, G 1/4 - steel
coupling nipple, care oil.

Paint spray gun set with pressure cup system, in plastic case 250.91
Content: Paint spray gun (compr. air connection G 1/4), with nozzle ø 1,3 mm, pressure cup
system, spare part set (seals and springs), nozzle key, cleaning kit, G 1/4 - steel coupling nipple,
care oil.

Spare parts and accessories

Article Order No.
Nozzle set, containing air cap (steel) - nozzle - needle ø 1,3 mm 250-2
ø 1,5 mm 250-3
ø 1,7 mm 250-4
ø 1,9 mm 250-5
ø 2,2 mm 250-6 Nozzle set
Flow regulator 2 bar (air throttle valve) for exact adjustment of working pressure 250.01
Pressure cup system, (gravity cup complete 0,68 l, pressure regulator, flow regulator) 250.02
Spare part set (seals and springs) 250-19
Gravity cup complete with lid, plastic, connection thread M 12 x 1 500 ml 250-20
Paint sieve, plastic (PA) 250-21
Mixing cup system see page 29
250.01

250.02

250-21
250-20

Technical data
Control range (p2) 2 bar / 28,6 psi
Max. material temperature 40 °C
Air Consumption at 2 bar 200 l/min (6,6 cfm)
Material
- colour nozzle and colour needle stainless steel
- gun body aluminum die-casting, chemical nickel-plated and polished
12 Garage equipment

- bowl and lid PE

Weight (set complete) 1600 g

12 Garage Equipment 31
 Fluids as transport agents

Painting set, filter regulating stations

Painting Set
Consisting of pre-filter, micro-filter (variobloc series), HVLP paint spray gun and hose.
Multi-stage air purification unit with high-quality filter elements for optimum paint. Available with 2 diffferent
HVLP spray guns as an option. Air quality acc. to ISO 8573.1.
Application range: Sand blasting and chemical plants, plastics and packaging industry and manufacturing base.
Components:
• Paint filter unit: Filter pressure regulator variobloc G 1/2 with metal bowl and semi-automatic drain valve,
filter element 5 microns),; micro-filter (filtration efficiency 99,999 % based on 0,01 μm), distribution block with
2 couplings (5 pressure disposals)). Wall mount incl. (2 pcs.).
• HVLP Paint spray gun: “minipaint” or “paintprofi” (in plastic case with accessories).
• Painting and air hose: 8 m, mounted with coupling and plug DN 7,2).

Model Order No.

Painting set “minipaint” (with paint filter unit, HVLP Paint spray gun, air hose) 250.001
Painting set “paintprofi” (with paint filter unit, HVLP Paint spray gun, air hose) 250.002
Single components:
Paint filter unit variobloc (with pre- and micro-filter) 250.003
Paint filter unit variobloc (with pre- micro- and activated carbon filter) 250.004
HVLP Paint spray gun minipaint complete, in a case 250.00
HVLP Paint spray gun paintprofi complete, in a case 250.41
Painting and air hose complete E40500
Technical data and further informations:
- For paint filter unit variobloc: see chapter 4, individual units
- For paint spray gun: siehe pages 29 + 31
- For painting and air hose: see chapter 11, page 6

Filter regulating stations “microair” for coating sector

Multi-stage compressed air preparation system with high-quality filter elements (pre-filter, micro-filter and, if
needed, activated carbon-filter) for optimal paint results, avoiding (rendering unnecessary) costly retouching
work and preventing operational failure. Removes contamination such as H2O, CO, CO2, hydrocarbons and
dust particles. High flow-rate (3000 Nl/min) with differential pressure gauge as an individual indicator of the de-
gree of contamination. Provides optimal economic efficiency, service and safety. Air quality according to
ISO 8573.1 - Class 1.
Application range: Sand blasting and chemical plants, plastics and packaging industry.
Construction and components:
Stage One - Pre-filter
Finely sintered bronze filter, 5 μm filtration, for filtering solids and liquids, filtration efficiency 99 %, (reusable after
washing). With automatic drain valve A.
Stage Two - Pressure regulator
Independent of primary pressure with increased precision, without air consumption, regulates the desired ope-
rating pressure from 0,5 to 10 bar.
Stage Three - micro-filter
439.2 Multi-layered deep-bed filter with three-dimensional filtration by borosilicate fibrous web with high-capacity dirt-
absorption. For fine filtration of solid particles in compressed air and oilwater aerosols up to a residual oil con-
tent of 0,01 mg/m³. Chemically and biologically inactive, water-resistant. Stainless steel protective case and
and aluminum cover. Filtration efficiency 99,99998 % at 0,01 μm. Tested and approved according to LPV
0.700.9900 (Fraunhofer Instititute).
Distributor
For air extraction. Available with 2 ball valves or 2 couplings.
Model Order No.
Pre-filter – pressure regulator – micro-filter - with distributor with 2 ball valves G 3/8 439.2
- with distributor with 2 couplings DN 7,2 439.3
Brackets mounted.

Accessory
Stage Four - activated carbon filter
With the completion set activated carbon filter + distributor you can complete your filter-regulation station.
Your benefit: Breathing-air quality with significantly less contamination than the surrounding air.
The completion set can be assembled with a double nipple (185.77) to No. 439.2 or No. 439.3.
Activated carbon filter Multi-layered activated carbon for the absorption of vaporized liquids and hydrocarbons
(oilaerosols, odours). Residual oil content 0,005 ppm.
Article Order No.
Activated carbon filter + distributor with 2 couplings DN 7,2 with gauge 0-16 bar 439.4
439.4 Double nipple for assembling to No. 439.2 or to No. 439.3 185.77
12 Garage equipment

Specifications and parts “microair” see chapter 2 page 8

32 12 Garage Equipment
 Terms and Conditions

§ 1 General If the customer behaves contrary to the terms of the contract, particularly if he is default of payment, the supplier is entit-
These supply and payment conditions only apply to the business transactions with entrepreneurs mentioned under § 310 led to take back the delivered goods after sending a corresponding reminder. In that case, it is obligatory for the custo-
section 1 BGB as well as to legal entities under the Public Law or special properties governed by the Public Law. mer to hand over the goods.
All the offers, order confirmations, deliveries and services are based on these conditions and special contractual agree- If the customer files an application for initiating insolvency proceedings, the supplier shall have the right to withdraw from
ments, if any. Deviating purchase conditions of the ordering party / customer shall not be included in the contract even the contract and demand immediate handover of the delivery object.
with the acceptance of the contract.
A contract shall become effective with a special agreement after getting the written or telephonic order confirmation from § 7 Claims for defects
the supplier. This shall also apply to amendments, modifications or subsidiary agreements. With the issuance of the in- Excluding all the other claims, the supplier gives the guarantee for material defects and defects of title, subject to § 8.
voice, the order shall be considered as confirmed. Material defects
These terms and conditions shall also apply to all the future business relationships, although these are not expressly The supplier shall repair or replace all parts that are proved as defective due to certain circumstances prevalent before
agreed upon again. the transfer of risk, as per the supplier’s discretion. The customer shall immediately notify the supplier in writing of such
Any acknowledgement from the side of the customer referring to his own business or purchase conditions will be hereby defects. The replaced parts will be the property of the supplier.
expressly rejected. The customer shall discuss with the supplier and agree upon a specific period and provide him with the requisite facilities
Any deviations from these conditions shall become effective only if the supplier confirms these in writing. for the apparent repairs or replacement deliveries to be made; if the customer fails to do so, the supplier will not be liable
for the consequences. However, in cases of extreme emergency, when the operational safety is at risk or there is a pos-
The supplier’s offers will be subject to changes. The order number or item number will be based on the latest version of sibility of an even greater damage, whereby the supplier must be immediately informed, the customer has the right to eli-
the supplier’s documents such as catalogues or brochures, which also put forth further technical specifications. The right minate the defect himself or involve the services of a third party and demand compensation of the expenses incurred from
to make technical changes is expressly reserved. We do not give any guarantee for a precise compliance with the unit the supplier.
weights, dimensions and output data partially given in the catalogue.
If, upon the conclusion of the contract, it is detected that the supplier’s claim for return service may not be fulfilled due to Return deliveries of goods should be generally free; freight forwarded consignments will not be accepted. If
lack of efficiency on part of the customer - particularly because the latter has exceeded the credit limit or has not settled reclamation is justified, the postal charges are compensated.
invoices that are long overdue - the supplier will have the right to refuse the fulfilment of the contract till the customer of- The supplier shall bear the direct costs for the repairs or replacement delivery and, if the claim is justified, also the costs
fers return services or gives guarantee of their fulfilment. The supplier will have the right to withdraw from the contract if for the replacement as well as the shipping costs. Besides, the supplier shall bear the installation and dismantling costs,
the customer fails to provide the return services or fulfil the obligation of providing security even after the expiry of a rea- the costs required for the provision of the corresponding technicians and assistants and transportation costs, provided
sonable term. that this does not put an unreasonably high burden upon the supplier.
Within the framework of the legal guidelines, the customer has the right to withdraw from the contract if the supplier fails
§ 2 Pricing and payment to carry out the repair operations or make the replacement delivery following a material defect within the reasonable term
The prices mentioned by the supplier in his offers are subject to changes. Unless mentioned otherwise in the order con- assigned for this purpose (whereby the legal exceptions will be taken into account). If the defect is insignificant, the cus-
firmation, the prices shall be applicable ex-works / ex-warehouse exclusive of the packing, postage, freight costs, other tomer only has a right to reduce the contract price. In all other cases, the right to reduce the contract price is excluded.
shipping costs, insurances and customs duty. These costs will be invoiced separately. The packing will be invoiced at the Other claims are specified in § 8 of these terms and conditions.
cost price. It will not be taken back. The legally applicable VAT is not included in the supplier’s price. It will be invoiced The supplier does not give any guarantee for the delivered goods in the event of:
separately according to the official rate.
Inappropriate use, incorrect assembly or commissioning by the customer or a third party, natural wear, faulty or careless
All the invoices of the supplier shall be payable in Euro at the paying office of the supplier within 30 days from the date of handling, inappropriate maintenance, unsuitable operating resources, chemical, electro-chemical or electric influences,
invoice, net without deductions or within 14 days from the date of invoice after the deduction of 2% discount. No discount provided that the supplier is not responsible for the same.
shall be applicable if the purchase price receivables from previous invoices are still pending.
If the repair operations are undertaken by the customer himself or by a third party, the supplier shall not assume any lia-
Notwithstanding a deviating clause of the customer, the supplier will have the right to first offset the incoming payments bility for the consequences.
against the previous dues. If costs and interests have already been incurred, the supplier will have the right to offset the
payments first against the costs, then interests and finally against the main service. The same shall apply if the customer makes changes to the delivery object without the prior consent of the supplier.
If the customer does not make the payment in time, or if the supplier gets to know of some other circumstances, which Defects of title
question the creditworthiness of the customer, then the supplier has the right to collect the remainder of the debt or to If the use of the delivery object leads to a violation of the industrial property rights or copyrights within the country, the
demand security. supplier shall, at his own cost, procure and grant the customer the right to further use or modify the delivery object (in a
manner reasonably acceptable to the customer), so that there is no violation of the industrial property rights.
Cheques and bills will be accepted as payment, however bills only after prior agreement.
If this is not possible under economically reasonable conditions or within a reasonable period of time, the customer is en-
§ 3 Offsetting titled to withdraw from the contract. Under the given pre-requisites, the supplier also has the right to withdraw from the
contract.
The customer can exercise the right to withhold payments or offset them against counter-claims only if the claims raised
by him are undisputed or established as final and absolute. Moreover, the supplier shall exempt the customer from undisputed or legally ascertained claims of the respective pro-
prietor.
§ 4 Delivery period, delay in delivery The obligations of the supplier mentioned in §7, pt. 7 are subject to § 8, pt. 2 with respect to the violation of the industrial
The delivery period is determined on the basis of the agreements between the contractual parties. The supplier will be able property right or copyright.
to comply with the delivery deadline only if all the commercial and technical issues between the parties to the contract These obligations are valid if
are clarified and the customer has fulfilled all his obligations, e.g. procurement of the required official certificates or ap-
provals, rendering of service or payment of the invoices. If these pre-requisites are not fulfilled, the delivery period shall be - the customer immediately notifies the supplier of the asserted violations of industrial property rights or copyrights,
extended reasonably. However, this shall not apply if the supplier is in arrears. - the customer supports the supplier to a reasonable extent in the process of warding off the asserted claims or the
The compliance with the delivery deadline on our part will depend upon correct and punctual delivery by our supplier. If supplier allows the modification measures as defined under § 7, pt. 7,
delays are apparent, the supplier must inform the customer as soon as possible. - all the defence measures including out-of-court settlements remain reserved for the supplier,
It is considered that the delivery deadline has been complied with, if the delivery object has left the supplier’s factory be- - the defect of title is not the result of a direction of the customer and
fore the expiry of this deadline or if the supplier has notified the readiness for shipping on his part. If the delivered goods - the infringement was not because of an unauthorised modification made by the customer to the delivery object or an
must undergo an acceptance procedure, the date of acceptance shall be decisive, or alternatively, the notification of the inappropriate use (not in conformance with the contractual terms) of the object.
readiness for acceptance, except in the event of justified rejection of acceptance.
If the delay in the dispatch or acceptance of the delivery object is due to reasons, for which the customer is responsible, § 8 Liability
he is charged for the costs incurred due to the delay, beginning with the month after the notification of the dispatch or
readiness for acceptance. If the customer is unable to use the delivery object in conformance with the contract due to a fault on part of the supplier,
e.g. as a result of incomplete or wrong suggestions and consultation offered before or after the conclusion of the con-
If the non-compliance with the date of delivery is caused by acts of God, industrial disputes or other events, which lie out- tract or due to the violation of other incidental contractual obligations (particularly of the operating and maintenance in-
side the area of influence of the supplier, the delivery period shall be extended reasonably. The supplier shall communi- structions for the delivery object), the terms mentioned under §§7 and 8, pt. 2 shall apply accordingly under exemption
cate the time of commencement and conclusion of such circumstances to the customer as soon as possible. of other claims of the customer.
The customer can withdraw from the contract without giving notice if the supplier is unable to provide the services com- The supplier shall assume the liability for damages that are not directly caused to the delivery object (on any legal grounds
pletely before the transfer of risk. The customer can also terminate the contract if the supplier is unable to deliver a part whatsoever) only under the following circumstances:
of the consignment and if the customer has a justified interest in rejecting the partial delivery. If not, the customer shall - purposeful act
pay the contract price for the partial delivery. This shall also apply in the event of incapacity of the supplier to make the - gross negligence on part of the owner / institution or managerial employee
delivery. For the rest, § 8 shall apply. - if there is culpable injury to life, physical injury or damage to health
If the incapacity or impossibility on part of the supplier is due to the delay in acceptance or if the customer is solely or lar- - if defects are found in the delivery object, which the supplier has hidden with malicious intent or whose absence he
gely responsible for the same, he shall be liable to provide return service. had guaranteed in writing
If, after taking into account the legal exceptions, the customer extends the term for the provision of services reasonably - if defects are found in the delivery object, for which liability must be assumed in conformance with the Product Liability
(after the expiry of the original term), and if the supplier fails to comply with this term too, the customer shall have the right Law in the event of damage to life or property during the private use of objects.
to withdrawal within the framework of the legal guidelines. In the event of culpable violation of important contractual obligations, the supplier shall also assume the liability for negli-
Other claims resulting from the delayed delivery are determined exclusively in conformance with § 8 of these conditions. gence as well as gross negligence on part of the non-managerial employees, for the former case limited to the reasona-
bly foreseeable damages typical to the contract.
§ 5 Transfer of risk, acceptance No other claims are valid.

The transfer of risk to the customer takes place when the delivery object leaves the plant / warehouse, also in the event § 9 Statute of limitation
of partial deliveries, or even when the supplier assumes other services, e.g. shipping costs or delivery and installation. If
an acceptance procedure has to be carried out, this is decisive for the transfer of risk. This process must take place im- All claims raised by the customer, resulting from any legal grounds whatsoever, shall expire in 12 months. For damage
mediately on the planned date of acceptance, alternatively after the supplier gives the notification of readiness for ac- compensation claims as mentioned under § 8, pt. 2a-e, the legal terms shall apply.
ceptance. The customer may not reject acceptance if there are no major faults / defects.
§ 10 Confidentiality
In the event of delay or failure of the dispatch or acceptance on grounds, for which the supplier is not responsible, the
risk will be transferred to the customer from the day of notification of the dispatch or readiness for acceptance on part of The customer shall handle all the information, know-how and other business secrets revealed to him in the course of exe-
the supplier. If the customer demands, the supplier shall take out the insurances at the cost of the customer. cution of the respective order in a strictly confidential manner. He shall not forward any information, drawings, sketches
or other documents or make these accessible to a third party without the express consent from the supplier.
Part deliveries may be made, but only if the customer finds these reasonable.
§ 11 Industrial property rights, usage right and patent rights
§ 6 Retention of title
As long as the supplier manufactures goods on the basis of an order as per the instructions and guidelines given by the
The delivered goods shall remain the property of the supplier till the customer pays all the liabilities resulting from this customer and delivers these to the customer, the customer shall guarantee the supplier that the goods and services pro-
business relationship. vided by him will not lead to an infringement of the industrial property rights of third parties. The customer shall exempt
As the manufacturer, the supplier shall be responsible for processing and altering the goods, though not liable. If the co- the supplier from all the third-party claims and compensate for the damages borne by him.
ownership of the supplier expires due to amalgamation, it is agreed that the co-ownership of the customer on the com- If the supplier provides the customer with tools, proposals for installation, drawings or other documents along with the
mon object shall be transferred to the supplier depending upon the corresponding percentage value of the invoice. The goods, he shall retain the ownership of these as well as all the industrial property rights and usage right. The customer
customer shall preserve the ownership or co-ownership of the supplier free of cost. may use these only within the scope of the agreement to sale. However, he shall not have the right to reproduce such
The customer shall preserve and protect the ownership / co-ownership of the supplier against deterioration, mitigation or objects or make these accessible to third parties.
loss with utmost care, like an orderly businessman.
The customer has the right to process and sell the goods subject to retention of title during a regular business transac- § 12 Final clauses
tion. However, he does not have the right to pledge the goods or transfer them by way of security. The customer shall
assign the receivables earned by him from the resale of goods subject to retention of title or from any other legal grounds The supplier has the right to store and process all data about the customer acquired in the process of development of
pertaining to these goods completely to the supplier by way of security, along with all the ancillary rights. contract for his own purpose under observance of the Federal Data Protection Act.
If third parties are given access to the goods subject to retention of title, the ownership right of the supplier on these If individual clauses of this contract are rendered ineffective, the parties to the contract shall replace the ineffective clause
goods is brought to the notice of the customer and the supplier is informed immediately of this interference. The custo- with a clause that comes closest to fulfilling the commercial aim strived at with the former clause.
mer shall bear the costs incurred and compensate for the resultant damages. The Court of jurisdiction is Stuttgart.
In the event of default of payment on part of the customer, the supplier will have the right to withdraw from the contract Unless specified otherwise in the order confirmation, the place of fulfilment will be the business location of the supplier.
and take back the goods at the customer’s cost or, if required, demand an assignment / transfer of the handover claims
of the customer against the third party. The supplier’s right to demand compensation of damages shall remain unaffec- All the legal relationships between the supplier and the customer shall be governed by the German Law.
ted. This shall also apply if the customer carries out activities contrary to the contract.
If the customer demands, the supplier shall release the securities at his disposal such that the realisable value of his re-
maining securities exceeds the receivables to be secured by more than 20%. The supplier decides which securities he
will release.
Armaturen- und Autogengerätefabrik ewo
Hermann Holzapfel GmbH & Co. KG
Hessbruehlstrasse 45-47
70565 Stuttgart
GERMANY
Fon: +49 711 7813 0
Fax: +49 711 7813 200
[email protected]
www.ewo-stuttgart.com www.ewo-stuttgart.com